WDPF Record Types User Guide

Section Title Page

Summary of Changes

Section 1. Introduction
1-1. Overview. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1
1-1. Using Point Record Information. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1
1-2. Contents of This Document . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2
1-3. Reference Documents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-3

Section 2. Background
2-1. Section Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1
2-2. Process Point Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1
2-3. Analog Point Records . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2
2-3.1. Limit Checking Options. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-5
2-3.2. Configuring Limit Checking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-7
2-3.3. AI Alarm Functionality . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-9
2-4. Expanded Analog Point Records . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-12
2-5. Device Point Records . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-16
2-6. Digital Point Records . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-16
2-7. Packed Digital Point Records . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-19
2-8. Packed Group Point Records . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-20
2-9. Packed Group Alarm Point Records . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-20
2-9.1. Alarm Activation by System Events . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-21
2-9.2. Alarm Function Operator Events . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-22
2-10. Alert and Information Alarming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-22
2-11. Quality. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-22
2-12. Record Type Identifiers and Numbers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-23
2-13. Valid Record Fields for 8- and 16-Character Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-25
2-14. Example of Point Database Entry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-27
2-15. Point Latching. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-30

Section 3. Analog Point Record Types

3-1. Section Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1
3-2. Analog Points . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2
3-2.1. Record Types . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2
3-2.2. Record Fields . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-5
3-3. Expanded Analog Points. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-39
3-3.1. Record Types . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-39
3-3.2. Record Fields . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-42

3/01 i U0-0131 (Rev 9)

Westinghouse Process Control, Inc. Proprietary Class 2C
 Table of Contents, Cont’d
Section Title Page

Section 4. Digital Point Record Types

4-1. Section Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1
4-2. Digital Points . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2
4-2.1. Record Types . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2
4-2.2. Record Fields . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-4

Section 5. Device Point Record Types

5-1. Section Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-1
5-2. Device Points . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-2
5-2.1. Record Types . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-2
5-2.2. Record Fields . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-5

Section 6. Packed Record (Point and Alarm) Types

6-1. Section Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-1
6-2. Packed Digital Points . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2
6-2.1. Record Types . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2
6-2.2. Record Fields . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-3
6-3. Packed Group Points. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-7
6-3.1. Record Types . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-7
6-3.2. Record Fields . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-8
6-4. Packed Group Alarm. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-17
6-4.1. Point Descriptions in BG and BN Records . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-17
6-4.2. Record Types . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-23
6-4.3. Record Fields . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-26

Section 7. System Record Types

7-1. Section Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-1
7-2. Conversion Coefficient Records . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-2
7-2.1. Record Types . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-2
7-3. Drop Status Records . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-5
7-3.1. Record Types . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-5
7-3.2. Record Fields . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-10

U0-0131 (Rev 9) ii 3/01

Westinghouse Process Control, Inc. Proprietary Class 2C
 Table of Contents, Cont’d
Section Title Page

Section 8. Algorithm Record Types

8-1. Section Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-1
8-2. K Algorithm Records . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-2
8-2.1. Record Types . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-2
8-3. L Algorithm Records . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-9
8-3.1. Record Types . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-9
8-4. M Algorithm Records . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-13
8-4.1. Record Types . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-13
8-5. P Algorithm Records. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-19
8-5.1. Record Types . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-19

Appendix A. MAC Controller Memory and Database

Limitations
A-1. Memory Space Estimation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-1

Appendix B. System ID Definition

Glossary

Index

3/01 iii U0-0131 (Rev 9)

Westinghouse Process Control, Inc. Proprietary Class 2C
 Summary of Changes

This revision of “Record Types User Guide” (U0-0131) has been updated to include
miscellaneous clarifications and corrections.

All sections now include page references beside the record type descriptions in the
tables. This was done to ease the comparison of information between the record
type and its corresponding description found later in the section.

3/01 Changes-1 U0-0131 (Rev 9)

Westinghouse Process Control, Inc. Proprietary Class 2C
Section 1. Introduction

1-1. Overview
Each item of data used within the WDPF® system is referred to as a point. Points
include field inputs and outputs, calculated values, and internal system information.
Each point is identified by a name and a unique System ID number.

A point record stores the set of information which defines the attributes of the point.
Point records are the primary vehicles for moving data within the WDPF system.
They are used within each drop, and to communicate over the Westnet II Data
Highway to other WDPF drops. There are thirteen types of point records which are
described in Section 3 through Section 8.

Point records are constructed of record fields. Some fields can be defined by the
user, while other fields store information the system needs to process the point
value. Examples of record fields are the point name, System ID, value, and status.

This document contains the information required to select the proper WDPF record
type, based on the point's application. This includes information on the record fields
included in each record type, the size of each type of point record, and the
applications where specific record types are used. Once the proper record type is
selected, the information contained in this document can be used to define the point
record field values (for example, when filling in the point attribute table in the MAC
Edit function (MEDIT), or when writing an INIT statement in the database source
code for drops such as the SIU or PCH).

Using Point Record Information

Point record information is required in many contexts when programming the
WDPF system. Every drop incorporates a point database, which must be defined to
include all of the points originated or received by the drop. In addition, each drop's
application may use specific point record fields. Examples of tasks which require
familiarity with point records include the following:
• Defining the point database for any drop.
• Creating graphics which include process point information.
• Troubleshooting system faults.

3/01 1-1 U0-0131 (Rev 9)

Westinghouse Process Control, Inc. Proprietary Class 2C
1-2. Contents of This Document

Specific procedures to enter point record information depend on the drop or

program being used. For example, the procedures to enter points into the
Distributed Processing Unit database can be found in “MAC Utilities User's Guide”
(U0-0136). When entering point record information, it will be helpful to have the
applicable drop or program document nearby for reference. To determine the
applicable document for a specific purpose, refer to “Global Index for WDPF User
Documentation” (U0-0001).

1-2. Contents of This Document

This document contains the following sections:

• Section 1. Introduction explains the purpose of this document.

• Section 2. Background provides an overview of process point record types.

• Section 3. Analog Point Record Types contains reference pages describing the
following record types and associated record fields:

— Analog Point Records

— Expanded Analog Point Record

• Section 4. Digital Point Record Types contains reference pages describing the
following record types and associated record fields:

— Digital Point Records

• Section 5. Device Point Record Types contains reference pages describing the
following record types and associated record fields:

— Device Point Records

• Section 6. Packed Record (Point and Alarm) Types contains reference pages
describing the following record types and associated record fields:

— Packed Digital Point Records

— Packed Group Point Records

— Packed Group Alarm Point Records

• Section 7. System Record Types contains reference pages describing the

following record types and associated record fields:

— Conversion Coefficient Records

U0-0131 (Rev 9) 1-2 3/01

Westinghouse Process Control, Inc. Proprietary Class 2C
 1-3. Reference Documents

— Drop Status Records

• Section 8. Algorithm Record Types contains reference pages describing the

following record types and associated record fields:

— K Algorithm Records

— L Algorithm Records

— M Algorithm Records

— P Algorithm Records

• Appendix A. MAC Controller Memory and Database Limitations provides

information on the MAC controller (DPU) memory and other database
limitations associated with point record types.

• Appendix B. System ID Definition provides information on the definition and

use of the System ID field (ID, byte offset 0) in standard and Extended System
ID point records.

1-3. Reference Documents

Additional reference documents that may be helpful with the “WDPF Record Types
User Guide” are listed below:
Table 1-1. Reference Documentation

Document
Number Document Name Description
M0-0003 Self-Test Diagnostics Describes the self-test diagnostics incorporated in the
WDPF system. It also lists and describes the current
drop fault codes with suggested user responses.
M0-0010 Westnet II Data Highway Provides an overview of Data Highway operation and
Description describes the Data Highway Controller hardware
(multi-card and single card versions).
M0-0053 Q-Line Installation Manual Discusses the installation of Q-Line I/O, including
field wiring and card addressing.
M0-8000 Highway Installation Manual Describes the format and parameters of the
(WEStation Equipped) CONFIG.SHC file.
U0-0001 Global Index for WDPF User Lists and describes the current WDPF user guides.
Documentation

3/01 1-3 U0-0131 (Rev 9)

Westinghouse Process Control, Inc. Proprietary Class 2C
1-3. Reference Documents

Table 1-1. Reference Documentation (Cont’d)

Document
Number Document Name Description
U0-0106 Standard Control Algorithm Describes the standard graphic and text algorithms that
User’s Guide are available for use with the DPU, TCU, MAC-DS,
and MAC-4500 controllers.
U0-0136 MAC Utilities User’s Guide Describes procedures to enter points into the
Distributed Processing Unit database.
U0-1100 QLC User’s Guide Provides information on the Q-Line Serial Link
Controller (QLC) card, which is used to interface to
the DPU through the DIOB.
U0-2101 Clock Interface Unit User’s Guide Describes the Clock Interface Unit (CIU) and
(Chronolog) provides information on configuration and operation.
U0-8205 System Point Directory User’s Provides information on the System Point Directory
Guide file and the associated utilities.
U0-8211 WEStation Graphics Language Provides a reference to the WEStation graphics
Reference Manual source language rules and commands.

In addition to the documents listed above, this manual may refer to “applicable
vendor documentation”, which is defined on a project basis. These documents may
include:

• Operating system (UNIX/Solaris) manuals.

• Window manager (OpenWindows) documentation.

• Workstation hardware (Sun) documentation.

• Peripheral device documentation.

Man pages (standard UNIX on-line documentation) are also available for operating
system functions and certain WDPF functions.

U0-0131 (Rev 9) 1-4 3/01

Westinghouse Process Control, Inc. Proprietary Class 2C
Section 2. Background

2-1. Section Overview

This section includes background material on the following topics:

• Process point overview (Section 2-2).

• Analog Point Records (AC, AI, AL, AM, and AX types) (Section 2-3).

• Expanded Analog Point Records (AB record type) (Section 2-4).

• Device Point Records (VC and VX types) (Section 2-5).

• Digital Point Records (DC, DI, DL, DM, and DX types) (Section 2-6).

• Packed Digital Point Records (PB and PX types) (Section 2-7).

• Packed Group Point Records (GP and GX types) (Section 2-8).

• Packed Group Alarm Point Records (BG, BN, and BX types) (Section 2-9).

• Alert and Information Alarming (Section 2-10).

• Data Quality (Section 2-11).

• Record Type Identifiers and Numbers (Section 2-12).

• Valid record fields for 8- and 16-character systems (Section 2-13).

• An example point database entry (Section 2-14).

• Point Latching (Section 2-15).

2-2. Process Point Overview

Six categories of process points are available in the WDPF System. An individual
drop database can contain data for analog, digital, packed digital, packed group, and
device points. Within each category, several record types are defined. The record
types for each process point category are shown below:

• Analog Point Records: AI, AL, AC, AM, AX and AB record types.

• Device Point Records: VC and VX types.

3/01 2-1 U0-0131 (Rev 9)

Westinghouse Process Control, Inc. Proprietary Class 2C
2-3. Analog Point Records

• Digital Point Records: DI, DL, DC, DM, and DX record types.

• Packed Digital Point Records: PB and PX record types.

• Packed Group Point Records: GP and GX record types.

• Packed Group Alarm Point Records: BG, BN, and BX record types.

2-3. Analog Point Records

The purpose of an analog process point record is to pass 32-bit, floating-point, real
numbers throughout the system. There are six analog record types: AB, AI, AL, AC,
AM, and AX.

In addition to carrying the basic value information, each analog record type also
contains additional information associated with the value. AX record types (which
contain the minimum information) are the smallest at 22 bytes and AB record types
(which contain the most information) are the largest at 128 bytes. As a general
recommendation, select the record type that uses the least amount of memory but
still meets the needs of the point application. This will help conserve database
memory.

Table 2-1shows the fundamental analog record type features. In Table 2-1, if a point
record type is marked with an X, then the record type has the ability to use that
feature. The record type can use any or all of the marked features.

AI and AB Record Types

Use AI or AB record types to define analog points whenever an analog value must
be read from the field by a DPU. These are the only record types that can read a
value from an analog field device. Consequently, AI or AB record types are the only
types that can convert field data into engineering units.

AL Record Type

An analog field output must be an AL record type. This is the only record type that
can write information to an analog output card. If the AL record is intended to write
to an output card, fields CD, HS, HW, and LS must be set by the user. Additionally,
the XAOUT or AOUT algorithm must be called by the DPU application and used
with the AL record. AL record types also include other desirable features (see Table
2-1). AL record types can be used to set any of these features for a point whether or
not it is intended for field output.

U0-0131 (Rev 9) 2-2 3/01

Westinghouse Process Control, Inc. Proprietary Class 2C
 2-3. Analog Point Records

AC and AM Record Types

Use AC and AM record types to send calculated, non-limit-checked values over the
Data Highway to other drops and throughout the application program. (See Table
2-1 for differences between AC and AM Records.) For example, one of these record
types may be used in a DPU application to carry the output of one loop to the
beginning of another loop. Note that this output can only be a loop output. It cannot
be written to a field device.

AX Record Type

AX points are suited for storing analog values. Local and received points are normally
assigned this record type (for example, the MAC Edit function (MEDIT)
automatically assigns the AX record type to local and received points). The AX record
type is also used for internal points needed by algorithms and special functions.

3/01 2-3 U0-0131 (Rev 9)

Westinghouse Process Control, Inc. Proprietary Class 2C
2-3. Analog Point Records

Table 2-1. Analog Point Record Type Features and Sizes

Point Record Types

(Number of Bytes)
AB AI AL AC AM AX1, 2
Feature 128 122 114 68 32 22
Calculated floating-point real-number value X X X X X X
(required by all types)
Value broadcast over the Data Highway X X X X X
30-character English description or label X X X X
6-character engineering units label X X X X
Ability to change value in monitoring mode X X X
Internal limit checking X X X
Internal alarming X X X
Ability to write to an analog output card X
High and Low Incremental limits X
User adjustable sensor limits X X X
Ability to read from an analog input card X X
High and Low Alarm Limits X X X
High-High and Low-Low Alarm Limits X
1The number of bytes shown for the AX point record type reflects the overhead required by the DPU. Other drops

(such as the SIU, VXI, or PCH) may use less overhead for AX points.

NOTE
All record types need some overhead memory. This overhead is
used by the drop to manipulate and store point information.

2For extended-tag (16-character point name) DPUs, the overhead for AX points is 48. The total size is 52 bytes.
AX points are either local or received points in the DPU.

U0-0131 (Rev 9) 2-4 3/01

Westinghouse Process Control, Inc. Proprietary Class 2C
 2-3. Analog Point Records

2-3.1. Limit Checking Options

Several options are available for limit checking analog points. These alternatives are
selected using the LC record field (AB, AI, and AL points only). Table 2-2 and
Table 2-3 define terms used to describe alarm checking.

Table 2-2. Analog Point (AI and AL) Limit Terminology

Terms Definitions
Current value The actual value of the analog point at the time of alarm processing. This
value is stored in the point’s AV field.
Previous value Contains the value of the Analog Current Value (AV) field from the
previous loop. This value is stored in the point’s PV field.
High Limit User initialized value which is stored in the point's HL field. When the
current value of the point becomes greater than or equal to this value a
“high limit” alarm is reported.
Low Limit User initialized value which is stored in the point's LL field. When the
current value of the point becomes less than or equal to this value a “low
limit” alarm is reported.
Deadband User initialized value which is stored in the point's DB field. Used in
conjunction with other alarm limits to prevent the point from oscillating
into and out of alarm when the current value is hovering around the value
of a limit.
Status Word Contains status of point alarm, scan, and so forth. This value stored in
the point’s AS field.

3/01 2-5 U0-0131 (Rev 9)

Westinghouse Process Control, Inc. Proprietary Class 2C
2-3. Analog Point Records

Table 2-3. Expanded Analog Point (AB) Limit Terminology

Term Definition
High-High Limit User initialized value which is stored in the AB point's ZH field. When
the current value of the point becomes greater than or equal to this
value, a “high-high limit” alarm is reported.
Low-Low Limit User initialized value which is stored in the AB point's ZL field. When
the current value of the point becomes less than or equal to this value,
a “low-low limit” alarm is reported.
High Incremental Limit User initialized value which is stored in the AB point's ZI field. User in
conjunction with the high-high limit. When the value of the AB point
exceeds the high-high limit plus the high incremental limit, a “high
worse” alarm occurs.
Low Incremental Limit User initialized value which is stored in the AB point's ZM field. User
in conjunction with the low-low limit. When the value of the AB point
falls below the low-low limit minus the low incremental limit, a “low
worse” alarm occurs.

Checking Guidelines

• If sensor checking is selected, the point will go into alarm when the I/O scan
detects an input or output card failure. When sensor checking is enabled, the
conditions described below are reported as “sensor alarms”:

— For outputs, whenever data is written to the output point, the data is latched
on the output board and then read back as an ‘echo check’. A fault in the
digital portion of any output board (excluding the D/A converter in analog
boards) will be detected as a failure of this check.

— For inputs, the input boards contain on-board hardware fault detection
capability. A fault indication is contained in the hardware status that is read
from the board along with the analog value data. As a result, each time an
analog input is read, the hardware status of the input board for that particular
point is also checked. Note that for analog inputs, “sensor alarms” may also
be caused by external faults (such as a field transmitter or current source
failure). This type of sensor alarm can be distinguished from a board failure
by noting which points are affected (that is, if the points associated with a
specific board all go into sensor alarm, a board failure is indicated).

U0-0131 (Rev 9) 2-6 3/01

Westinghouse Process Control, Inc. Proprietary Class 2C
 2-3. Analog Point Records

• If limit checking is selected, the point will go into alarm when the point value
exceeds the specified high or low limit (HL and LL fields). An incremental
alarm (worse or better) will be generated when the value crosses the boundaries
defined by the incremental alarm limit (IL field). For example, if the current
value (AV field) is greater than HL + IL, a “high worse” alarm will be generated.

Once the point has entered an alarm state, the deadband (DB field) is used to
prevent multiple alarms from occurring when the point's value is near an alarm
limit. For example, after a “high worse” alarm occurs at value HL + IL, the point's
value must go below HL + IL - DB before the alarm state is reduced to “high”.

2-3.2. Configuring Limit Checking

The LC record field in analog, device, digital, expanded analog, and packed group
alarm points contains a value that describes both the types of alarm checks that are
applied to an analog point and status bits, which are used to enable/disable the
individual limit and sensor checks that may be performed. (See also Section 2-3.3
and the specific record type reference pages).

LC values can be defined to select specific analog alarm options. If the value of LC
is 1, 2, 3, 4, 128, or 129, limit checking will be performed on the point. In this case,
the options specified by bits 3, 4, 5, or 6 will come into play. The table below
indicates the bits to set to enable/disable various combinations of low, high, and
incremental checking:

Bit
Bit Value Definition
3 0 Low alarm checking enabled.
3 1 Low alarm checking is disabled.
4 0 High alarm checking enabled.
4 1 High alarm checking is disabled.
5 0 Low incremental alarm checking enabled.
5 1 Low incremental alarm checking is disabled.
6 0 High incremental alarm checking enabled.
6 1 High incremental alarm checking is disabled.

If not initialized by the user, the value of LC defaults to 0 (no limit checking).

3/01 2-7 U0-0131 (Rev 9)

Westinghouse Process Control, Inc. Proprietary Class 2C
2-3. Analog Point Records

Example

A wide variety of options can be selected by using different values for LC. In
general, the set of limit checking capabilities to be enabled is specified by one of the
base values shown in this example. An additional value can be added to restrict the
capabilities which have been enabled.

For example, a base LC value of 3 specifies that limit checking is on. An add-on
value of 40 disables low and low incremental checking. Therefore, an LC setting of
43 will enable high limit and high incremental alarms, but not low limit and low
incremental alarms.

• Desired functionality:

— Fixed limits
— Limit and sensor cut-out
— No low limit checking
— No low incremental limit checking

Procedure

1. Starting with an LC value of 3, the following alarm options are enabled by

default:

• Sensor and limit checking

• Fixed limits

• Limit and sensor cut-out

2. Determine values to disable functionality to meet the above specification.

• 8 disables low limit checking

• 32 disables low incremental limit checking

3. Sum the values as shown below:

The initial value of LC = 3

Low limit disable = 8
Low incremental limit disable = 32
Total = 43

U0-0131 (Rev 9) 2-8 3/01

Westinghouse Process Control, Inc. Proprietary Class 2C
 2-3. Analog Point Records

4. Therefore, the new value for LC is 43.

As a convenience, all legal disabling combinations are listed below. To determine

the value to use for LC, first choose the initial Limit Checking options. Then, add
the term from the table below.

Table 2-4. Limit Checking Restriction Terms

Term to Add to LC Disable Checking

8 Low Limit
16 High Limit
24 Low and High Limit
32 Low Incremental
40 Low Limit and Low Incremental
56 Low Limit, High Limit, and Low Incremental
64 High Incremental
72 Low Limit and High Incremental
80 High Limit and High Incremental
88 Low Limit, High Limit, and High Incremental
96 Low and High Incremental
104 Low Limit, Low Incremental and High Incremental
112 High Limit, Low Incremental and High Incremental
120 Low and High Limit, Low and High Incremental

2-3.3. AI Alarm Functionality

Figure 2-1 indicates a sample time-varying voltage wave-form. As the voltage
goes up, the alarm sequence is: HIGH to HI WRS to HI WRS, indicating two
levels of incremental limits (IL). As the voltage goes down from a peak, the
alarm sequence is: HI BET to HIGH to Return, indicating the transition into a
normal operating range.

3/01 2-9 U0-0131 (Rev 9)

Westinghouse Process Control, Inc. Proprietary Class 2C
2-3. Analog Point Records

210
HI WRS Alarm
190 AV = 190 (HL + IL + IL)
HI WRS Alarm HI BET Alarm
170 AV = 170 (HL + IL) AV < 180 (HL + IL + IL - DB)

HIGH Alarm HIGH Alarm

150 AV = 150 (HL) AV < 160 (HL +IL -DB)

Return
Normal AV < 140 (HL - DB)

Operating
Range
Return
0 AV > 10 (LL +DB)

LOW Alarm LOW Alarm

-20 AV = 0 (LL) AV > -10 (LL - IL +DB)

LO WRS Alarm LO BET Alarm

-40 AV = -20 (LL - IL) AV > -30 (LL -IL -IL + DB)

LO WRS Alarm
-60 AV = -40 (LL - IL -IL)

HL = 150 IL = 20
LL = 0 DB = 10

Figure 2-1. Analog Point Incremental Example

• If fixed limits are selected, the high limit and low limit values (HL and LL fields)
are initialized by the user (in the drop database). If the ALRMLIMV algorithm
is used, variable limits are assigned to the high limit and low limit values (HL
and LL fields).

• If limit checking inhibited by cut-out is selected for limit checking, no limit

checking alarms will be generated while the point is cut-out from alarm
checking (using the CUT algorithms). If sensor and limit checking inhibited by
cut-out is selected, both sensor and limit alarms will be inhibited.

• If inhibit limit alarm after cut-out is selected, no alarm will be generated when
the point is returned to alarm/limit checking (using the CUT algorithms or the
Operator Station functions), even if its value is high or low.

U0-0131 (Rev 9) 2-10 3/01

Westinghouse Process Control, Inc. Proprietary Class 2C
 2-3. Analog Point Records

Once the point is returned to limit checking, if the value crosses a limit-checking
boundary, the expected alarm will occur. For example, if the value (AV field) is
above the high limit when limit checking is restored, no alarm will be generated.
However, if the point then moves above the incremental limit (HL + IL), a “high
worse” alarm will occur.

Note that if the point is already past an incremental limit, no alarm will be
generated until the next incremental limit is exceeded. For example, consider a
point with HL = 10, IL = 5, and DB = 1. For this point, the first “high worse”
limit is 15. If the point is returned to limit checking with AV = 17, no alarm will
be generated if AV goes to 12 (below the first “high worse” limit) and then to 18
(above the first “high worse” limit). However, if the value goes to 20 (the second
“high worse” limit, HL + IL + IL) an alarm will occur.

For analog points originated by an SIU-based interface drop, special drop-specific

checking can be implemented by selecting custom interface checking. For
additional information, refer to the applicable drop documentation.

For specific values of the LC field used to implement these options, refer to the
Analog Points Record Fields reference pages.

3/01 2-11 U0-0131 (Rev 9)

Westinghouse Process Control, Inc. Proprietary Class 2C
2-4. Expanded Analog Point Records

2-4. Expanded Analog Point Records

Section 2-3 discussed basic analog point functionality. This section focuses on
differences between analog and expanded analog point functionality. (Refer to
Section 2-3.1 for setting limit checking options.)

AB Alarming Options

The alarm capability of the AI point record type had been expanded with the AB
point record type. The chart below shows a comparison between the capabilities of
the two record types:

Function AI AB
High Limit X X
High-High Limit X
High Incremental Limit X
Low Limit X X
Low-Low Limit X
Low Incremental Limit X
Set Incremental Limit (Applies to X
both High/Low)
User Defined Sensor Limits X
Adjustable Limits X X

• The six threshold values for AB are High, High-High, High-High+Increment,

Low, Low-Low, and Low-Low-Increment.

The analog scan task in the DPU performs the processing of the AB point records.
When enabled, the scan task continuously updates the point value and performs
limit checking, sensor checking and alarm checking. The point's value is obtained
by reading a bit pattern for its associated card and converting it to engineering units.
This value is stored in the current value (AV) field of the point. The current value
(AV field) is compared with the user entered limits to determine if alarm conditions
have occurred.

Limit alarms will not be reported for points which are cut-out, limit check removed
or alarm check removed. Sensor alarms will not be reported for points which are
scan removed and alarm check removed.

The different alarming options available to the AB points are as follows:

U0-0131 (Rev 9) 2-12 3/01

Westinghouse Process Control, Inc. Proprietary Class 2C
 2-4. Expanded Analog Point Records

• Alarm All Incrementals - the system will report HIGH, HIGH-HIGH,

HIGH WORSE, HIGH WORSE, and so forth (as well as LOW, LOW-LOW,
LOW WORSE, LOW WORSE, and so forth).

• Alarm First Incremental only - the system will report HIGH, HIGH-
HIGH, and one HIGH WORSE alarm (as well as LOW, LOW-LOW, and
one LOW WORSE alarm).

• Alarm No Incrementals - with the low and high incremental limit fields
(ZM and ZI) set to 0, the system will report - HIGH, and HIGH HIGH
alarms only (as well as only LOW and LOW-LOW alarms).

• Alarm No HIGH-HIGH - with the HIGH-HIGH limit (ZH) entered as

less than or equal to the HIGH limit (HL) the system will not report HIGH
HIGH alarms.

• Alarm No LOW-LOW - with the LOW-LOW limit (ZL) entered as greater

than or equal to the LOW limit (LL) the system will not report LOW-LOW
alarms.

Note

If the low and high incremental limits are set to 0, no

incrementals will occur. Otherwise, HIGH and
HIGH WORSE, HIGH WORSE, and so forth (as
well as LOW, LOW WORSE LOW WORSE, and so
forth) will be reported.

3/01 2-13 U0-0131 (Rev 9)

Westinghouse Process Control, Inc. Proprietary Class 2C
2-4. Expanded Analog Point Records

AB High Alarm Incremental Example

240
HI WRS AV = 220
220
HI WRS AV = 200 HI BET AV < 210
200
HI WRS AV = 180 HI BET AV < 190
180
HIHI AV = 160 HIHI AV < 170
160
HIGH AV = 150 HIGH AV < 150
150
RETURN AV < 140

Figure 2-2. Expanded Analog Point High Incremental Example

In Figure 2-2, (of a time-varying voltage AV), values for the terms indicating
increasingly severe, maximum, and improving alarm states, are computed as follows.

HIGH AV = HL = 150
HIHI AV = ZH = 160
HI WRS AV = ZH + ZI = 180
HI WRS AV = ZH + ZI + ZI = 200
HI WRS AV = ZH + ZI + ZI + ZI = 220
HI BET AV < 210 (ZH + ZI + ZI + ZI -DB)
HI BET AV < 190 (ZH + ZI + ZI -DB)
HIHI AV < 170 (ZH + ZI - DB)
HIGH AV < 150 (ZH -DB)
RETURN AV < 140 (HL -DB)

U0-0131 (Rev 9) 2-14 3/01

Westinghouse Process Control, Inc. Proprietary Class 2C
 2-4. Expanded Analog Point Records

If limit checking is selected, the point will go into alarm when the point value
exceeds the specified high or low limit (HL and LL fields). An incremental alarm
(worse or better) will be generated when the value crosses the boundaries defined
by the incremental alarm limit (ZI field). For example, if the current value (AV field)
is greater than ZH + ZI, a “high worse” alarm will be generated.

Once the point has entered an alarm state, the deadband (DB field) is used to prevent
multiple alarms from occurring when the point's value is near an alarm limit. For
example, after a “high worse” alarm occurs at value ZH + ZI, the point's value must
go below ZH + ZI - DB before the alarm state is reduced to “high”.

AB Low Alarm Incremental Example

Similarly to the high alarm example, the graphic below indicates a sample time-
varying voltage wave-form. As the voltage goes down, the alarm sequence is: LOW
to LOLO to LO WRS to LO WRS to LO WRS. As the voltage goes up from the
lowest point, the alarm sequence is: LO BET to LO BET to LOLO to LOW to
Return, indicating the transition into a normal operating range.

RETURN AV > 10
0
LOW AV = 0 LOW AV > -10
-20
LOLO AV = -20 LOLO AV > -40
-50
LO WRS AV = -50 LO BET AV > -70
-80
LO WRS AV = -80 LO BET AV > -100
-110
LO WRS AV= -120
-140

Figure 2-3. Expanded Analog Low Incremental Example

3/01 2-15 U0-0131 (Rev 9)

Westinghouse Process Control, Inc. Proprietary Class 2C
2-5. Device Point Records

The value for the various limits are computed as in the table below:

LOW AV = LL = 0
LOLO AV = ZL = -20
LO WRS AV = ZL -ZM = -50
LO WRS AV = ZL - ZM - ZM = -80
LO WRS AV = ZL -ZM -ZM -ZM= -120
LOBET AV > -100 (ZL -ZM -ZM -ZM+DB)
LOBET AV > -70 (ZL -ZM -ZM +DB)
LOLO AV > -40 (ZL -ZM +DB)
LOW AV AV > -10 (ZL +DB)
Return AV > 10 (LL + DB)

2-5. Device Point Records

Device process point records are used to control the start/stop or open/close
operation for devices such as motors and automated valves. The record type passes
the status of the control operation to other drops in the system. There are two record
types: VX (18 bytes or less, depending on drop overhead requirements) and VC
(126 bytes).

The record types are designed to meet the needs of different applications; each
record type has certain record fields associated with it. As noted previously, some
fields are user-initialized; others are set up automatically by the program which
generates the drop database.

Additional information on VC and VX record types is found in “MAC Utilities

User’s Guide” (U0-0136).

2-6. Digital Point Records

The purpose of a digital process point record is to pass discrete values throughout
the system. Discrete values are defined as having two possible states (0 or 1, ON or
OFF, True or False). There are five digital record types: DI, DL, DC, DM, and DX.

U0-0131 (Rev 9) 2-16 3/01

Westinghouse Process Control, Inc. Proprietary Class 2C
 2-6. Digital Point Records

Digital point record types are structured like the analog record types. In addition to
the basic discrete data, the digital record types contain other information and use
different amounts of memory. DX record types are the smallest at 20 bytes, and DI
record types are the largest at 90 bytes.

Table 2-5 shows the fundamental record type features for digital points. In this table,
if a point record type is marked with an X, then the record type has the ability to use
that feature. The record type can use any or all of the marked features.

The record types are designed to meet the needs of different applications. As with
analog point records, it is recommended that the user select the minimum size
record type which meets the point application requirements.
Table 2-5. Digital Point Record Type Features and Sizes
Point Record Types
(Number of Bytes)
DI DL DC DM DX1, 2
Feature 90 84 72 26 20
Calculated discrete value (required by all types). X X X X X
Value broadcast over the Data Highway X X X X
30-character English description or label X X X
6-character description to label set state X X X
6-character description to label reset state X X X
Ability to change state in monitoring mode X X
Internal status checking X X
Internal alarming X X
Ability to write to a digital output card X
Ability to read from a digital input card X
Ability to invert value read from digital input card X
1 The number of bytes shown for the DX point record type reflects the overhead required by the DPU. Other drops

(such as the SIU, VXI, or PCH) may use less overhead for DX points.

2 Forextended-tag (16-character point name) DPUs, the overhead for DX points is 48. The total size is 52 bytes.
DX points are either local or received points in the DPU.

DI Record Type

Use DI points whenever a digital value must be read from the field. This is the only
record type that reads a value from a digital device.

3/01 2-17 U0-0131 (Rev 9)

Westinghouse Process Control, Inc. Proprietary Class 2C
2-6. Digital Point Records

DL Record Type

A digital field output must be a DL record type, but a DL record type does not have
to be a field output. This is the only record type that can write information to a
digital output card. DL record types also include other desirable features (see Table
2-5). DL record types can be used to set any of these features for a point whether or
not it is intended for field output.

DC and DM Record Types

Use DC and DM record types to send calculated, non-status-checked values over

the Data Highway to other drops and throughout the application program. (See
Table 2-5 for differences between DC and DM record types.) For example, one of
these record types may be used to carry the output of one ladder rung to the
beginning of another rung or another ladder. Note this output can only be a ladder
output; it cannot be written to a field device.

DX Record Type

DX points are suited for storing discrete values. Local and received points are
normally assigned this record type (for example, the MAC Edit function (MEDIT)
automatically assigns the DX record type to local and received points). The DX record
type is also used for internal points needed by algorithms and special functions.

Status Checking and Power-check Options

Digital point records can be initialized to include status checking, as well as sensor
checking (for outputs) or power checking (for inputs). These options are selected
using the AR, LC, and PC record fields.

Several options are available for status checking digital points. These alternatives
are selected using the AR record field (DI and DL points only). The following
options may be selected:

• Generate alarm whenever digital value equals a specified state (0 or 1).

• Generate alarm whenever point value does not equal its initial value.

• Generate alarm when point value changes to a specified state (that is, transition
from 0 to 1, or transition from 1 to 0). This selection will prevent an alarm from
occurring when the point is returned to alarm checking (after alarm checking
was removed or cut-out).

U0-0131 (Rev 9) 2-18 3/01

Westinghouse Process Control, Inc. Proprietary Class 2C
 2-7. Packed Digital Point Records

In addition to the status check alarm options, the user may implement a ‘power OK
check’ for digital inputs (DI records) by allocating one point on each input board as
the power-check bit. This selection is specified using the PC field. Note that the
selected point must be field wired to remain set (on). If a power failure occurs, a
“sensor alarm” will be reported for the points read from the board.

Sensor checking is also provided for digital output points (DL records). Whenever
data is written to the output point, the data is latched on the output board and then
read back as an ‘echo check’. A fault in the digital portion of any output board
(excluding the output driver stage of digital boards) will be detected as a failure of
this check.

Note

The digital output sensor check does not generate a

point alarm. If a card failure is detected, the drop will
go into alarm (fault code 128, fault ID 25).
Status checking and sensor checking are activated based on the LC field value. The
following options are available:

• Sensor checking only.

• Sensor and status checking. If selected, status checking is always inhibited by

cut-out (that is, no status alarms will be generated while the point is cut-out from
alarm checking by a CUT algorithm).

• For digital points originated by an SIU-based interface drop, special drop-

specific custom interface checking may be available. For additional
information, refer to the applicable drop documentation.

For information on the specific record field values used to implement the options
described above, refer to the AR, LC, and PC descriptions in the Digital Point
Record Fields reference pages in Section 4.

2-7. Packed Digital Point Records

The purpose of a packed digital process point record is to hold a 32-bit value.
Packed group points are used internally by the DPU (for ladder diagram power flow
indication). Packed digital points may also be used to pass discrete data from certain
WDPF Interface drops to external devices (such as programmable controllers).

A packed digital contains either 32 separate digital values or two 16-bit register
(analog) values. There are two record types: PX (22 bytes or less, depending on
drop overhead requirements) and PB (32 bytes).

3/01 2-19 U0-0131 (Rev 9)

Westinghouse Process Control, Inc. Proprietary Class 2C
2-8. Packed Group Point Records

2-8. Packed Group Point Records

The purpose of a packed group process point record is to hold 16 digital values. There
are two record types: GX (20 bytes or less, depending on drop overhead requirements)
and GP (36 bytes). GP points can be assigned as inputs from a 16-bit digital card,
outputs to a 16-bit digital card, or as calculated internal points. Packed group points
can also be defined as 16-bit registers to handle analog inputs or outputs.

Packed group records are frequently used within ladder diagrams. When using the
default naming feature in the MAC Edit function (MEDIT), packed group points
can be automatically added to the DPU database (that is, when an appropriate point
name is entered, MEDIT automatically creates the point, assigns the GP record
type, and sets the hardware address offset (HW) record field).

Packed group records are also used extensively within graphic loops to store status
information (mode, tracking, state, and so forth) for graphic modulating algorithms.

When packed group points are used, individual bits may be forced to a specific state
by an operator command.

2-9. Packed Group Alarm Point Records

In general, the BG and BN record types might be viewed as a hybrid of the GP packed
group record with the DI digital input record's alarm-processing capabilities. Instead
of providing an alarm based on a single point, however, the group alarm point record
type provides a single alarm output as the aggregate of up to 16 alarm inputs. In
addition to the aggregate function, the BG and BN alarms can be delayed.

The group alarm point record type provides 16 digital point values which may be
scanned from input hardware or set by control ladder algorithms. With this alarm
type, it is possible to create groupings of alarms under a single control point. One
of the key features is that if any one (or more than one) in the group is in the alarm
mode, there is a single indication. Alarm status may be checked for individual drops
within the group or the group as a whole. Invalidity bits are also provided for each
of the 16 digital points to allow the Operator's/Alarm Console to indicate that the
data displayed is of questionable value.

The following are factors that can affect the alarm status (BG and BN record fields
used are shown in parentheses):

• Point data (A2)

• Group alarm mask (E0)

U0-0131 (Rev 9) 2-20 3/01

Westinghouse Process Control, Inc. Proprietary Class 2C
 2-9. Packed Group Alarm Point Records

• Bit Sense (E1)

• Invalid bits (A3)

• Alarm checking on/off bit (DS bit 13)

• Status checking on/off bit (LC bit 0)

• Cut out from alarm checking (DS bit 6)

• Forcing (B3)

• Bit unused flag (M0 to N5)

• Hardware status via power check (bit 15) of selected registers

• Hardware status via remote I/O failure

• In-alarm bits (C9)

• Hardware failure (DW bit 1)

2-9.1. Alarm Activation by System Events

An alarm can be activated by any of the following system events: Details on each
function are contained in Section 3.

• Enter group alarm condition while not in-alarm.

• Enter hardware failure condition while not in-alarm.

• Incremental group alarm while in-alarm.

• Hardware failure while in group alarm.

• End group alarm condition.

• End hardware alarm condition.

• Alarm cut out.

• Change of a configuration parameter.

3/01 2-21 U0-0131 (Rev 9)

Westinghouse Process Control, Inc. Proprietary Class 2C
2-10. Alert and Information Alarming

2-9.2. Alarm Function Operator Events

Group alarms can also be under operator control. These events are listed below.
Details on setting these functions are listed in the material in Section 3.

• Clear force for a bit.

• Set force for a bit.

• Set force and change value for a bit.

• Clear all forces.

• Set force for all bits.

• Set alarm checking on.

• Set alarm checking off.

• Acknowledge alarm.

• Release alarm.

• Unrelease alarm.

2-10. Alert and Information Alarming

At software level 8.1 or higher, two alarm modes are possible: Alert and
Information. These modes are applicable to Analog (AB, AI, AL) points, Digital
(DI, DL) points, Device (VC) points, and Packed Group Alarm (BG, BN) points.

Some details in reading or setting this status are included in the individual point
record types in the appropriate sections of this manual. As these points are added,
they are initially set to the Alert alarm configuration. To change the default status,
use the “ALARMCNF” algorithm. The choice between alarm categories is under
user control through Significance Logic. For full details on setting this status, see
the appropriate alarm documentation.

2-11. Quality
Analog, expanded analog, digital and device points may have one of four quality
values: “Good”, “Fair”, “Poor”, or “Bad”. Quality may be set by the user or by the
system, as with a DPU drop. The drop which originates a point is responsible for
assigning the quality.

U0-0131 (Rev 9) 2-22 3/01

Westinghouse Process Control, Inc. Proprietary Class 2C
 2-12. Record Type Identifiers and Numbers

• “Good” quality is typically assigned to all points which are functioning normally.

• A quality of “Fair” may be set through the MMI, as a default from an Entered
Value operation.

• “Poor” quality may be set by certain text algorithms that require multiple input.
If some of the input has “Bad” quality, the output of the text algorithm may have
poor quality.

• “Bad” quality is typically assigned to points which develop sensor failure, are
scan removed, or are receiving an input signal which is itself bad.

• Quality values may also be obtained by using the quality latch function or
QLATCH algorithm for analog, expanded analog, device, and digital points.

These quality terms may be displayed in a process diagram. Each quality may be
given a color (using DEF_QUAL) and shown as a character (with PROCESS_PT).
Setting of these parameters is detailed in "WEStation Graphics Language
Reference Manual" (U0-8211).

Other references within this document include the key words, Quality, Second
Status Word, and Latch.

2-12. Record Type Identifiers and Numbers

Each record type is identified by a 2-character alphanumeric label. For internal use,
each record type is also assigned an identifying number. For certain programs, the
user is required to enter the record type by number rather than alphanumeric name.

Table 2-6 provides an alphabetical list of each process point record type and the
corresponding record type number. Table 2-7 provides a numerical list of each
record type number and the corresponding alphanumeric name.

3/01 2-23 U0-0131 (Rev 9)

Westinghouse Process Control, Inc. Proprietary Class 2C
2-12. Record Type Identifiers and Numbers

Table 2-6. Record Type Cross-Reference (Alphabetical Listing)

Record Type Number Record Type Number

AB 99 DI 140
AC 75 DL 130
AI 90 DM 115
AL 80 DX 110
AM 70 GP 225
AX 60 GX 220
BG 150 PB 210
BN 148 PX 205
BX 146 VC 233
DC 120 VX 230

Table 2-7. Record Type Cross-Reference (Numerical Listing)

Number Record Type Number Record Type

60 AX 140 DI
70 AM 146 BX
75 AC 148 BN
80 AL 150 BG
90 AI 205 PX
99 AB 210 PB
110 DX 220 GX
115 DM 225 GP
120 DC 230 VX
130 DL 233 VC

U0-0131 (Rev 9) 2-24 3/01

Westinghouse Process Control, Inc. Proprietary Class 2C
 2-13. Valid Record Fields for 8- and 16-Character Systems

2-13. Valid Record Fields for 8- and 16-Character

Systems
WDPF point names can contain up to eight-characters for a point on an eight-
character system, or up to sixteen-characters for a point on an extended-tag system.
However, some record types may only have eight characters in both systems. Table
2-8 and Table 2-9 lists the valid records for eight and sixteen character systems for
originated, received, and local points.

Table 2-8. Valid Originated Point Record Types

Point Valid for Eight-Character Valid for Extended-Tag

Record Type System System
Analog Point Records AC, AI, AL, AM AC, AI, AL, AM1
Expanded Analog Point AB AB
Device Point VC VC
Digital Point DC, DI, DL, DM DC, DI, DL, DM1
Packed Digital Point PB PB1
Packed Group Point GP GP1
Packed Group Alarm BG, BN BG, BN
Drop Record DU DU
K Algorithm Record KF, KV KF, KV1
L Algorithm Record L2, L4, L8, LF, LV L2, L4, L8, LF, LV1
M Algorithm Record MA, MP, MV MA, MP, MV1
P Algorithm Record P1, P2, P3 P1, P2, P31
1AM, DM, PB, GP, and algorithm records may only have eight character names regardless of whether the system is
an eight- or 16-character system.

3/01 2-25 U0-0131 (Rev 9)

Westinghouse Process Control, Inc. Proprietary Class 2C
2-13. Valid Record Fields for 8- and 16-Character Systems

Table 2-9. Valid Received Point Record Types

Point Valid for Eight-Character Valid for Extended-Tag
Record Type System System
Analog Point Records AC, AI, AL, AM AC, AI, AL, AM1
Expanded Analog Point AB AB
Device Point VC VC
Digital Point DC, DI, DL, DM DC, DI, DL, DM1
Packed Digital Point PB PB1
Packed Group Point GP GP1
Packed Group Alarm BG, BN BG, BN
Drop Record DU DU
K Algorithm Record KF, KV KF, KV1
L Algorithm Record L2, L4, L8, LF, LV L2, L4, L8, LF, LV1
M Algorithm Record MA, MP, MV MA, MP, MV1
P Algorithm Record P1, P2, P3 P1, P2, P31
1
AM, DM, PB, GP, and algorithm records may only have eight character names regardless of whether the system is
an eight- or 16-character system.

U0-0131 (Rev 9) 2-26 3/01

Westinghouse Process Control, Inc. Proprietary Class 2C
 2-14. Example of Point Database Entry

Table 2-10. Valid Local Point Record Types

Point Valid for Eight-Character Valid for Extended-Tag
Record Type System System
Analog Point Records AX AX
Expanded Analog Point Not Applicable Not Applicable
Device Point Not Applicable Not Applicable
Digital Point DX DX
Packed Digital Point PX PX1
Packed Group Point GX GX1
Packed Group Alarm BX BX
Drop Record Not Applicable Not Applicable
K Algorithm Record Not Applicable Not Applicable
L Algorithm Record Not Applicable Not Applicable
M Algorithm Record Not Applicable Not Applicable
P Algorithm Record Not Applicable Not Applicable
1PX and GX may only have eight character names regardless of whether the system is an eight- or 16-character
system.

2-14. Example of Point Database Entry

The record fields which are designated as “user-initialized” are set using the
database building utility or compiler for the specific type of drop which originates
the point. For a DPU, points are entered using the MAC Edit function (MEDIT).

Figure 2-4 shows example screens used to enter point record information. This
example shows the MEDIT database entry screens (referred to as the ‘Attribute
Table’) for an AI point

3/01 2-27 U0-0131 (Rev 9)

Westinghouse Process Control, Inc. Proprietary Class 2C
2-14. Example of Point Database Entry

STATEMENT USER INPUT ATTRIBUTE DESCRIPTION

INIT/
PTNAME LEVEL1
REC_TYPE AI
FREQUENCY 0.0
IV N-INITIAL VALUE
FM N-PRINTER FORMAT-DECIMAL POINT
DG N-SYSTEM DIAGRAM INDEX
TB N-FULL SCALE VALUE OF POINT
BB N-MINUMUM SCALE VALUE OF POINT
ED C-ENGISH DESCRIPTION
EU C-ENGINEERING UNITS
EV N-OPERATOR ENTERED VALUE
CD N-CARD-TYPE INDEX
HW N-OFFSET OF HARDWARE ADDRESS
AP N-ALARM PRIORITY
LC N-INCLUDE STATUS CHECKING
HL N-HIGH ALARM LIMIT
LL N-LOW ALARM LIMIT
*MORE*

--------------------------------------------

STATEMENT USER INPUT ATTRIBUTE DESCRIPTION

INIT/
PTNAME LEVEL1
REC_TYPE AI
FREQUENCY 0.0
IL N-INCREMENTAL ALARM LIMIT
DB N-HIGH/LOW/INC LIMIT DEADBAND
HS N-HI SENSOR LIM/TOP SCALE OUT
LS N-LO SENSOR LIM/BOT SCALE OUT
CV N-CONVERSION TYPE INDEX
CJ N-COLD JUNCTION COMP SEGMENT INDEX
CI N-CONVERSION COEFFICIENT INDEX

Figure 2-4. Example Attribute Table Screens

U0-0131 (Rev 9) 2-28 3/01

Westinghouse Process Control, Inc. Proprietary Class 2C
 2-14. Example of Point Database Entry

When the ‘Add point’ function is selected from the database menu in MEDIT, enter
a point name (PN record field), record type (RT record field), and broadcast
frequency. When the Attribute Table is displayed, these entries are displayed (next
to the labels ‘PTNAME’, ‘REC_TYPE’, and ‘FREQUENCY’).

After these fields, the next entry field (labeled ‘IV’) is used to enter an initial value.
This value is used by the drop to initialize the Current Value field (AV, DS, or A2
field, depending on the record type) at start-up.

The remaining fields on the Attribute Table screen(s) correspond to the user-defined
record fields, as described in the reference pages for each record type.

An “N” in the Attribute description indicates that the field requires a numerical
value. The value may be a byte, integer, or real number, as defined for this record
field. A “C” indicates this field contains a character string (of the length defined for
this record field).

3/01 2-29 U0-0131 (Rev 9)

Westinghouse Process Control, Inc. Proprietary Class 2C
2-15. Point Latching

2-15. Point Latching

A point which is “Latched” has its value and status preserved during DPU start-up.
A point which is not “Latched” has its current value set equal to its “Initial Value”
(the default value) during DPU start-up and its status may be affected. If an “IV”
field is blank, the point will be latched.

Table 2-11 (below) shows the configurations of Initial Value point types and their
operations during DPU start-up.
Table 2-11. Initial Value Configurations and Operations

Point Initial Value Configuration Operation during DPU Start-up

Type
AI “IV” field is non-blank The current value (AV field) is set equal to the initial
AB (initialized). value. The first status word (AS field) is zeroed. Bits 6
AL and 14 of the second status word (AW) are preserved.
AM The rest of the AW bits are zeroed.
AC
AX “IV” field is non-blank The current value (AV field) is set equal to the initial
(initialized). If blank, 0.0 is used. value. The first status word (AS field) is zeroed.
DI “IV” field is non-blank The current value is set equal to the initial value. The
DL (initialized). other bits of the first status word (AS field) are zeroed.
DM Bits 6 and 11 of the second status word (DW) are
DC preserved. The rest of the DW bits are zeroed.

Note: If the point is “quality latched” (bit 11 of DW is

set), the quality of the point is preserved (bits 8 and 9 of
the DS word are saved).
DX “IV” field is non-blank The current value is set equal to the initial value. The
(initialized). If blank, 0 (False) is other bits of the first status word (DS field) are zeroed.
used.
GP L0 field is set to 1. The current value (A2 word) is set equal to the initial
value. The A3 word (force indication field) is zeroed.
The first status word (DS) is also zeroed. Bits 0,1, and 2
of the second status word (DW) are preserved. The rest
of the DW bits are zeroed.
GX “IV” field is non-blank The current value (A2 word) is set equal to the initial
(initialized). If blank, 0 is used. value. The first status word (DS field) is zeroed. The A3
word (force indication) is preserved.

U0-0131 (Rev 9) 2-30 3/01

Westinghouse Process Control, Inc. Proprietary Class 2C
 2-15. Point Latching

Table 2-11. Initial Value Configurations and Operations (Cont’d)

Point Initial Value Configuration Operation during DPU Start-up

Type
BG J4 field is set to 1. The current value (A2 word) is set equal to the initial
BN value. The B3 word (force indication field) is zeroed.
The first status word (DS) is also zeroed. Bit 6 of the
second status word (DW) is saved. The rest of the DW
bits are zeroed. The A3 word (invalidity indication) is
zeroed.
BX “IV” field is non-blank The current value (A2 word) is set equal to the initial
(initialized). If blank, 0 is used. value. The first status word (DS field) is zeroed. The A3
word (invalidity indication) is preserved.
PB L0 field is set to 1. The current value (AV field) is set equal to the initial
value. The first status word (AS) is zeroed. Bits 0 to 7 of
the second status word (AW) are zeroed. Bits 8 to 15 are
preserved.
PX “IV” field is non-blank The current value (AV field) is set equal to the initial
(initialized). If blank, 0 is used. value. The first status word (AS) is zeroed.
VC “IV” field is non-blank The current value is set equal to the initial value. The
(initialized). If blank, 0 (OFF) is rest of the bits (1 to 15) of the DS word are zeroed. The
used. A2 and A3 words are both preserved.

NOTE: If the point is "quality latched", (bit 11 of A3 is

set), then the quality of the point is preserved (bits 8 and
9 of the DS word are saved).
VX Initial value is unused. Preserves the values in the DS, A2, and A3 words.

3/01 2-31 U0-0131 (Rev 9)

Westinghouse Process Control, Inc. Proprietary Class 2C
2-15. Point Latching

Table 2-12 shows the configurations of Latched point types and their operations
during DPU start-up.
Table 2-12. Latched Configurations and Operations

Point Configuration Operation during DPU Start-up

Type
AI “IV” field is left blank The current value (AV field) is unchanged. The first
AB (uninitialized). status word (AS field) is also preserved. Bits 6 and 14
AL of the second status word (AW) are preserved. The rest
AM Latched. of the AW bits are zeroed.
AC
AX Cannot be latched. Always operates as noted under the “Initial Value”
note.
DI “IV” field is left blank The current value is unchanged. The first status word
DL (uninitialized). (DS field) is preserved. Bits 6 and 11 of the second sta-
DM tus word (AW) are preserved. The rest of the DW bits
DC Latched. are zeroed.
DX Cannot be latched. Always operates as noted under the “Initial Value”
note.
GP L0 field is set to 0. The current value (A2) word is unchanged. The A3
word (force indication field) is also preserved. The first
status word (DS) is zeroed. Bits 0, 1, and 2 of the sec-
Latched. ond status word (DW) are preserved. The rest of the
DW bits are zeroed.
GX Cannot be latched. Always operates as noted under the “Initial Value”
note.
BG J4 field is set to 0. The current value (A2) word is unchanged. The A3
BN word (invalidity indication) is also preserved. The first
Latched. status word (DS) is preserved. Bit 6 of the second status
word (DW) is preserved. The B3 word (force indica-
tion) is also preserved.

BX Cannot be latched. Always operates as noted under the “Initial Value”

note.
PB L0 field is set to 0. The current value (AV field) is unchanged. The first
status word (AS) is zeroed. Bits 0 to 7 of the second sta-
Latched. tus word (AW) are zeroed. Bits 8 to 15 are preserved.

PX Cannot be latched. Always operates as noted under the “Initial Value”

note.

U0-0131 (Rev 9) 2-32 3/01

Westinghouse Process Control, Inc. Proprietary Class 2C
 2-15. Point Latching

Table 2-12. Latched Configurations and Operations (Cont’d)

Point Configuration Operation during DPU Start-up

Type
VC Cannot be latched. Always operates as noted under the “Initial Value”
note.
VX Always latched. Preserves the values in the DS, A2, and A3 words.

Note

Received points revert to their initial value on any

DPU reset (power up, hard reset, or soft reset). Also,
the mode change, “Control to Backup”, causes the
DPU to go through a reset sequence. If the system
highway is down, fail-over to this DPU will mean
running with initial values — since the highway is
down, received points do not receive new values.

3/01 2-33 U0-0131 (Rev 9)

Westinghouse Process Control, Inc. Proprietary Class 2C
Section 3. Analog Point Record Types

3-1. Section Overview

This section contains the reference pages describing the following process point
record types and associated record fields:

• Analog Point Records.

• Expanded Analog Point Records.

Record Types Reference Pages

For each of the record types listed above, the record type overview provides a table
showing the record fields included in each record type. These tables include the
following information:

• Record field identifiers.

• Type of data value (byte, integer, or character string).
• Byte offset of each record field (within record structure).
• Brief description of each record field.
• Size in bytes of each record type (to be used in estimating the amount of
memory required for the point database).
The record type overview tables also show which record fields can be assigned by
the user (an asterisk (*) is shown next to these fields).

Record Fields Reference Pages

For each record type category, the record types overview is followed by reference
pages which provide more detail on the record fields. Each record type is shown first
in tabular form. Following the table is a listing of the various record fields. For each
record field, the record field identifier, byte offset, and type of data value are shown,
followed by a detailed description of the record field's use and possible values. For
many of the fields, examples of parameter setting are included.

3/01 3-1 U0-0131 (Rev 9)

Westinghouse Process Control, Inc. Proprietary Class 2C
3-2. Analog Points

3-2. Analog Points

3-2.1. Record Types

Table 3-1. Record Types (Analog Points)

Record Type
Record Data Byte
AI AL AC AM AX Field Type Offset Description
ID I 0 System Identification (page 3-5)
AS I 2 Analog Status Word (page 3-5)
AV R 4 Analog Current Value (page 3-6)
RT* B 8 Record Type Number (page 3-6)
FM* B 9 Printer Format — Decimal Point
(page 3-7)
SR B 10 Drop System Identification
(page 3-8)
LU B 11 Time of Alarm — Seconds
(page 3-8)
AW I 12 Second Status Word (page 3-8)
DG* I 14 Signal Diagram Index (page 3-10)
PN* C8 16 Point Name (page 3-10)
TB* I 24 Full Scale Value of Point
(page 3-11)
BB* I 26 Minimum Scale Value of Point
(page 3-11)
ED* C30 28 English Description (page 3-11)
EU* C6 58 Engineering Units of Current
Value (page 3-11)
EV* R 64 Operator-Entered Value
(page 3-12)
CD* I 68 Card Type Index (page 3-12)
HW** I 70 Offset of Hardware Address
(Bytes) (page 3-19)
AP* B 72 Alarm Priority (page 3-22)

U0-0131 (Rev 9) 3-2 3/01

Westinghouse Process Control, Inc. Proprietary Class 2C
 3-2. Analog Points

Table 3-1. Record Types (Analog Points) (Cont’d)

Record Type
Record Data Byte
AI AL AC AM AX Field Type Offset Description
AY* C 73 Destination (page 3-23)
MM B 74 Time of Alarm — Month
(page 3-23)
NN B 75 Time of Alarm — Date (Day)
(page 3-23)
AH B 76 Time of Alarm — Hours
(page 3-23)
MN B 77 Time of Alarm — Minutes
(page 3-24)
CM B 78 Command Word (page 3-24)
LC* B 79 Include Limit Checking
(page 3-26)
IP I 80 Input Bit Pattern (page 3-28)
HL* R 82 High Alarm Limit (page 3-29)
LL* R 86 Low Alarm Limit (page 3-29)
IL* R 90 Incremental Alarm Limit
(page 3-29)
DB* R 94 High/Low/Incremental Limit
Deadband (page 3-30)
PV R 98 Previous Input Value (page 3-30)
HS* R 102 Sensor High Limit (V/A)/ Top
Scale Out (page 3-31)
LS* R 106 Sensor Low Limit (V/A)/ Bottom
Scale Out (page 3-32)
SN R 110 Sensor Calibration Value
(page 3-33)
CV* B 114 Conversion Type Index
(page 3-33)
CJ* B 115 Cold Junction Compensation
Segment Index (page 3-36)
CI* I 116 Conversion Coefficient Index
(page 3-37)

3/01 3-3 U0-0131 (Rev 9)

Westinghouse Process Control, Inc. Proprietary Class 2C
3-2. Analog Points

Data Type Definitions

* = User-initialized field.

B = Byte (Whole number between 0 and 255 or a hexadecimal number

between 0H and 0FFH. If hexadecimal, the H must be included.)

I = Integer (2 Bytes. Whole number between -32768 and +32767 or a

hexadecimal number between 0H and FFFFH. If hexadecimal, the H
must be included.)

R = Real number (4 Bytes. Floating point number such as 10.4 or

0.34 E-2).

Cx = Character string; x = maximum number of characters. Certain

characters are restricted, depending on the field and/or drop database
utility. For example, in the MAC Editor, do not use percent (%),
ampersand (&), apostrophe ('), tilde (~), or asterisk (*). As a general
rule, avoid the use of non-alphanumeric characters.

** = Must be set if AL record type is used as a field output or AI record

type is used as a field input.
Table 3-2. Analog Points Record Types Size Requirements (Bytes)

Record Type AI AL AC AM AX1 AX1, 2

Record Size 118 110 64 28 8 8
Overhead1 4 4 4 4 14 44
Total Size 122 114 68 32 22 52
1The overhead requirement shown for the AX point record type reflects the amount required by the DPU. Other
drops (such as the SIU, VXI, or PCH) may use less overhead for AX points.*
2For extended-tag (16-character point name) DPUs, the overhead for AX points is 44. The total size is 52 bytes.
AX points are either local or received points in the DPU.

U0-0131 (Rev 9) 3-4 3/01

Westinghouse Process Control, Inc. Proprietary Class 2C
 3-2. Analog Points

3-2.2. Record Fields

ID Byte Offset: 0
Data Type: Integer
Definition: System Identification
• Initialized whenever the Point Directory is updated.

• A unique number that identifies the point in the WDPF System.

• For a detailed description of the System ID field, refer to Appendix B.

AS Byte Offset: 2
Data Type: Integer
Definition: Analog Status Word
• Updated by the DPU at run time.

• Set states are as follows:

Bit Definition

0 Incrementally Better alarm.

1 Incrementally Worse alarm.

2 Low limit exceeded alarm.

If both 2 and 3 are set, then sensor alarm is indicated.

3 High limit exceeded alarm.

4 Information Alarm Status (1=Information, 0=Alert).

5 Alarm unacknowledged.

6 Cut out from alarm checking.

7 Point is in alarm.

8, 9 Quality:

Bit 8 Bit 9 Quality

0 0 Good

3/01 3-5 U0-0131 (Rev 9)

Westinghouse Process Control, Inc. Proprietary Class 2C
3-2. Analog Points

Bit 8 Bit 9 Quality

1 0 Fair

0 1 Poor

1 1 Bad

10 Current value equals the operator-entered value.

11 Point is removed from scan.

12 Limit checking off.

13 Alarm checking off.

14 Toggle (indicates a change in alarm state).

15 Point is not being updated (by the Data Highway) at receiving

drop.

NOTE: In some versions, the AS field will return to its normal

state if the IV field contains a value. If the IV is left blank, the AS
will return to the last state (latched) during a power-up or a reset.

AV Byte Offset: 4
Data Type: Real
Definition: Analog Current Value
• AV field may be set by initializing the MAC Edit function (MEDIT) IV field.

• If IV field is set, AV resets to IV value during reset or power-up.

• If IV field is not set (left blank), AV resets to the last value during run time
(latched) during reset or power-up.

RT Byte Offset: 8
Data Type: Byte
Definition: Record Type Number
• Initialized by the MAC Edit function (MEDIT), based on the record type name
(AI, AL, and so forth) entered by the user.

• May be used for type checking on displayed information.

U0-0131 (Rev 9) 3-6 3/01

Westinghouse Process Control, Inc. Proprietary Class 2C
 3-2. Analog Points

• Identifies the type of record by number. The record type number is commonly
used in the Point Directory listing and Point Details screen. The numbers
corresponding to the analog record type names are shown below:

Record Type Record Type Number

AX 60

AM 70

AC 75

AL 80

AI 90

FM Byte Offset: 9
Data Type: Byte
Definition: Display Format — Decimal Point
• Initialized by the user as a non-negative integer.

• Defines the type of display (standard, exponential, or technical) and the number
of decimal places to be shown for a Standard option.

• Display is set as follows:

Display Top 4 bits Lower 4 Bits

10.1234 0 Specify number of decimal places, up to
(Standard) 15 (that is FM = 0 ... 15).
10.34E2, 5.54E-1 1 Not used.
Exponential (that is, FM = 16)
13.34E3, 12.56E-3 2 Not used
Technical (that is, FM = 32)
(Exponential with all exponents as
multiples of three.
10.1234 3-15 Specify number of decimal places, up to
(Standard) 15. (Display at left indicates 4 places.)

3/01 3-7 U0-0131 (Rev 9)

Westinghouse Process Control, Inc. Proprietary Class 2C
3-2. Analog Points

SR Byte Offset: 10
Data Type: Byte
Definition: Drop System Identification
• Initialized by the MAC Edit function (MEDIT).

• Identifies the drop in which the point originates.

LU Byte Offset: 11
Data Type: Byte
Definition: Time of Alarm — Seconds
• Initialized to zero.

• Identifies the second when the point last went into alarm.

• Valid range is 0 through 59.

• Updated at run time by the analog scan software when the point goes into alarm.

• Used only with AI and AL point records.

AW Byte Offset: 12
Data Type: Integer
Definition: Second Status Word
• Updated by control algorithms and analog scan software.

• Bits are defined as follows:

Bit Definition
0 Invalid hardware address or Card Type not Initialized — Set/reset in
analog inputs by the analog input scan software or by analog I/O
algorithms (for example, XAOUT, AIN, XMA2, and XML2).
1 Invalid bit pattern — Set/reset in analog inputs by the analog input
scan software.

OR

Write verification error — Set/reset by analog I/O algorithms (for

example, XAOUT, AIN, XMA2 and XML2).

OR

Remote Q-Line I/O read/write error.

U0-0131 (Rev 9) 3-8 3/01

Westinghouse Process Control, Inc. Proprietary Class 2C
 3-2. Analog Points

Bit Definition
2 Bad hardware status — Set/reset in analog I/O algorithms (for
example, XAOUT, AIN, XMA2 and XML2)
3 QLI configuration error — Set/reset by algorithms operating with a
QLI interface.
4 Normalization error — Set/reset in analog inputs by the analog input
scan software or by analog I/O algorithms (for example, XAOUT,
AIN, XMA2 and XML2).
5 No RTDs for a CJC point — Set/reset in cold junction compensated
analog inputs only by the analog scan software.
6 Information Alarm Configuration (1=Information, 0=Alert). This bit
is set by the ALARMCNF algorithm.
7 Point’s alarm is released.
8,9 If Bits 8 and 9 are both zero, the Sensor Calibration Value field (SN,
byte offset 110) is updated with the engineering units value.

If Bit 8 equals 1 and Bit 9 equals zero, SN is updated with the

uncompensated, normalized value.

If Bit 8 equals zero and Bit 9 equals 1, SN is updated with the

compensated, normalized value.
10 Set/reset by algorithms operating with a QLI interface. The bit is set
when a QLI is configured; otherwise, the bit is cleared.
11 Questionable status bit. The DPU sets and resets this bit when
software external to the DPU sends messages requiring the DPU to
set or reset the bit.
12 Set/reset by analog scan to track alarm transitions after cut-out is
removed. Used only when limit alarms are inhibited after cut-out (LC
field (byte offset 79) = 6 or 7).
13 Used in conjunction with the ALARMDLY algorithm. When this bit
is set, it indicates that an alarm condition exists.
14 Quality Latch Bit. After the DPU receives a ‘Latch Quality’
command, the quality of the point is set to the requested value. The
‘Quality Latch’ bit of the point is also set (see also the CM record
field in this section).

3/01 3-9 U0-0131 (Rev 9)

Westinghouse Process Control, Inc. Proprietary Class 2C
3-2. Analog Points

Bit Definition
15 Used in conjunction with the ALARMDLY algorithm. When this bit
is set, it indicates that the Alarm Delay feature is active (see also the
CM record field (byte offset 78) in this section).

NOTE
Bits 0, 1, 2, 3, 4 or 5 being set results in bad quality and a point sensor
alarm.

DG Byte Offset: 14
Data Type: Integer
Definition: Signal Diagram Index
• Initialized by the user.
• Defines the number of the diagram.
• For 7-level systems or below, the signal diagram can be displayed using the
Operator Station CRT 1 DISP DIAG or CRT 2 DISP DIAG key.
• For 8-level systems, the Signal Diagrams can be displayed using the Operator
WEStation point menu.
• For 6- and 7- level systems, valid entries are as follows:
— Main screen diagram numbers 1000 through 4999.
— Subscreen diagram numbers 0001 through 0999.
— Group numbers 5000 through 6999 (to display the diagram specified in the
group's diagram link).
• For 8-level systems, valid entries are 0-65535.
• Do not use diagram numbers that must be displayed with groups.

PN Byte Offset: 16
Data Type: String of 8 ASCII Characters
Definition: Point Name
• Initialized by the user.

• Used to identify point in displays, listings, and for operator entry.

• In extended tag DPUs, the ED field contains the 16-character point name. The PN
field only contains the character “@” followed by seven “blanks.”

U0-0131 (Rev 9) 3-10 3/01

Westinghouse Process Control, Inc. Proprietary Class 2C
 3-2. Analog Points

TB Byte Offset: 24
Data Type: Integer
Definition: Full Scale Value of Point
• Initialized by the user.

• Used to scale the value for bar chart displays.

• Valid range is -32768 through +32767.

BB Byte Offset: 26
Data Type: Integer
Definition: Minimum Scale Value of Point
• Initialized by the user.

• Used to scale the value for bar chart displays.

• Valid range is -32768 through +32767.

• Note: BB must be less than TB.

ED Byte Offset: 28
Data Type: String of 30 ASCII Characters
Definition: English Description
• Initialized by the user (default = 30 blanks).

• Provides an expanded description (30 characters maximum) of the point for use
in displays and listings.

• In extended tag DPUs, the ED field contains the point name — not the English
description.

EU Byte Offset: 58
Data Type: String of 6 ASCII Characters
Definition: Engineering Units of Current Value
• Initialized by the user (default = 6 blanks).

• Used for display purposes.

• Text description (6 characters maximum) of the engineering units of the current

value. Examples are V, msec, and so forth.

3/01 3-11 U0-0131 (Rev 9)

Westinghouse Process Control, Inc. Proprietary Class 2C
3-2. Analog Points

• Thermocouple temperature compensation points must have EU = “DEG C” or

“DEG F” or “DEGC” or “DEGF” in order to accept operator-entered
temperature values.

EV Byte Offset: 64
Data Type: Real
Definition: Operator-Entered Value
• May be initialized by the user, but not required.

• The Operator-Entered Value function causes the value entered at the MMI to be
stored in the EV field. The DPU copies the value in the EV field to the AV field
when the Entered Value command is executed (see CM field, byte offset 78).

• This field is used by the MAC Monitor function (M_MON) or user interface for
the ‘Enter Value’ function.

CD Byte Offset: 68
Data Type: Integer
Definition: Card Type Index
• Initialized by the user.

• Used by the analog input scan software and analog output algorithms to scale
the value read from or written to an analog I/O card.

• Please note that a value of zero for the CD field of an AI point will cause the
point to go into sensor alarm.

• For more information on the individual card types, see “Q-Line Installation
Manual” (M0-0053).

Note

The valid card types and their indexes are shown in

Table 3-3. The range values reflect the card
definitions. A narrower range may be obtained by
setting the high and low sensor limits to appropriate
values.
Only the low byte of this integer is used as the card type.
The high byte is used internally for status storage.

U0-0131 (Rev 9) 3-12 3/01

Westinghouse Process Control, Inc. Proprietary Class 2C
 3-2. Analog Points

The high byte set states are as follows:

Bit Definition
8 Cut-out disabled
9, 10 Tag Level
11 Tag Acknowledge
12 Shut down QSR Card
13-15 Undefined

Table 3-3. Card Type Index (CD Field) Values

Group/ Input/
Index Name Revision Output Range Units
11 QAI/QAV G01 Input - 20 to + 20 mV
21 QAI G02 Input - 50 to + 50 mV
QAV G02 Input - 50 to + 50 mV
QAV G04 Input - 50 to + 50 mV
31 QAI G03 Input - 100 to + 100 mV
QAV G03 Input - 100 to + 100 mV
QAV G05 Input - 100 to + 100 mV
4 QAI G04 Input - 500 to + 500 mV
5 QAI G05 Input - 1 to + 1 V
6 QAI G06 Input - 10 to + 10 V
7 (or 9) QAI G07 Input 0 to + 20 mA
8 QAI G08 Input - 50 to + 50 mV
9 (or 7) QAI G07 Input 0 to + 20 mA
102 Undefined
11 QRT G01 Input 0 to + 10 mV
12 QRT G02 Input 0 to + 33.3 mV
13 (or 34) QAW G01 Input 0 to + 1 V
14 (or 35) QAW G02 Input 0 to + 5 V
15 QAW G03 Input 0 to + 10 V

3/01 3-13 U0-0131 (Rev 9)

Westinghouse Process Control, Inc. Proprietary Class 2C
3-2. Analog Points

Table 3-3. Card Type Index (CD Field) Values (Cont’d)

Group/ Input/
Index Name Revision Output Range Units
16 QAW G04, G05 Input 0 to + 20 mA
17 QAH G01 Input - 10.235 to + 10.235 V
18 QAH G02 Input - 5.117 to + 5.117 V
19 QAH G03 Input 0 to + 10.237 V
20 QAH G04 Input 0 to + 5.119 V
21 QAO G01 Output 0 to + 20 mA
22 QAO G02 Output 0 to + 10 V
23 QAO G03 Output - 10 to + 10 V
24 QAO G04, G05 Output 0 to + 5 V
25 QAO G05 Output - 5 to + 5 V
26 QAO G06 Output - 10 to + 10 V
27 QAO G07 Output 0 to + 20 mA
28 QAO G08 Output - 10 to + 10 V
29 QAO G01 Output + 4 to + 20 mA
303 QAM G01 Output 0 to 10.2375 V
(4QAM1
or
4QAM3)
31 QAM G01 Output 0 to + 10 V
(4QAM5)
G02 Output + 4 to + 20 mA
(4QAM6)
32 QAW G06 Input 0 to + 50 mA
332 Undefined
34 (or 13) QAW G01 Input 0 to + 1 V
35 (or 14) QAW G02 Input 0 to + 5 V

U0-0131 (Rev 9) 3-14 3/01

Westinghouse Process Control, Inc. Proprietary Class 2C
 3-2. Analog Points

Table 3-3. Card Type Index (CD Field) Values (Cont’d)

Group/ Input/
Index Name Revision Output Range Units
36 QPA G01 Input Pulse Input + 48 V
Control Input + 48 V
G02 Input Pulse Input + 5 V
Control Input + 48 V
G03 Input Pulse Input + 5 V
Control Input + 5 V
G04 Input Pulse Input + 48 V
372 Undefined
38 PC N/A N/A -32768 through Signed
Interface + 32767 Integer
39 NL-740-H A Input 0 to + 5 V
40 NL-740-H B Input 0 to + 10 V
41 NL-740-H C Input + 1 to + 5 V
42 NL-740-H C Input + 4 to + 20 mA
43 NL-740-H C Input + 5 to + 50 mA
44 NL-740-H D Input 0 to + 1 V
45 NL-740-H E Input 0 to + 500 mV
46 NL-740-H F Input 0 to + 100 mV
47 NL-750-H A Output 0 to + 5 V
47 NL-750-H A Output + 4 to + 20 mA
48 NL-750-H B Output 0 to + 10 V
48 NL-750-H B Output + 4 to + 20 mA
49 NL-750-H C Output 0 to + 10 V
49 NL-750-H C Output + 10 to + 50 mA
502 Undefined

3/01 3-15 U0-0131 (Rev 9)

Westinghouse Process Control, Inc. Proprietary Class 2C
3-2. Analog Points

Table 3-3. Card Type Index (CD Field) Values (Cont’d)

Group/ Input/
Index Name Revision Output Range Units
5110 QLI/QLJ G01 Input 0 to + 10 V
Output 0 to + 10 V
Output readback4 0 to + 10 V
5210 QLI/QLJ G02 Input 0 to + 5 V
Output 0 to + 10 V
Output readback4 0 to + 10 V
5310 QLI/QLJ G03 Input 0 to + 20 mA
Output 4 to + 20 mA
Output readback4 4 to + 20 mA
545 QAV G01 Input - 20 to + 20 mV
555 QAV G02 Input - 50 to + 50 mV
565 QAV G03 Input - 100 to + 100 mV
57 NL-742-H A Input 0 to + 5 V
58 NL-742-H B Input 0 to + 10 V
59 NL-742-H C Input - 5 to + 5 V
60 NL-742-H D Input - 10 to + 10 V
61 NL-742-H E Input + 1 to + 5 V
62 or 63 NL-751-H Output 0 to + 5 V
Output 0 to + 10 V
NL-752-H Output 0 to + 20 V
Output + 4 to + 20 V
Output 0 to + 50 V
Output +10 to + 50 V
64 or 65 NL-751 Output - 5 to + 5 V
64 or 65 NL-751 Output - 10 to + 10 V

U0-0131 (Rev 9) 3-16 3/01

Westinghouse Process Control, Inc. Proprietary Class 2C
 3-2. Analog Points

Table 3-3. Card Type Index (CD Field) Values (Cont’d)

Group/ Input/
Index Name Revision Output Range Units
666 QSC G01 Input 0 to + 2085 Counts
G02 Input 0 to + 8191 Counts
G01 Input 0 to + 18000 Counts
677 QLC G01 Input User-defined User-
defined
6811 QAX G01 Input - 20 to +20 mV
6911 QAX G02 Input - 50 to + 50 mV
7011 QAX G03 Input - 100 to + 100 mV
719, 12 QAX w/ G01 Input - 20 to + 20 mV
QAXT
729, 12 QAX w/ G02 Input - 50 to + 50 mV
QAXT
739, 12 QAX w/ G03 Input - 100 to + 100 mV
QAXT
7413 QAX G04 Input 0 to +1 V
7513 QAX G05 Input 0 to +5 V
7613 QAX G06 Input 0 to +10 V
77 QPA G01 Input Pulse Input + 48 V

* special Control Input + 48 V

pulse G02 Input Pulse Input + 5 V
handling.
See Control Input + 48 V
QPAxxx
G03 Input Pulse Input + 5 V
text
algorithms. Control Input + 5 V
G04 Input Pulse Input + 48 V
78-792 Undefined
80 QSR G01 - G04 Channel: 1 - Output Coil +/- 10 V
Drive
81 Channel: 2 - Output Coil +/- 408 mA
Drive

3/01 3-17 U0-0131 (Rev 9)

Westinghouse Process Control, Inc. Proprietary Class 2C
3-2. Analog Points

Table 3-3. Card Type Index (CD Field) Values (Cont’d)

Group/ Input/
Index Name Revision Output Range Units
82 QSR G01, G03 Channel: 3 - Output Coil
(Cont’d) Drive
83 Channel: 4 - Output Coil
Drive
84 G01 - G04 Channel: 1 - Input Feedback +/- 10 V
85 Channel: 2 - Input Feedback
86 G01, G03 Channel: 3 - Input Feedback
87 Channel: 4 - Input Feedback
88 QFD G01 Input -118.75 to 5000.625 nano A
1Use CD 1, 2, or 3 if cold junction compensation is performed by reading a QRT card corresponding to a user-entered
cabinet segment. For QAV cards which do not utilize the on-board cold junction compensation feature, use one of these
CD values. (Also see Note 5).

2Not assigned.

3Obsolete.

4Readback signal only available on QLJ.

5Use CD 54, 55, or 56 if input is a thermocouple. When one of these CD values is entered, the QAV card's on-board cold

junction compensation feature is enabled (cold junction compensation is performed by the analog scan, which reads the
junction temperature from a QAV card's 7th channel). (Also see Note 1.)
Note that on-board cold junction compensation is provided by QAV cards at level 6QAV or higher. Because these cards
require 8 addresses, care must be taken when replacing an older QAV (which required only 6 addresses) to ensure that
the addresses are available (not assigned to another card). For detailed information, refr to “Q-Line Installation Manual”
(M0-0053).
6To convert to Hz Engineering Units, use the following (linear) conversion coefficients:
QSC-G01: Gain = 4, Bias = 0
QSC-G02: Gain = 1, Bias = 0
QSS-G01: Gain = 0.5, Bias = 0

Note
Sensor limits should be specified in counts (not Hz).

7Card type index 67 should be used for QLC group 1 input points which do not require Engineering units conversion.
Card type index 67 enables the analog scan limit checking, but does not use the analog scan routines to read the hardware
in the normal manner. Note that card type index 67 is not required for QLC output points. Also note that this setting is
not valid if the WDPF system is running the Control Builder, WESinfo, Database Generation System (DBGS), or Back
Translator.
For a group 2 QLC card, use the appropriate CD value for a QAW, QAO, QBI, and QBO card.
For additional information on the QLC card, refer to “QLC User's Guide” (U0-1100).

U0-0131 (Rev 9) 3-18 3/01

Westinghouse Process Control, Inc. Proprietary Class 2C
 3-2. Analog Points

Table 3-3. Card Type Index (CD Field) Values (Cont’d)

Group/ Input/
Index Name Revision Output Range Units
8Output current range is user configurable. Boards are built to supply + or - 40 mA output current, but they can be
configured to supply +/- 60 mA output current.

9When card types 71, 72, and 73 are used, the QAX is limited to handling 11 analog inputs. The 12th input is reserved
for sensing the on-board thermocouple temperature. See “Q-Line Installation Manual” (M0-0053) for more information
on the QAX card.
10To read the QLI/QLJ analog input/output signals, the point’s HW field should be xxx0H (where xxx is at least 001).

HW=xxx0H allows the point to read QLI/QLJ for analog 1.

HW=xxx2H allows the point to read QLI/QLJ for analog 2.
HW=xxx4H allows the point to read QLI/QLJ for analog 3.
HW=xxx6H used for analog output (readback) (QLJ only).
The QLI/QLJ digital signals are read using the DINSLI text algorithm.
11Low level inputs.

12Low level inputs with compensation.

13High level inputs.

HW Byte Offset: 70
Data Type: Integer
Definition: Offset of Hardware Address (Bytes)
• Initialized by the user for points read from or written to the field I/O. (Field
I/O refers to a Distributed I/O Bus (DIOB) point card or to an NL-700 I/O point
card.)

• Specified in hexadecimal, not decimal.

• For a point read from or written to a DIOB point card, this field indicates the
offset (in bytes) from the beginning of the DIOB where the pertinent I/O register
resides. (The location of this register on the DIOB depends on the address
jumper selection on the front of the pertinent Q-Line card.)
• If an HW value of 0 (zero) is used as an offset for an AI point, the point will
indicate a sensor error.
• The calculation sequence for a Q-Line point card is as follows:

1. Locate the card address (in hexadecimal) on the hardware drawing.

2. Determine the relative point number (starts at 1) on the card.

3. Determine the MBU offset (if any) from the hardware drawing. The MSQ,
MDX, MSX, or MBU 0 has an offset of zero. MBU 1 has an offset of 200H.

3/01 3-19 U0-0131 (Rev 9)

Westinghouse Process Control, Inc. Proprietary Class 2C
3-2. Analog Points

4. For analog points, the hardware offset calculation is as follows:

HW = 2 [ADD + (PN - 1)] + MBU

where:
HW = hardware offset
ADD = card address (in hexadecimal)
PN = relative point number on card
MBU = MBU offset

— For a point read from or written to a distributed (remotely-located) 700

Series I/O module (via an IOP card), the calculation is as follows:

HW = (IOP ∗ 1000H) + (SIM ∗ 100H) + (ADD - 1)

where:
IOP = number of IOP card (1 or 2)
SIM = number of SIM (0H through FH)
ADD = I/O card's input or output register address (1
through 32), as determined from the applicable
Instruction Leaflet. After 1 is subtracted, convert
this value to hexadecimal.

• To use AI points as calculated or QLC/gateway updated points, set

CD = 67 or set bit 15 of the HW field to 1.
• To use AL points as calculated or QLC/gateway updated points, use one of the
following options:
— Set CD = 67 or set bit 15 of the HW field to 1.

— Set CD = 0 and HW = 0.

Note

Setting CD = 67 (as mentioned above for AI and AL

points) is not a valid setting if the WDPF system is
running the Control Builder, WESinfo, Database
Generation System (DBGS), or Back Translator.

U0-0131 (Rev 9) 3-20 3/01

Westinghouse Process Control, Inc. Proprietary Class 2C
 3-2. Analog Points

Refer to Table 3-4 for a calculation example.

Table 3-4. Calculation Example

Conversion Table Procedure:

BINARY HEXADECIMAL DECIMAL Refer to Figure 3-1.
0 0000 0H 0
Calculate the HW field for the third analog output of a
0 0001 1H 1
QAO card strapped for B0H in non-extended I/O.
0 0010 2H 2
HW = 2 [B0H + (3-1)] + 0
0 0011 3H 3
= 2 [B2H]
0 0100 4H 4
0 0101 5H 5
Possible Techniques
0 0110 6H 6
0 0111 7H 7 1) Convert Hex to Binary, add number to itself, then
0 1000 8H 8 convert to Hex.
0 1001 9H 9 2 1
0 1010 AH 10 5 2631
0 1011 BH 11 6 8426 8421
0 1100 CH 12 ^ ^^^^ ^^^^
0 1101 DH 13 0 1011 0010
0 1110 EH 14 + 0 1011 0010
0 1111 FH 15 1 0110 0 1 0 0 = 164H
1 0000 10H 16
1 0001 11H 17 2) Convert Hex to Binary, left shift by one bit (Append
1 0010 12H 18 a 0), then convert to Hex.
1 0011 13H 19 B 2 H
1 0100 14H 20
1 0101 15H 21 1011 0010 0
1 0110 16H 22
1 0111 17H 23 1 6 4 H
1 1000 18H 24
1 1001 19H 25 3) Convert each Hex digit to decimal then double. Next
1 1010 1AH 26 convert to Hex and add together.
1 1011 1BH 27 BH = 11, X2 = 22 = 16 H
1 1100 1CH 28 2H = 2, X2 = 4 = 4H
1 1101 1DH 29 164H
1 1110 1EH 30
1 1111 1FH 31 4) Use “HW” on an RMX Engineer Station, or WIN-
OS2 calculator on a PCH, or “calctool” on WEStation.

5) Use calculator with Hex math functions.

3/01 3-21 U0-0131 (Rev 9)

Westinghouse Process Control, Inc. Proprietary Class 2C
3-2. Analog Points

1 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 = B0H Q - LINE I/O CARD

C WORD ADDRESS STRAPPING
A PER M0-0053
R
D * ENABLE JUMPER USAGE:
ANALOG IN : IN
E ANALOG OUT : OUT
D QSE : IN
G
E QRO & QTO : OUT FOR BP 0-7
ENABLE JUMPER * IN FOR BP 8-15

Figure 3-1. Jumper Settings (Analog Points)

AP Byte Offset: 72
Data Type: Byte
Definition: Alarm Priority
• Initialized by the user.

• Used for alarm diagrams.

• Indicates the high and low alarm priority of the point. The highest of the two
values is used for points in SENSOR alarm; the lowest of the two values is used
for points returned to NORMAL.

• Valid entries in hexadecimal are as follows:

00H 10H 20H 30H

01H 11H 21H 31H
02H 12H 22H 32H
03 13 23 33
First digit = Priority of High Alarm
Second digit = Priority of Low Alarm

where:

0 Low
1
2
3 High

U0-0131 (Rev 9) 3-22 3/01

Westinghouse Process Control, Inc. Proprietary Class 2C
 3-2. Analog Points

AY Byte Offset: 73
Data Type: 1ASCII Character
Definition: Destination
• Whenever the drop database is updated against the Point Directory, AY is
initialized to be the first character of the characteristics of the point. If a
characteristics statement does not exist for a point, it is initialized to the “wild
card” (-) character.

• Used to display sets of related points that are in alarm.

MM Byte Offset: 74
Data Type: Byte
Definition: Time of Alarm — Month
• Initialized to zero.

• Indicates the month when the point last went into alarm.

• Valid range is 1 through 12.

• Updated at run time by the analog scan software when the point goes into alarm.

NN Byte Offset: 75
Data Type: Byte
Definition: Time of Alarm — Date (Day)
• Initialized to zero.

• Indicates the date (day) when the point last went into alarm.

• Valid range is 1 through 31.

• Updated at run time by the analog scan software when the point goes into alarm.

AH Byte Offset: 76
Data Type: Byte
Definition: Time of Alarm — Hours
• Initialized to zero.

• Indicates the hour when the point last went into alarm.

• Valid range is 0 through 23.

• Updated at run time by the analog scan software when the point goes into alarm.

3/01 3-23 U0-0131 (Rev 9)

Westinghouse Process Control, Inc. Proprietary Class 2C
3-2. Analog Points

MN Byte Offset: 77
Data Type: Byte
Definition: Time of Alarm — Minutes
• Initialized to zero.
• Indicates the minute when the point last went into alarm.
• Valid range is 0 through 59.
• Updated at run time by the analog scan software when the point goes into alarm.

CM Byte Offset: 78
Data Type: Byte
Definition: Command Word
• Initialized to zero.

• Command requests are issued through the CM field (byte offset 78). These
requests may be originated by drops on the network. The DPU acts on the
commands and sets the status bits in the Analog Status Word field (AS, byte
offset 2). (This applies only to points that are scanned.)

• See Table 3-5 for current software level commands.

Table 3-5. Command Word

Command Definition
1 Set scan on.
2 Set scan off, and set Sensor Calibration Value field (SN, byte offset 110) to
engineering units.
3 Set alarm checking on.
4 Set alarm checking off.
5 Set limit checking on.
6 Set limit checking off.
7 Set Sensor Calibration Value field (SN, byte offset 110) to uncompensated,
normalized value.
8 Set Sensor Calibration Value field (SN, byte offset 110) to compensated,
normalized value.
9 Read entered value.
10-13 Not assigned.
14 Acknowledge alarm.

U0-0131 (Rev 9) 3-24 3/01

Westinghouse Process Control, Inc. Proprietary Class 2C
 3-2. Analog Points

Table 3-5. Command Word (Cont’d)

Command Definition
15-21 Not assigned.
22 Set and latch quality as Good.
23 Set and latch quality as Fair.
24 Set and latch quality as Poor.
25 Set and latch quality as Bad.
26 Unlatch quality.
27 Set Questionable Status Bit.
28 Clear Questionable Status Bit.
29 Set Low Alarm Checking off
30 Set Low Alarm Checking on
31 Set High Alarm Checking off
32 Set High Alarm Checking on
33 Set Low Incremental Alarm Checking off
34 Set Low Incremental Alarm Checking on
35 Set High Incremental Alarm Checking off
36 Set High Incremental Alarm Checking on
37 Configure for Alert Alarms
38 Configure for Information Alarms
39 Release point from alarm
40 Unrelease point from alarm
41 Enable Alarm Cut-Out
42 Disable Alarm Cut-Out
43 Clear tag-level bits
44 Set tag level 1
45 Set tag level 2
46 Set tag level 3

3/01 3-25 U0-0131 (Rev 9)

Westinghouse Process Control, Inc. Proprietary Class 2C
3-2. Analog Points

Note
Commands higher than 22 are supported only for
software above level 7.1K.

LC Byte Offset: 79
Data Type: Byte
Definition: Include Limit Checking
• Initialized by the user per Table 3-6. If not initialized by the user, the value of
LC defaults to 0 (no limit checking).

• Set to 2 or 4 on-line by the DPU if the point is specified in an ALRMLIMV algorithm.

Table 3-6. Limit Checking (LC Field) Values

High Incremental
Low Incremental
Inhibit Limit
Alarm after

High Alarm
by Cut-out1

Low Alarm
Checking

Checking

Checking

Checking

Checking

Checking

Checking

Checking
Inhibited

Interface
Cut-out
Custom
Type of
Sensor

Limits
Value

Limit
LC

0 On Off N/A N/A N/A Off Off Off Off Off

1 On On Fixed Limit Off Off On On On On
2 On On Variable Limit Off Off On On On On
3 On On Fixed Limit Off Off On On On On
and
Sensor
4 On On Variable Limit Off Off On On On On
and
Sensor
5 Off Off N/A N/A N/A Off Off Off Off Off
6 On On Fixed Limit On Off On On On On
7 On On Fixed Limit On Off On On On On
and
Sensor
128 N/A Off N/A N/A N/A Off Off Off Off Off
129 N/A On Fixed Limit N/A On On On On On
1Refer to the CUT text algorithms in “Standard Control Algorithm User’s Guide” (U0-0106).

U0-0131 (Rev 9) 3-26 3/01

Westinghouse Process Control, Inc. Proprietary Class 2C
 3-2. Analog Points

• A wide variety of options can be selected by using different values for LC. In
general, the set of limit checking capabilities to be enabled is specified by one
of the base values shown in Table 3-6. An additional value can be added to
restrict the capabilities which have been enabled.

For example, a base LC value of 3 specifies that limit checking is on. An add-
on value of 40 disables low and low incremental checking. Therefore, an LC
setting of 43 will enable high limit and high incremental alarms, but not low
limit and low incremental alarms.
Table 3-7. Limit Checking Restriction Terms

Term to Add to LC Disable Checking

8 Low Limit
16 High Limit
24 Low and High Limit
32 Low Incremental
40 Low Limit and Low Incremental
56 Low Limit, High Limit, and Low Incremental
64 High Incremental
72 Low Limit and High Incremental
80 High Limit and High Incremental
88 Low Limit, High Limit, and High Incremental
96 Low and High Incremental
104 Low Limit, Low Incremental and High Incremental
112 High Limit, Low Incremental and High Incremental
120 Low and High Limit, Low and High Incremental

3/01 3-27 U0-0131 (Rev 9)

Westinghouse Process Control, Inc. Proprietary Class 2C
3-2. Analog Points

• Other LC values can be defined to select specific analog alarm options. Shown
below are bit settings to enable/disable various combinations of low, high, and
incremental checking:

Bit
Bit Value Definition
3 0 Low alarm checking enabled.
3 1 Low alarm checking is disabled.
4 0 High alarm checking enabled.
4 1 High alarm checking is disabled.
5 0 Low incremental alarm checking enabled.
5 1 Low incremental alarm checking is disabled.
6 0 High incremental alarm checking enabled.
6 1 High incremental alarm checking is disabled.

Note that the add-on values are only valid if an appropriate base is selected to
enable limit checking. For example, if LC is 0 or 5, any limit checking specified
by the bits listed above will NOT be performed.

— If the base value of LC is 1, 2, 3, 4, 128, or 129 limit checking will be

performed on the point. In this case, the options specified by bits 3, 4, 5, or
6 will come into play.
• Must be one of the following base values to enable sensor checking: 0, 1, 2, 3,
4, 6. 7. This will allow the alarming of sensor limits.

IP Byte Offset: 80
Data Type: Integer
Definition: Input Bit Pattern
• Initialized to zero.

• Updated on-line by the analog input scan software. A copy of the bit pattern
read from the I/O hardware (Q-Card or NL-700) is stored in the IP field.

U0-0131 (Rev 9) 3-28 3/01

Westinghouse Process Control, Inc. Proprietary Class 2C
 3-2. Analog Points

HL Byte Offset: 82
Data Type: Real
Definition: High Alarm Limit
• Initialized by the user or set by the ALRMLIMV Algorithm.

• Specified in engineering units, not percent.

• Used by the limit checking routine associated with the analog input scan software.

• When limit checking is performed, the value in the Analog Current Value field
(AV) is compared with the value in the HL field. If the AV value is greater than
the HL value, Bit 3 in the Analog Status Word (AS) is set. If the AV value is less
than the HL value minus the deadband (DB, byte offset 94), Bit 3 in AS is cleared.

LL Byte Offset: 86
Data Type: Real
Definition: Low Alarm Limit
• Initialized by the user or set by the ALRMLIMV algorithm.

• Specified in engineering units, not percent.

• Used by the limit checking routine associated with the analog input scan software.

• When limit checking is performed, the value in the Analog Current Value field
(AV) is compared with the value in the LL field. If the AV value is less than the
LL value, Bit 2 in the Analog Status Word (AS) is set. If the AV value is greater
than the LL value plus the deadband (DB, byte offset 94), Bit 2 in AS is cleared.

IL Byte Offset: 90
Data Type: Real
Definition: Incremental Alarm Limit
• Initialized by the user.

• Specified in engineering units, not percent.

• Used by the limit checking routine associated with the analog input scan software.

• In conjunction with the High and Low Limits (HL, byte offset 82, and LL, byte
offset 84), this field defines a set of breakpoints used for incremental alarming.
The high incremental alarm breakpoints are: HL + IL, HL + 2IL, HL + 3IL, and
so forth. The low incremental alarm breakpoints are LL - IL, LL - 2IL, LL - 3IL,
and so forth. When the current value (AV) crosses one of the breakpoint values,
Bits 0 and 1 in the Analog Status word (AS) are set to indicate that the alarm
condition is eit33her getting worse or getting better

3/01 3-29 U0-0131 (Rev 9)

Westinghouse Process Control, Inc. Proprietary Class 2C
3-2. Analog Points

AS field::

Bit 1 Bit 0 Status

0 1 Better
1 0 Worse
0 0 No Incremental Alarm

DB Byte Offset: 94
Data Type: Real
Definition: High/Low/Incremental Limit Deadband
• Initialized by the user.

• Specified in engineering units, not percent.

• Used by the limit checking routines associated with the analog input scan routines.

• If the current value of a point is oscillating near an alarm limit, this term
prevents the point from going into and out of alarm.

PV Byte Offset: 98
Data Type: Real
Definition: Previous Input Value
• Initialized to zero.

• Updated at run time by the limit checking routines associated with the analog
input scan software.

• Used to determine when the current value has crossed an incremental limit
boundary:

PV= (Point Value - Limit) / Inc

where:

Limit = point’s high or low alarm limit

Inc = point’s high or low incremental alarm limit

U0-0131 (Rev 9) 3-30 3/01

Westinghouse Process Control, Inc. Proprietary Class 2C
 3-2. Analog Points

HS Byte Offset: 102

Data Type: Real
Definition: Sensor High Limit (V/A)/Top Scale Out
• Initialized by the user.

• For analog input points:

— Units are volts (V) or amperes (A), depending on the type of field input card
used. (See the CD record field description, byte offset 68.)

Note

“Nuisance” sensor alarms can occur if the actual

value is 0 or the maximum of the point, since the
noise on the lines can cause the signals to fluctuate
slightly around the actual value.
— For Q-Line I/O, to prevent nuisance sensor alarms (especially for the low
sensor limit), the values for the HS and LS record fields should be set
slightly outside the actual range for the card (transmitter). For example, for
a 1 to 5 V signal, the sensor limits could be set at LS = 0.8, HS = 5.2.

— 700 Series I/O cards do not have an over-range signal. Therefore, set the
sensor range within the card operating range if sensor limit checking is
desired for 700 Series cards.

— HS should be initialized to indicate the upper limit on the valid operating

range of the input signal.

For example: For a 2 V through 9 V sensor, HS should be initialized to 9 or

slightly higher (to prevent nuisance alarms, as described previously).

— HS is used by the limit checking routine associated with the analog input
scan software to verify that the input signal is in its valid range. If the signal
is out of range, Bit 3 in the Second Status Word (AW, byte offset 12) and
Bits 2 and 3 in the Analog Status Word (AS, byte offset 2) are set.
• For analog output points:

— Units are engineering units.

— HS and LS (byte offset 106) are used to scale the signal before it is written
to the field output card by the AOUT algorithm.

3/01 3-31 U0-0131 (Rev 9)

Westinghouse Process Control, Inc. Proprietary Class 2C
3-2. Analog Points

— HS should be initialized to the engineering units value that corresponds to a

full scale output signal. The LS field (byte offset 106) must also be
initialized, as described on the following page. Do NOT widen the limits as
in the case of analog inputs.

As an example, consider an analog output with a 4 to 20 mA range

representing 0 to 100 percent (card type = 29, as set in the CD field, byte
offset 68). For this output point, HS will equal 100 and LS will equal 0.

LS Byte Offset: 106

Data Type: Real
Definition: Sensor Low Limit (V/A)/Bottom Scale Out
• Initialized by the user.

• For analog input points:

— Units are volts (V) or amperes (A), depending on the type of field input card
used.

Note

“Nuisance” sensor alarms can occur if the actual

value is 0 or the maximum of the point, since the
noise on the lines can cause the signals to fluctuate
slightly around the actual value.
— For Q-Line I/O, to prevent nuisance sensor alarms (especially for the low
sensor limit), the values for the HS and LS record fields should be set
slightly outside the actual range for the card (transmitter). For example, for
a 1 to 5 V signal, the sensor limits could be set at LS = 0.8, HS = 5.2.
— 700 Series I/O cards do not have an over-range signal. Therefore, set the
sensor range within the card operating range if sensor limit checking is
desired for 700 Series cards.

— LS should be initialized to indicate the lower limit on the valid operating

range of the input signal.

For example: For a 2 V through 9 V sensor, LS should be initialized to 2 or

slightly lower (to prevent nuisance alarms, as described previously).

— LS is used by the analog input scan software to verify that the input signal
is in its valid range. If the signal is out of range, Bit 3 in the Second Status
Word (AW, byte offset 12), and Bits 2 and 3 in the Analog Status Word (AS,
byte offset 2) are set.

U0-0131 (Rev 9) 3-32 3/01

Westinghouse Process Control, Inc. Proprietary Class 2C
 3-2. Analog Points

• For analog output points:

— Units are engineering units.

— LS and HS (byte offset 102) are used to scale the signal before it is written
to the field output card by the AOUT algorithm.

— LS should be initialized to the engineering units value that corresponds to

zero on the field output card. The HS field (byte offset 102) must also be
initialized, as described above. Do NOT widen the limits as in the case of
analog limits.

As an example, consider an analog output with a 4 to 20 mA range

representing 0 to 100 percent (card type = 29, as set in the CD field, byte
offset 68). For this output point, LS will equal 0 and HS will equal 100.

SN Byte Offset: 110

Data Type: Real
Definition: Sensor Calibration Value (V or A)
• Not initialized by the user.
• Updated by the analog input scan software (AIN algorithm).
• Used by the Sensor Calibration program (SENSOR).
• The current value of the analog point is always written to the SN field,
independent of the scan status of the point. Normally, the engineering units
value of the process point is stored. The DPU can be commanded (on-line) to
store the uncompensated or compensated (for thermocouples) normalized value
to the SN field. Normalized values are represented in either volts (V) or amperes
(A), depending on the card type.
• The Second Status Word (AW, byte offset 12) indicates the type of scan being
updated in the SN field.

CV Byte Offset: 114

Data Type: Byte
Definition: Conversion Type Index
• Initialized by the user (default = 0).

• Selects the type of equation to be used for the conversion to engineering units.

3/01 3-33 U0-0131 (Rev 9)

Westinghouse Process Control, Inc. Proprietary Class 2C
3-2. Analog Points

• Valid entries, conversion types and their corresponding equations are given in
Table 3-8.
Table 3-8. Conversion Type Index (CVField) Values

MEDIT
Entry
(COEF CV
Statement) Entry Conversion Type Equation
Not 0 Linear (Default) Y=X
Applicable
LI 1 Linear Y = C1X + C2
P5 2 Fifth Order Y = C1 + C2X + C3X2 + C4X3 + C5X4 + C6X5
Polynomial
SQ 3 Square Root Y = C1 [SQRT (X + C2)] + C3
(SQRT)
EX 4 Exponential Y = C1 [EXP (C2X)] + C3 = C1 [eC2X] + C3
(EXP)
SP 5 SQRT of Fifth Y = SQRT (Fifth Order Polynomial Y, as defined for
Order Polynomial Entry 2)
FG 6 Six-Segment Coefficient x, y pairs are:
Function (C1 , C8)
Generator (C2 , C9)
↓
(C7 , C14)
If x ≤ C 1 , y = C8
If x ≥ C7 , y = C14
If C1 ≤ x ≤ C8 , y = value of the y-coordinate for the
corresponding x-coordinate.
(See the following figure for an example of a six-
segment function generator.)
Not 7 Thermocouple (See CJ record field description, byte offset 115)
Applicable Input
The variables used in the equations are defined as follows:

X = Original input value, which is converted to Y (engineering units) by the specified type of conversion.
Y = Final, converted value of the analog input.
C1 - C14 = Conversion coefficients.

U0-0131 (Rev 9) 3-34 3/01

Westinghouse Process Control, Inc. Proprietary Class 2C
 3-2. Analog Points

Figure 3-2 contains examples of four conversions: linear, fifth order polynomial,
square root, and exponential.

Conversion Coefficient Example

Linear Conversion (LI)
CV = 1, Poly order of 1

Y = C1 X + C2
[AT]
Y Top – Y Bot
(FT)
C 1 = --------------------------------- LT
X Top – X Bot

C 2 = Y Bot – C 1 ( X Bot ) 4 - 20 MADC

Fifth Order Poly Conversion (P5)

CV = 2, Poly order of 2 to 5 + -
Y = C1 + C2 x + C3 x2 + C4 x3 + C5 x4 + C6 x5

Square Root Conversion (SQ) Input

QAW 5
(0-20 MADC
CV = 3
Q-Card Range)
Y = C1( X + C2) + C3
DIOB
C 2 = – X Bot 0 - 20 MADC
C000H-CFFFH
C 3 = Y Bot CD = 16
Card Type
Index
Y Top – Y Bot
C 1 = -------------------------------------- X = .004 - .020 A
X Top – X Bot ↑ ↑
XBot XTop
Exponential Conversion (EX) Conversion [CV = 4]
CV = 4 Type (CV = 3)
Y = C 1 ( EXP ( C 2 X ) ) + C 3 CV = 1
[Y = 0 - 100%]
1 (Y = 25 - 250 KPPH)
C 2 = -------------- Y = -42 -+ 43 Inches
X Top
↑ ↑
YBot YTop
Y Top – Y Bot
C 1 = -------------------------------------------------
 X Bot 
EXP – EXP  --------------
 X Top The MEDIT Database / Conversion Coefficient “Type” selections
are: LI, P5, SQ, EX, SP (Square Root of Fifth Order Polynomial),
and FG (Six Segment Function Generator).
 X Bot 
C 3 = Y Bot – C 1 EXP  -------------- The “CV” number is the Conversion Type Index in the MEDIT
 X Top Database / Process Point entry field. 0 through 7 are possible entries.

Figure 3-2. Conversion Coefficient Examples (Analog Points)

3/01 3-35 U0-0131 (Rev 9)

Westinghouse Process Control, Inc. Proprietary Class 2C
3-2. Analog Points

An example of a six-segment function generator is shown in Figure 3-3.

C14
C13
C12

C11
C10
C9
C8

C1 C2 C3 C4 C5 C6 C7

Figure 3-3. Six-Segment Function Generator

CJ Byte Offset: 115

Data Type: Byte
Definition: Cold-Junction Compensation Segment Index
• Initialized by the user (default = 0).

• Pertains to the cold-junction compensation of thermocouple field inputs using

QRT segments.

• Typically used with the QAV. Typically not used with the QAX.

• 0 indicates that the point is not to be cold-junction compensated using the QRT
segment.

• A non-zero value indicates the point is to be cold-junction compensated. The value

indicates the cabinet segment number where the I/O field wiring is terminated.

U0-0131 (Rev 9) 3-36 3/01

Westinghouse Process Control, Inc. Proprietary Class 2C
 3-2. Analog Points

• The cold-junction scan routine normally calculates compensation values for all
cabinet segments, and for the B, E, J, K, R, S and T thermocouple types, as
defined in the Conversion Coefficient Index field description (CI, byte offset
116). The analog input scan software uses the CI and CJ fields to obtain the
pertinent compensation value from the data generated by the cold-junction scan
software. Valid entries are shown in the following table:

QRT Board QRT Board

Memory Memory
CJ Index First RTD Address Second RTD Address
1 1 1FO 2 1F2
2 3 1F4 4 1F6
3 5 3F0 6 3F2
4 7 3F4 8 3F6
Note
The compensation is calculated by averaging the values of each RTD (Resistance
Temperature Detector) pair. For example, a CJ index of 1 indicates that the
averaged value of RTD 1 and RTD2 is to be used. If CJ is 2, RTD 3 and RTD 4 are
to be used, and so forth. If one of the RTD (one of the pair) is bad or missing, the
compensation is equal to the remaining good RTD value.

CI Byte Offset: 116

Data Type: Integer
Definition: Conversion Coefficient Index
• Initialized by the user (default = 0).

• Index of conversion coefficients that correspond to the conversion types in the

Conversion Type Index field (CV, byte offset 114).

• If no entry in CV field, the CI field is not used.

• If the CV entry is 1 through 6, the CI entry is the index to the CC Record array
containing the coefficients required for the specified conversion.

• If the CV entry is 7, the CI entry depends on the type of thermocouple input, as

defined in the following table. CV = 7 implies that the user desires to use a
standard thermocouple conversion.

3/01 3-37 U0-0131 (Rev 9)

Westinghouse Process Control, Inc. Proprietary Class 2C
3-2. Analog Points

CI
Index Temperature Range Thermocouple Type
1 800 through 2000˚ F B 70% Platinum + 30% Rhodium or
94% Platinum + 6% Rhodium
2 0 through 1800˚ F E Chromel/Constantan
3 - 140 through 1400˚ F J Iron/Constantan
4 0 through 2000˚ F K Chromel/Alumel
5 500 through 2000˚ F R Platinum + 13% Rhodium
6 750 through 2000˚ F S Platinum + 10% Rhodium
7 - 50 through 750˚ F T Copper/Constantan
21 427 through 1093˚ C B 70% Platinum + 30% Rhodium or
94% Platinum + 6% Rhodium
22 - 18 through 982˚ C E Chromel/Constantan
23 - 96 through 760˚ C J Iron/Constantan
24 - 18 through 1093˚ C K Chromel/Alumel
25 260 through 1093˚ C R Platinum + 13% Rhodium
26 399 through 1093˚ C S Platinum + 10% Rhodium
27 46 through 399˚ C T Copper/Constantan

Note

The standard conversion coefficients associated with

each thermocouple type can be found in the QAV
card description in “Q-Line Installation Manual”
(M0-0053).

U0-0131 (Rev 9) 3-38 3/01

Westinghouse Process Control, Inc. Proprietary Class 2C
 3-3. Expanded Analog Points

3-3. Expanded Analog Points

3-3.1. Record Types

Caution

The following point record types are available only

for use with 8-level software:
• AB
• BG
• BN
• BX
Although the point loading software will allow entry
of these points into a 7-level database with no
reported errors, these point types are not fully
supported by the remainder of 7-level software. The
use of these point types in a 7-level system may cause
unexpected results.

Table 3-9. Record Types (Expanded Analog Points)

Record
Type
Record Data Byte
AB AX Field Type Offset Description
ID I 0 System Identification (page 3-42)
AS I 2 Analog Status Word (page 3-42)
AV R 4 Analog Current Value (page 3-43)
RT* B 8 Record Type Number (page 3-44)
FM* B 9 Printer Format — Decimal Point (page 3-44)
SR B 10 Drop System Identification (page 3-45)
LU B 11 Time of Alarm — Seconds (page 3-45)
AW I 12 Second Status Word (page 3-45)
DG* I 14 Signal Diagram Index (page 3-47)
PN* C8 16 Point Name (page 3-47)

3/01 3-39 U0-0131 (Rev 9)

Westinghouse Process Control, Inc. Proprietary Class 2C
3-3. Expanded Analog Points

Table 3-9. Record Types (Expanded Analog Points) (Cont’d)

Record
Type
Record Data Byte
AB AX Field Type Offset Description
TB* I 24 Full Scale Value of Point (page 3-48)
BB* I 26 Minimum Scale Value of Point (page 3-48)
ED* C30 28 English Description (page 3-48)
EU* C6 58 Engineering Units of Current Value (page 3-48)
EV* R 64 Operator-Entered Value (page 3-49)
CD* I 68 Card Type Index (page 3-49)
HW** I 70 Offset of Hardware Address (Bytes) (page 3-57)
AP* B 72 Alarm Priority (page 3-60)
AY* C 73 Destination (page 3-61)
MM B 74 Time of Alarm — Month (page 3-61)
NN B 75 Time of Alarm — Date (Day) (page 3-61)
AH B 76 Time of Alarm — Hours (page 3-61)
MN B 77 Time of Alarm — Minutes (page 3-62)
CM B 78 Command Word (page 3-62)
LC* B 79 Include Limit Checking (page 3-64)
IP I 80 Input Bit Pattern (page 3-67)
HL* R 82 High Alarm Limit (page 3-67)
LL* R 86 Low Alarm Limit (page 3-68)
ZI* R 90 High Alarm Incremental Limit (page 3-68)
DB* R 94 High/Low/Incremental Limit Deadband (page 3-69)
PV R 98 Previous Input Value (page 3-69)
ZH* R 102 High-High Alarm Limit (page 3-70)
ZL* R 106 Low-Low Alarm Limit (page 3-70)
SN R 110 Sensor Calibration Value (page 3-71)
CV* B 114 Conversion Type Index (page 3-71)
CJ* B 115 Cold Junction Compensation Seg. Index (page 3-74)

U0-0131 (Rev 9) 3-40 3/01

Westinghouse Process Control, Inc. Proprietary Class 2C
 3-3. Expanded Analog Points

Table 3-9. Record Types (Expanded Analog Points) (Cont’d)

Record
Type
Record Data Byte
AB AX Field Type Offset Description
CI* B 116 Conversion Coefficient Index (page 3-75)
ZM* R 118 Low Alarm Incremental Limit (page 3-76)
CQ* I 122 Configuration Word (page 3-77)

Data Type Definitions

* = User-initialized field.

B = Byte (Whole number between 0 and 255 or a hexadecimal number

between 0H and 0FFH. If hexadecimal, the H must be included.)

I = Integer (2 Bytes. Whole number between -32768 and +32767 or a

hexadecimal number between 0H and FFFFH. If hexadecimal, the H
must be included.)

R = Real number (4 Bytes. Floating point number such as 10.4 or 0.34

E-2).

Cx = Character string; x = maximum number of characters. Certain

characters are restricted, depending on the field and/or drop database
utility. For example, in the MAC Editor, do not use percent (%),
ampersand (&), apostrophe ('), tilde (~), or asterisk (*). As a general
rule, avoid the use of non-alphanumeric characters.

** = Must be set if AB record type is used as a field input.

Table 3-10. Expanded Analog Points Record Types Size Requirements (Bytes)

Record Type AB AX1 AX1, 2

Record Size 124 8 8
Overhead 4 14 44
Total Size 128 22 52
1The overhead requirement shown for the AX point record type reflects the amount required by the DPU. Other
drops (such as the SIU, VXI, or PCH) may use less overhead for AX points.*
2For extended-tag (16-character point name) DPUs, the overhead for AX points is 44. The total size is 52 bytes.
AX points are either local or received points in the DPU.

3/01 3-41 U0-0131 (Rev 9)

Westinghouse Process Control, Inc. Proprietary Class 2C
3-3. Expanded Analog Points

3-3.2. Record Fields

ID Byte Offset: 0
Data Type: Integer
Definition: System Identification
• Initialized whenever the Point Directory is updated.

• A unique number that identifies the point in the WDPF System.

• For a detailed description of the System ID field, refer to Appendix B.

AS Byte Offset: 2
Data Type: Integer
Definition: Analog Status Word
• Updated by the DPU at run time.

• Set states are as follows:

Bit Definition
3 2 1 0

0 0 0 0 No alarms

0 0 0 1 Low Low

0 0 1 0 High High

0 1 0 0 Low

1 0 0 0 High

0 1 0 1 Low Better

0 1 1 0 Low Worse

1 0 0 1 High Better

1 0 1 0 High Worse

1 1 x x Sensor

If both 2 and 3 are set, sensor alarm is

indicated.

4 Information Alarm Status (1=Information, 0=Alert).

U0-0131 (Rev 9) 3-42 3/01

Westinghouse Process Control, Inc. Proprietary Class 2C
 3-3. Expanded Analog Points

5 Alarm unacknowledged.

6 Cut out from alarm checking.

7 Point is in alarm.

8, 9 Quality:

Bit 9 Bit 8 Quality

0 0 Good

0 1 Fair

1 0 Poor

1 1 Bad

10 Current value equals the operator-entered value.

11 Point is removed from scan.

12 Limit checking off.

13 Alarm checking off.

14 Toggle (indicates a change in alarm state).

15 Point is not being updated (by the Data Highway) at receiving drop.

AV Byte Offset: 4
Data Type: Real
Definition: Analog Current Value
• AV field may be set by initializing the MAC Edit function (MEDIT) IV field.

• If IV field is set, AV resets to IV value during reset or power-up.

• If IV field is not set (left blank), AV resets to the last value during run time
(latched) during reset or power-up.

3/01 3-43 U0-0131 (Rev 9)

Westinghouse Process Control, Inc. Proprietary Class 2C
3-3. Expanded Analog Points

RT Byte Offset: 8
Data Type: Byte
Definition: Record Type Number
• Initialized by the MAC Edit function (MEDIT), based on the record type name
(AI, AL, and so forth) entered by the user.

• May be used by the Operator Station or MAC Program Loader for type
checking on displayed information.

• Identifies the type of record by number. The record type number is commonly
used in the Point Directory listing and Point Details screen. The number
corresponding to the expanded analog record type name is shown below:

Record Type Record Type Number

AB 99

FM Byte Offset: 9
Data Type: Byte
Definition: Display Format — Decimal Point
• Initialized by the user as a value from 0 to 255.

• Defines the type of display (standard, exponential, or technical) and the number
of decimal places to be shown for a Standard option.

• Display is set as follows:

Display Top 4 bits Lower 4 Bits

10.1234 0 Specify number of decimal places, up to
(Standard) 15 (that is FM = 0 ... 15).
10.34E2, 5.54E-1 1 Not used.
Exponential (that is, FM = 16)
13.34E3, 12.56E-3 2 Not used
Technical (that is, FM = 32)
(Exponential with all exponents as
multiples of three.
10.1234 3-15 Specify number of decimal places, up to
(Standard) 15. (Display at left indicates 4 places.)

U0-0131 (Rev 9) 3-44 3/01

Westinghouse Process Control, Inc. Proprietary Class 2C
 3-3. Expanded Analog Points

SR Byte Offset: 10
Data Type: Byte
Definition: Drop System Identification
• Initialized by the MAC Edit function (MEDIT).

• Identifies the drop in which the point originates.

LU Byte Offset: 11
Data Type: Byte
Definition: Time of Alarm — Seconds
• Initialized to zero.

• Identifies the second when the point last went into alarm.

• Valid range is 0 through 59.

• Updated at run time by the analog scan software when the point goes into alarm.

AW Byte Offset: 12
Data Type: Integer
Definition: Second Status Word
• Updated by control algorithms and analog scan software.

• Bits are defined as follows:

Bit Definition
0 Invalid hardware address or Card Type not Initialized — Set/reset in
analog inputs by the analog input scan software or by analog I/O
algorithms (for example, XAOUT, AIN, XMA2, and XML2).
1 Invalid bit pattern — Set/reset in analog inputs by the analog input
scan software.

OR

Write verification error — Set/reset by analog I/O algorithms (for

example, XAOUT, AIN, XMA2 and XML2).

OR

Remote Q-Line I/O read/write error.

3/01 3-45 U0-0131 (Rev 9)

Westinghouse Process Control, Inc. Proprietary Class 2C
3-3. Expanded Analog Points

Bit Definition
2 Bad hardware status — Set/reset in analog I/O algorithms (for
example, XAOUT, AIN, XMA2 and XML2)
3 QLI configuration error — Set/reset by algorithms operating with a
QLI interface.
4 Normalization error — Set/reset in analog inputs by the analog input
scan software or by analog I/O algorithms (for example, XAOUT,
AIN, XMA2 and XML2).
5 No RTDs for a CJC point — Set/reset in cold junction compensated
analog inputs only by the analog scan software.
6 Information Alarm Configuration (1=Information, 0=Alert). This bit
is set by the ALARMCNF algorithm.
7 Point’s alarm is released.
8,9 If Bits 8 and 9 are both zero, the Sensor Calibration Value field (SN,
byte offset 110) is updated with the engineering units value.

If Bit 8 equals 1 and Bit 9 equals zero, SN is updated with the

uncompensated, normalized value.

If Bit 8 equals zero and Bit 9 equals 1, SN is updated with the

compensated, normalized value.
10 Set/reset by algorithms operating with a QLI interface. The bit is set
when a QLI is configured; otherwise, the bit is cleared.
11 Questionable status bit. The DPU sets and resets this bit when
software external to the DPU sends messages requiring the DPU to
set or reset the bit.
12 Set/reset by analog scan to track alarm transitions after cut-out is
removed. Used only when limit alarms are inhibited after cut-out (LC
field (byte offset 79) = 6 or 7).
13 Used in conjunction with the ALARMDLY algorithm. When this bit
is set, it indicates that an alarm condition exists.
14 Quality Latch Bit. After the DPU receives a ‘Latch Quality’
command, the quality of the point is set to the requested value. The
‘Quality Latch’ bit of the point is also set (see also the CM record
field in this section).

U0-0131 (Rev 9) 3-46 3/01

Westinghouse Process Control, Inc. Proprietary Class 2C
 3-3. Expanded Analog Points

Bit Definition
15 Used in conjunction with the ALARMDLY algorithm. When this bit
is set, it indicates that the Alarm Delay feature is active (see also the
CM record field (byte offset 78) in this section).

NOTE
Bits 0, 1, 2, 3, 4 or 5 being set results in bad quality and a point sensor
alarm.

DG Byte Offset: 14
Data Type: Integer
Definition: Signal Diagram Index
• Initialized by the user.

• Defines the number of the diagram.

• For 7-level (below) systems, the signal diagram can be displayed using the
Operator Station CRT 1 DISP DIAG or CRT 2 DISP DIAG key.

• For 8-level systems, the Signal Diagrams can be displayed using the Operator
WEStation point menu.

• For 6- and 7- level systems, valid entries are as follows:

— Main screen diagram numbers 1000 through 4999.

— Subscreen diagram numbers 0001 through 0999.

— Group numbers 5000 through 6999 (to display the diagram specified in the
group's diagram link).

• For 8-level systems, valid entries are 0-65535.

• Do not use diagram numbers that must be displayed with groups.

PN Byte Offset: 16
Data Type: String of 8 ASCII Characters
Definition: Point Name
• Initialized by the user.

• Used to identify point in displays, listings, and for operator entry.

• In extended tag DPUs, the ED field contains the 16-character point name. The
PN field only contains the character “@” followed by seven “blanks.”

3/01 3-47 U0-0131 (Rev 9)

Westinghouse Process Control, Inc. Proprietary Class 2C
3-3. Expanded Analog Points

TB Byte Offset: 24
Data Type: Integer
Definition: Full Scale Value of Point
• Initialized by the user.

• Used at the Operator Station to scale the value for bar chart displays.

• Valid range is -32768 through +32767.

BB Byte Offset: 26
Data Type: Integer
Definition: Minimum Scale Value of Point
• Initialized by the user.

• Used at the Operator Station to scale the value for bar chart displays.

• Valid range is -32768 through +32767.

• Note: BB must be less than TB.

ED Byte Offset: 28
Data Type: String of 30 ASCII Characters
Definition: English Description
• Initialized by the user (default = 30 blanks).

• Provides an expanded description (30 characters maximum) of the point for use
in Operator Station displays and listings.

• In extended tag DPUs, the ED field contains the point name — not the English
description.

EU Byte Offset: 58
Data Type: String of 6 ASCII Characters
Definition: Engineering Units of Current Value
• Initialized by the user (default = 6 blanks).

• Used by the Operator Station for display purposes.

• Text description (6 characters maximum) of the engineering units of the current

value. Examples are V, msec, and so forth.

U0-0131 (Rev 9) 3-48 3/01

Westinghouse Process Control, Inc. Proprietary Class 2C
 3-3. Expanded Analog Points

• Thermocouple temperature compensation points must have EU = “DEG C” or

“DEG F” or “DEGC” or “DEGF” in order to accept operator-entered
temperature values.

EV Byte Offset: 64
Data Type: Real
Definition: Operator-Entered Value
• May be initialized by the user, but not required.

• The Operator-Entered Value function stores the value entered at the

• Operator Station or MAC Program Loader in the EV field. The DPU copies the
value in the EV field to the AV field when the Entered Value command is
executed (see CM field, byte offset 78).

• This field is used by the MAC Monitor function (M_MON) or Operator Station
for the ‘Enter Value’ function.

CD Byte Offset: 68
Data Type: Integer
Definition: Card Type Index
• Initialized by the user.

• Used by the analog input scan software and analog output algorithms to scale
the value read from or written to an analog I/O card.

Note

The valid card types and their indexes are shown in

the following table. The range values shown in the
following table reflect the card definitions. A
narrower range may be obtained by setting the high
and low sensor limits to appropriate values.
Only the low byte of this integer is used as the card
type. The high byte is used internally for status
storage.

3/01 3-49 U0-0131 (Rev 9)

Westinghouse Process Control, Inc. Proprietary Class 2C
3-3. Expanded Analog Points

• Bits are defined as follows:

Bit Definition
8 Cut-out disabled
9, 10 Tag Level
11 Tag Acknowledge
12 Shut down QSR Card
13-15 Undefined

• The valid card types and their indexes are shown in Table 3-11. The range values
shown reflect the card definitions. A narrower range may be obtained by setting
the high and low sensor limits to appropriate values.

• Setting the CD field to “0” and the HW field to “0” allows the AB point to be
used as a calculated analog. It will be limit checked even though it is not tied to
hardware.

• To use the AB point for a QLC card application, it can be initialized as a

calculated point (CD = 0 and HW = 0) by setting CD = 67 or by setting bit 15
of the HW field (HW = 8000H). Note that these settings are not valid if the
WDPF system is running the Control Builder, WESinfo, Database Generation
System (DBGS), or Back Translator

.
Table 3-11. Card Type Index (CD Field) Values

Group/ Input/
Index Name Revision Output Range Units
11 QAI/QAV G01 Input - 20 to + 20 mV
21 QAI G02 Input - 50 to + 50 mV
QAV G02 Input - 50 to + 50 mV
QAV G04 Input - 50 to + 50 mV
31 QAI G03 Input - 100 to + 100 mV
QAV G03 Input - 100 to + 100 mV
QAV G05 Input - 100 to + 100 mV
4 QAI G04 Input - 500 to + 500 mV
5 QAI G05 Input - 1 to + 1 V
6 QAI G06 Input - 10 to + 10 V

U0-0131 (Rev 9) 3-50 3/01

Westinghouse Process Control, Inc. Proprietary Class 2C
 3-3. Expanded Analog Points

Table 3-11. Card Type Index (CD Field) Values (Cont’d)

Group/ Input/
Index Name Revision Output Range Units
7 (or 9) QAI G07 Input 0 to + 20 mA
8 QAI G08 Input - 50 to + 50 mV
9 (or 7) QAI G07 Input 0 to + 20 mA
102 Undefined
11 QRT G01 Input 0 to + 10 mV
12 QRT G02 Input 0 to + 33.3 mV
13 (or 34) QAW G01 Input 0 to + 1 V
14 (or 35) QAW G02 Input 0 to + 5 V
15 QAW G03 Input 0 to + 10 V
16 QAW G04, G05 Input 0 to + 20 mA
17 QAH G01 Input - 10.235 to + 10.235 V
18 QAH G02 Input - 5.117 to + 5.117 V
19 QAH G03 Input 0 to + 10.237 V
20 QAH G04 Input 0 to + 5.119 V
21 QAO G01 Output 0 to + 20 mA
22 QAO G02 Output 0 to + 10 V
23 QAO G03 Output - 10 to + 10 V
24 QAO G04, G05 Output 0 to + 5 V
25 QAO G05 Output - 5 to + 5 V
26 QAO G06 Output - 10 to + 10 V
27 QAO G07 Output 0 to + 20 mA
28 QAO G08 Output - 10 to + 10 V
29 QAO G01 Output + 4 to + 20 mA
303 QAM G01 Output 0 to 10.2375 V
(4QAM1
or
4QAM3)

3/01 3-51 U0-0131 (Rev 9)

Westinghouse Process Control, Inc. Proprietary Class 2C
3-3. Expanded Analog Points

Table 3-11. Card Type Index (CD Field) Values (Cont’d)

Group/ Input/
Index Name Revision Output Range Units
31 QAM G01 Output 0 to + 10 V
(4QAM5)
G02 Output + 4 to + 20 mA
(4QAM6)
32 QAW G06 Input 0 to + 50 mA
332 Undefined
34 (or 13) QAW G01 Input 0 to + 1 V
35 (or 14) QAW G02 Input 0 to + 5 V
36 QPA G01 Input Pulse Input + 48 V
Control Input + 48 V
G02 Input Pulse Input + 5 V
Control Input + 48 V
G03 Input Pulse Input + 5 V
Control Input + 5 V
G04 Input Pulse Input + 48 V
372 Undefined
38 PC N/A N/A -32768 through Signed
Interface + 32767 Integer
39 NL-740-H A Input 0 to + 5 V
40 NL-740-H B Input 0 to + 10 V
41 NL-740-H C Input + 1 to + 5 V
42 NL-740-H C Input + 4 to + 20 mA
43 NL-740-H C Input + 5 to + 50 mA
44 NL-740-H D Input 0 to + 1 V
45 NL-740-H E Input 0 to + 500 mV
46 NL-740-H F Input 0 to + 100 mV
47 NL-750-H A Output 0 to + 5 V
47 NL-750-H A Output + 4 to + 20 mA

U0-0131 (Rev 9) 3-52 3/01

Westinghouse Process Control, Inc. Proprietary Class 2C
 3-3. Expanded Analog Points

Table 3-11. Card Type Index (CD Field) Values (Cont’d)

Group/ Input/
Index Name Revision Output Range Units
48 NL-750-H B Output 0 to + 10 V
48 NL-750-H B Output + 4 to + 20 mA
49 NL-750-H C Output 0 to + 10 V
49 NL-750-H C Output + 10 to + 50 mA
502 Undefined
5110 QLI/QLJ G01 Input 0 to + 10 V
Output 0 to + 10 V
Output readback4 0 to + 10 V
5210 QLI/QLJ G02 Input 0 to + 5 V
Output 0 to + 10 V
Output readback4 0 to + 10 V
5310 QLI/QLJ G03 Input 0 to + 20 mA
Output 4 to + 20 mA
Output readback4 4 to + 20 mA
545 QAV G01 Input - 20 to + 20 mV
555 QAV G02 Input - 50 to + 50 mV
565 QAV G03 Input - 100 to + 100 mV
57 NL-742-H A Input 0 to + 5 V
58 NL-742-H B Input 0 to + 10 V
59 NL-742-H C Input - 5 to + 5 V
60 NL-742-H D Input - 10 to + 10 V
61 NL-742-H E Input + 1 to + 5 V
62 or 63 NL-751-H Output 0 to + 5 V
Output 0 to + 10 V

3/01 3-53 U0-0131 (Rev 9)

Westinghouse Process Control, Inc. Proprietary Class 2C
3-3. Expanded Analog Points

Table 3-11. Card Type Index (CD Field) Values (Cont’d)

Group/ Input/
Index Name Revision Output Range Units
62 or 63 NL-752-H Output 0 to + 20 V
(Cont’d)
Output + 4 to + 20 V
Output 0 to + 50 V
Output +10 to + 50 V
64 or 65 NL-751 Output - 5 to + 5 V
64 or 65 NL-751 Output - 10 to + 10 V
666 QSC G01 Input 0 to + 2085 Counts
G02 Input 0 to + 8191 Counts
G01 Input 0 to + 18000 Counts
677 QLC G01 Input User-defined User-
defined
6811 QAX G01 Input - 20 to +20 mV
6911 QAX G02 Input - 50 to + 50 mV
7011 QAX G03 Input - 100 to + 100 mV
719, 12 QAX w/ G01 Input - 20 to + 20 mV
QAXT
729, 12 QAX w/ G02 Input - 50 to + 50 mV
QAXT
739, 12 QAX w/ G03 Input - 100 to + 100 mV
QAXT
7413 QAX G04 Input 0 to +1 V
7513 QAX G05 Input 0 to +5 V
7613 QAX G06 Input 0 to +10 V

U0-0131 (Rev 9) 3-54 3/01

Westinghouse Process Control, Inc. Proprietary Class 2C
 3-3. Expanded Analog Points

Table 3-11. Card Type Index (CD Field) Values (Cont’d)

Group/ Input/
Index Name Revision Output Range Units
77 QPA G01 Input Pulse Input + 48 V

* special Control Input + 48 V

pulse G02 Input Pulse Input + 5 V
handling.
See Control Input + 48 V
QPAxxx
G03 Input Pulse Input + 5 V
text
algorithms. Control Input + 5 V
G04 Input Pulse Input + 48 V
78-792 Undefined
80 QSR G01 - G04 Channel: 1 - Output Coil +/- 10 V
Drive
81 Channel: 2 - Output Coil +/- 408 mA
Drive
82 G01, G03 Channel: 3 - Output Coil
Drive
83 Channel: 4 - Output Coil
Drive
84 G01 - G04 Channel: 1 - Input Feedback +/- 10 V
85 Channel: 2 - Input Feedback
86 G01, G03 Channel: 3 - Input Feedback
87 Channel: 4 - Input Feedback
88 QFD G01 Input -118.75 to 5000.625 nano A
1Use CD 1, 2, or 3 if cold junction compensation is performed by reading a QRT card corresponding to a user-entered
cabinet segment. For QAV cards which do not utilize the on-board cold junction compensation feature, use one of these
CD values. (Also see Note 5).

2Not assigned.

3Obsolete.

4Readback signal only available on QLJ.

3/01 3-55 U0-0131 (Rev 9)

Westinghouse Process Control, Inc. Proprietary Class 2C
3-3. Expanded Analog Points

Table 3-11. Card Type Index (CD Field) Values (Cont’d)

Group/ Input/
Index Name Revision Output Range Units
5Use CD 54, 55, or 56 if input is a thermocouple. When one of these CD values is entered, the QAV card's on-board cold

junction compensation feature is enabled (cold junction compensation is performed by the analog scan, which reads the
junction temperature from a QAV card's 7th channel). (Also see Note 1.)
Note that on-board cold junction compensation is provided by QAV cards at level 6QAV or higher. Because these cards
require 8 addresses, care must be taken when replacing an older QAV (which required only 6 addresses) to ensure that
the addresses are available (not assigned to another card). For detailed information, refer to “Q-Line Installation
Manual” (M0-0053).

6To convert to Hz Engineering Units, use the following (linear) conversion coefficients:
QSC-G01: Gain = 4, Bias = 0
QSC-G02: Gain = 1, Bias = 0
QSS-G01: Gain = 0.5, Bias = 0

Note
Sensor limits should be specified in counts (not Hz).
7Card type index 67 should be used for QLC group 1 input points which do not require Engineering units conversion.
Card type index 67 enables the analog scan limit checking, but does not use the analog scan routines to read the hardware
in the normal manner. Note that card type index 67 is not required for QLC output points. Also note that this setting is
not valid if the WDPF system is running the Control Builder, WESinfo, Database Generation System (DBGS), or Back
Translator.
For a group 2 QLC card, use the appropriate CD value for a QAW, QAO, QBI, and QBO card.
For additional information on the QLC card, refer to “QLC User's Guide” (U0-1100).
8Output current range is user configurable. Boards are built to supply + or - 40 mA output current, but they can be

configured to supply +/- 60 mA output current.

9When card types 71, 72, and 73 are used, the QAX is limited to handling 11 analog inputs. The 12th input is reserved
for sensing the on-board thermocouple temperature. See “Q-Line Installation Manual” (M0-0053) for more information
on the QAX card.
10To read the QLI/QLJ analog input/output signals, the point’s HW field should be xxx0H (where xxx is at least 001).

HW=xxx0H allows the point to read QLI/QLJ for analog 1.

HW=xxx2H allows the point to read QLI/QLJ for analog 2.
HW=xxx4H allows the point to read QLI/QLJ for analog 3.
HW=xxx6H used for analog output (readback) (QLJ only).
The QLI/QLJ digital signals are read using the DINSLI text algorithm.
11Low level inputs.

12Low level inputs with compensation.

13High level inputs.

U0-0131 (Rev 9) 3-56 3/01

Westinghouse Process Control, Inc. Proprietary Class 2C
 3-3. Expanded Analog Points

HW Byte Offset: 70
Data Type: Integer
Definition: Offset of Hardware Address (Bytes)
• Initialized by the user for points read from or written to the field I/O. (Field I/O
refers to a Distributed I/O Bus (DIOB) point card or to an NL-700 I/O point card.)

• Specified in hexadecimal, not decimal.

• For a point read from or written to a DIOB point card, this field indicates the
offset (in bytes) from the beginning of the DIOB where the pertinent I/O register
resides. (The location of this register on the DIOB depends on the address
jumper selection on the front of the pertinent Q-Line card.)

1. Locate the card address (in hexadecimal) on the hardware drawing.

2. Determine the relative point number (starts at 1) on the card.

3. Determine the MBU offset (if any) from the hardware drawing. The MSQ,
MDX, MSX, or MBU 0 has an offset of zero. MBU 1 has an offset of 200H.

4. For analog points, the hardware offset calculation is as follows:

HW = 2 [ADD + (PN - 1)] + MBU

where:
HW = hardware offset
ADD = card address (in hexadecimal)
PN = relative point number on card
MBU = MBU offset

— For DPUs — For a point read from or written to a distributed (remotely-

located) 700 Series I/O module (via an IOP card), the calculation is as
follows:

HW = (IOP * 1000H) + (SIM * 100H) + (ADD - 1)

where:
IOP = number of IOP card (1 or 2)
SIM = number of SIM (0H through FH)

3/01 3-57 U0-0131 (Rev 9)

Westinghouse Process Control, Inc. Proprietary Class 2C
3-3. Expanded Analog Points

ADD = I/O card's input or output register address (1

through 32), as determined from the applicable
Instruction Leaflet. After 1 is subtracted, convert
this value to hexadecimal.
• To use an AB point as a calculated point, set CD = 0 and HW = 0.

• To use an AB point as a QLC or gateway updated point, set CD = 67 or set bit

15 of HW to 1.

Note

Setting CD = 67 (as mentioned above for AB points)

is not a valid setting if the WDPF system is running
the Control Builder, WESinfo, Database Generation
System (DBGS), or Back Translator.

U0-0131 (Rev 9) 3-58 3/01

Westinghouse Process Control, Inc. Proprietary Class 2C
 3-3. Expanded Analog Points

Refer to Table 3-12 for a calculation example:

Table 3-12. Calculation Example

Conversion Table Procedure:

BINARY HEXADECIMAL DECIMAL Refer to Figure 3-1.

0 0000 0H 0
0 0001 1H 1 Calculate the HW field for the third analog output
0 0010 2H 2 of a QAO card strapped for B0H in non-extended
0 0011 3H 3 I/O.
0 0100 4H 4 HW = 2 [B0H + (3-1)] + 0
0 0101 5H 5 = 2 [B2H]
0 0110 6H 6
0 0111 7H 7 Possible Techniques
0 1000 8H 8 1) Convert Hex to Binary, add no. to itself, then
0 1001 9H 9 convert to Hex.
0 1010 AH 10
2 1
0 1011 BH 11
5 2631
0 1100 CH 12
6 8426 8421
0 1101 DH 13
^ ^^^^ ^^^^
0 1110 EH 14
0 1011 0010
0 1111 FH 15
+ 0 1011 0010
1 0000 10H 16
1 0110 0 1 0 0 = 164H
1 0001 11H 17
1 0010 12H 18
1 0011 13H 19 2) Convert Hex to Binary, left shift by one bit
1 0100 14H 20 (Append a 0), then convert to Hex.
1 0101 15H 21 B 2 H
1 0110 16H 22
1 0111 17H 23 1011 0010 0
1 1000 18H 24
1 1001 19H 25 1 6 4 H
1 1010 1AH 26
1 1011 1BH 27 3) Convert each Hex digit to decimal then
1 1100 1CH 28 double. Next convert to Hex and add together.
1 1101 1DH 29 BH = 11, X2 = 22 = 16 H
1 1110 1EH 30 2H = 2, X2 = 4 = 4H
1 1111 1FH 31 164H

4) Use “HW” on an RMX Engineer Station, or

WIN-OS2 calculator on a PCH, or “calctool” on
WEStation.

5) Use calculator with Hex math functions.

3/01 3-59 U0-0131 (Rev 9)

Westinghouse Process Control, Inc. Proprietary Class 2C
3-3. Expanded Analog Points

1 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 = B0H Q - LINE I/O CARD

C WORD ADDRESS STRAPPING
A PER M0-0053
R
D * ENABLE JUMPER USAGE:
ANALOG IN : IN
E ANALOG OUT : OUT
D QSE : IN
G
E QRO & QTO : OUT FOR BP 0-7
ENABLE JUMPER * IN FOR BP 8-15

Figure 3-3. Jumper Settings (Expanded Analog Points)

AP Byte Offset: 72
Data Type: Byte
Definition: Alarm Priority
• Initialized by the user.

• Used by the Operator Station for alarm diagrams.

• Indicates the high and low alarm priority of the point. The highest of the two
values is used for points in SENSOR alarm; the lowest of the two values is used
for points returned to NORMAL. Valid entries in hexadecimal are as follows:

00H 10H 20H 30H

01H 11H 21H 31H
02H 12H 22H 32H
03H 13H 23H 33H
First digit = Priority of High Alarm
Second digit = Priority of Low Alarm

where:

0 Low
1
2
3 High

U0-0131 (Rev 9) 3-60 3/01

Westinghouse Process Control, Inc. Proprietary Class 2C
 3-3. Expanded Analog Points

AY Byte Offset: 73
Data Type: 1ASCII Character
Definition: Destination
• Whenever the drop database is updated against the Point Directory, AY is
initialized to be the first character of the characteristics of the point. If a
characteristics statement does not exist for a point, it is initialized to the “wild
card” (-) character.

• Used to display sets of related points that are in alarm.

MM Byte Offset: 74
Data Type: Byte
Definition: Time of Alarm — Month
• Initialized to zero.

• Indicates the month when the point last went into alarm.

• Valid range is 1 through 12.

• Updated at run time by the analog scan software when the point goes into alarm.

NN Byte Offset: 75
Data Type: Byte
Definition: Time of Alarm — Date (Day)
• Initialized to zero.

• Indicates the date (day) when the point last went into alarm.

• Valid range is 1 through 31.

• Updated at run time by the analog scan software when the point goes into alarm.

AH Byte Offset: 76
Data Type: Byte
Definition: Time of Alarm — Hours
• Initialized to zero.

• Indicates the hour when the point last went into alarm.

• Valid range is 0 through 23.

• Updated at run time by the analog scan software when the point goes into alarm.

3/01 3-61 U0-0131 (Rev 9)

Westinghouse Process Control, Inc. Proprietary Class 2C
3-3. Expanded Analog Points

MN Byte Offset: 77
Data Type: Byte
Definition: Time of Alarm — Minutes
• Initialized to zero.

• Indicates the minute when the point last went into alarm.

• Valid range is 0 through 59.

• Updated at run time by the analog scan software when the point goes into alarm.

CM Byte Offset: 78
Data Type: Byte
Definition: Command Word
• Initialized to zero.

• Command requests are issued through the CM field (byte offset 78). These
requests may be originated by drops on the network. The DPU acts on the
commands and sets the status bits in the Analog Status Word field (AS, byte
offset 2). (This applies only to points that are scanned.)

• See Table 3-13 for current software level commands.

Table 3-13. Command Word

Command Definition
1 Set scan on.
2 Set scan off, and set Sensor Calibration Value field (SN, byte

offset 110) to engineering units.

3 Set alarm checking on.
4 Set alarm checking off.
5 Set limit checking on.
6 Set limit checking off.
7 Set Sensor Calibration Value field (SN, byte offset 110) to
uncompensated, normalized value.
8 Set Sensor Calibration Value field (SN, byte offset 110) to
compensated, normalized value.
9 Read entered value.
10 - 13 Not assigned.

U0-0131 (Rev 9) 3-62 3/01

Westinghouse Process Control, Inc. Proprietary Class 2C
 3-3. Expanded Analog Points

Table 3-13. Command Word (Cont’d)

Command Definition
14 Acknowledge alarm.
15 - 21 Not Assigned.
22 Set and latch quality as Good.
23 Set and latch quality as Fair.
24 Set and latch quality as Poor.
25 Set and latch quality as Bad.
26 Unlatch quality.
27 Set Questionable Status Bit.
28 Clear Questionable Status Bit.
29 Set Low Alarm Checking off
30 Set Low Alarm Checking on
31 Set High Alarm Checking off
32 Set High Alarm Checking on
33 Set Low Incremental Alarm Checking off
34 Set Low Incremental Alarm Checking on
35 Set High Incremental Alarm Checking off
36 Set High Incremental Alarm Checking on
37 Configure for Alert Alarms
38 Configure for Information Alarms
39 Release point from alarm
40 Unrelease point from alarm
41 Enable Cut-Out
42 Disable Cut-out
43 Clear tag level bits
44 Set tag level 1
45 Set tag level 2
46 Set tag level 3

3/01 3-63 U0-0131 (Rev 9)

Westinghouse Process Control, Inc. Proprietary Class 2C
3-3. Expanded Analog Points

Note

Commands higher than 22 are supported only for

software above level 7.1K.

LC Byte Offset: 79
Data Type: Byte
Definition: Include Limit Checking
• The LC field contains a value that describes both the types of alarm checks that
are applied to an analog point and status bits, which are used to enable/disable
the individual limit and sensor checks that may be performed.
• If not initialized by the user, the value of LC defaults to 0 (no limit checking).
• Set to 2 or 4 on-line by the DPU if the point is specified in an ALRMLIMV
algorithm.

U0-0131 (Rev 9) 3-64 3/01

Westinghouse Process Control, Inc. Proprietary Class 2C
 3-3. Expanded Analog Points

Table 3-14. Limit Checking (LC Field) Values

High Incremental
Low Incremental
Inhibit Limit
Alarm after

High Alarm
by Cut-out1

Low Alarm
Checking

Checking

Checking

Checking

Checking

Checking

Checking

Checking
LC Value

Inhibited

Interface
Cut-out
Custom
Type of
Sensor

Limits
Limit
0 On Off N/A N/A N/A Off Off Off Off Off
1 On On Fixed Limit Off Off On On On On
2 On On Variable Limit Off Off On On On On
3 On On Fixed Limit Off Off On On On On
and
Sensor
4 On On Variable Limit Off Off On On On On
and
Sensor
5 Off Off N/A N/A N/A Off Off Off Off Off
6 On On Fixed Limit On Off On On On On

7 On On Fixed Limit On Off On On On On

and
Sensor
128 N/A Off N/A N/A N/A Off Off Off Off Off
129 N/A On Fixed Limit N/A On On On On On
1Refer to the CUT text algorithms in “Standard Control Algorithm User’s Guide” (U0-0106).

• A wide variety of options can be selected by using different values for LC. In
general, the set of limit checking capabilities to be enabled is specified by one
of the base values as shown in Table 3-15. An additional value can be added to
restrict the capabilities which have been enabled.

3/01 3-65 U0-0131 (Rev 9)

Westinghouse Process Control, Inc. Proprietary Class 2C
3-3. Expanded Analog Points

For example, a base LC value of 3 specifies that limit checking is on. An add-
on value of 40 disables low and low incremental checking. Therefore, an LC
setting of 43 will enable high limit and high incremental alarms, but not low
limit and low incremental alarms.
Table 3-15. Limit Checking Restriction Terms

Term to Add to LC Disable Checking

8 Low Limit
16 High Limit
24 Low and High Limit
32 Low Incremental
40 Low Limit and Low Incremental
56 Low Limit, High Limit, and Low Incremental
64 High Incremental
72 Low Limit and High Incremental
80 High Limit and High Incremental
88 Low Limit, High Limit, and High Incremental
96 Low and High Incremental
104 Low Limit, Low Incremental and High Incremental
112 High Limit, Low Incremental and High Incremental
120 Low and High Limit, Low and High Incremental

U0-0131 (Rev 9) 3-66 3/01

Westinghouse Process Control, Inc. Proprietary Class 2C
 3-3. Expanded Analog Points

• Other LC values can be defined to select specific analog alarm options. The
table below indicates the bits to set to enable/disable various combinations of
low, high, and incremental checking:

Bit
Bit Value Definition
3 0 Low alarm checking enabled.
3 1 Low alarm checking is disabled.
4 0 High alarm checking enabled.
4 1 High alarm checking is disabled.
5 0 Low incremental alarm checking enabled.
5 1 Low incremental alarm checking is disabled.
6 0 High incremental alarm checking enabled.
6 1 High incremental alarm checking is disabled.

Note that the add-on values are only valid if an appropriate base is selected to
enable limit checking. For example, if LC is 0 or 5, any limit checking specified
by the bits listed above will NOT be performed.

— If the base value of LC is 1, 2, 3, 4, 128, or 129 limit checking will be

performed on the point. In this case, the options specified by bits 3, 4, 5, or
6 will come into play.
• Must be one of the following base values to enable sensor checking: 0, 1, 2, 3,
4, 6, 7. This will allow the alarming of sensor limits.

IP Byte Offset: 80
Data Type: Integer
Definition: Input Bit Pattern
• Initialized to zero.

• Updated on-line by the analog input scan software. A copy of the bit pattern
read from the I/O hardware (Q-Card or NL-700) is stored in the IP field.

HL Byte Offset: 82
Data Type: Real
Definition: High Alarm Limit
• Initialized by the user or set by the ALRMLIMV Algorithm.

3/01 3-67 U0-0131 (Rev 9)

Westinghouse Process Control, Inc. Proprietary Class 2C
3-3. Expanded Analog Points

• Specified in engineering units, not percent.

• Used by the limit checking routine associated with the analog input scan software.

• When limit checking is performed, the value in the Analog Current Value field
(AV) is compared with the value in the HL field. If the AV value is greater than
the HL value, Bit 3 in the Analog Status Word (AS) is set. If the AV value is less
than the HL value minus the deadband (DB, byte offset 94), Bit 3 in AS is cleared.

LL Byte Offset: 86
Data Type: Real
Definition: Low Alarm Limit
• Initialized by the user or set by the ALRMLIMV algorithm.

• Specified in engineering units, not percent.

• Used by the limit checking routine associated with the analog input scan software.

• When limit checking is performed, the value in the Analog Current Value field
(AV) is compared with the value in the LL field. If the AV value is less than the
LL value, Bit 2 in the Analog Status Word (AS) is set. If the AV value is greater
than the LL value plus the deadband (DB, byte offset 94), Bit 2 in AS is cleared.

ZI Byte Offset: 90
Data Type: Real
Definition: High Alarm Incremental Limit
• Initialized by the user.
• Specified in engineering units, not percent.

• Used by the limit checking routine associated with the analog input scan software.

U0-0131 (Rev 9) 3-68 3/01

Westinghouse Process Control, Inc. Proprietary Class 2C
 3-3. Expanded Analog Points

• In conjunction with the High-High limit, (ZH, byte offset 102), this field defines
a set of breakpoints used for incremental alarming. The high incremental alarm
breakpoints are: ZH + ZI, ZH+ 2ZI, ZH + 3ZI, and so forth. When the current
value (AV) crosses one of the breakpoint values, Bits 0 and 1 in the Analog Status
word (AS) are set to indicate that the alarm condition is either getting worse or
getting better:

AS field:

Bit 1 Bit 0 Status

0 1 Better
1 0 Worse
0 0 No Incremental Alarm

DB Byte Offset: 94
Data Type: Real
Definition: High/Low/Incremental Limit Deadband
• Initialized by the user.

• Specified in engineering units, not percent.

• Used by the limit checking routines associated with the analog input scan routines.

• Prevents the point from oscillating into and out of alarm when the current value
is hovering around the value of a limit.

PV Byte Offset: 98
Data Type: Real
Definition: Previous Input Value
• Initialized to zero.

• Updated at run time by the limit checking routines associated with the analog
input scan software.

3/01 3-69 U0-0131 (Rev 9)

Westinghouse Process Control, Inc. Proprietary Class 2C
3-3. Expanded Analog Points

• Used to determine when the current value has crossed an incremental limit
boundary:

PV= (Point Value - Limit) / Inc

where:

Limit = point’s high or low alarm limit

Inc = point’s high or low incremental alarm limit

ZH Byte Offset: 102

Data Type: Real
Definition: High-High Alarm Limit
• Initialized by the user.

• Specified in engineering units, not percent.

• Used by the limit checking routine associated with the analog input scan software.

• When limit checking is performed, the value in the Analog Current Value field
(AV) is compared with the value in the ZH field. If the AV value is greater than
the ZH value, Bit1 in the Analog Status Word (AS) is set, while bits 0, 2, and 3
are all cleared. If the AV value is less than the ZH value minus the deadband
(DB, byte offset 94), Bit 1 in AS is cleared.

• If the High-High alarm limit value (ZH) is less than the High Limit (HL), the
High-High limit is ignored.

ZL Byte Offset: 106

Data Type: Real
Definition: Low-Low Alarm Limit
• Initialized by the user.

• Specified in engineering units, not percent.

• Used by the limit checking routine associated with the analog input scan software.

• When limit checking is performed, the value in the Analog Current Value field
(AV) is compared with the value in the ZL field. If the AV value is less than the
ZL value, Bit 0in the Analog Status Word (AS) is set, while bits 1, 2, and 3 are
all cleared. If the AV value is greater than the ZL value plus the deadband (DB,
byte offset 94), Bit 0 in AS is cleared.

U0-0131 (Rev 9) 3-70 3/01

Westinghouse Process Control, Inc. Proprietary Class 2C
 3-3. Expanded Analog Points

• If the Low-Low alarm limit value (ZL) is greater than the Low Limit (LL), the
Low-Low limit is ignored.

SN Byte Offset: 110

Data Type: Real
Definition: Sensor Calibration Value (V or A)
• Not initialized by the user.

• Updated by the analog input scan software (AIN algorithm).

• Used by the Sensor Calibration program (SENSOR).

• The current value of the analog point is always written to the SN field,
independent of the scan status of the point. Normally, the engineering units
value of the process point is stored. The DPU can be commanded (on-line) to
store the uncompensated or compensated (for thermocouples) normalized value
to the SN field. Normalized values are represented in either volts (V) or amperes
(A), depending on the card type.

• The Second Status Word (AW, byte offset 12) indicates the type of scan being
updated in the SN field.

CV Byte Offset: 114

Data Type: Byte
Definition: Conversion Type Index
• Initialized by the user (default = 0).

• Selects the type of equation to be used for the conversion to engineering units.

3/01 3-71 U0-0131 (Rev 9)

Westinghouse Process Control, Inc. Proprietary Class 2C
3-3. Expanded Analog Points

• Valid entries, conversion types and their corresponding equations are given in
Table 3-16.
Table 3-16. Conversion Type Index (CV Field) Values

MEDIT Entry
(COEF CV Conversion
Statement) Entry Type Equation
Not Applicable 0 Linear (Default) Y=X
LI 1 Linear Y = C1X + C2
P5 2 Fifth Order Y = C1 + C2X + C3X2 + C4X3 + C5X4 + C6X5
Polynomial
SQ 3 Square Root Y = C1 [SQRT (X + C2)] + C3
(SQRT)
EX 4 Exponential Y = C1 [EXP (C2X)] + C3 = C1 [eC2X] + C3
(EXP)
SP 5 SQRT of Fifth Y = SQRT (Fifth Order Polynomial Y, as defined
Order for Entry 2)
Polynomial
FG 6 Six-Segment Coefficient (x, y) pairs are:
Function (C1, C8)
Generator (C2, C9)
↓
(C7, C14)
If x ≤ C1, y = C8
If x ≥ C7, y = C14
If C1 ≤ x ≤ C8, y = value of the y-coordinate for
the corresponding x-coordinate.
(See the following figure for an example of a six-
segment function generator.)
Not Applicable 7 Thermocouple (See CJ record field description, byte offset 115.)
Input
The variables used in the equations are defined as follows:

X=Original input value, which is converted to Y (engineering units) by the specified type of
conversion.
Y=Final, converted value of the analog input.
C1 - C14=Conversion coefficients.

U0-0131 (Rev 9) 3-72 3/01

Westinghouse Process Control, Inc. Proprietary Class 2C
 3-3. Expanded Analog Points

Conversion Coefficient Example

Linear Conversion (LI)
CV = 1, Poly order of 1

Y = C1 X + C2
[AT]
Y Top – Y Bot
(FT)
C 1 = --------------------------------- LT
X Top – X Bot

C 2 = Y Bot – C 1 ( X Bot ) 4 - 20 MADC

Fifth Order Poly Conversion (P5)

CV = 2, Poly order of 2 to 5 + -
Y = C1 + C2 x + C3 x2 + C4 x3 + C5 x4 + C6 x5

Square Root Conversion (SQ) Input

QAW 5
(0-20 MADC
CV = 3
Q-Card Range)
Y = C1( X + C2) + C3
DIOB
C 2 = – X Bot 0 - 20 MADC
C000H-CFFFH
C 3 = Y Bot CD = 16
Card Type
Index
Y Top – Y Bot
C 1 = -------------------------------------- X = .004 - .020 A
X Top – X Bot ↑ ↑
XBot XTop
Exponential Conversion (EX) Conversion [CV = 4]
CV = 4 Type (CV = 3)
Y = C 1 ( EXP ( C 2 X ) ) + C 3 CV = 1
[Y = 0 - 100%]
1 (Y = 25 - 250 KPPH)
C 2 = -------------- Y = -42 -+ 43 Inches
X Top
↑ ↑
YBot YTop
Y Top – Y Bot
C 1 = -------------------------------------------------
 X Bot 
EXP – EXP  --------------
 X Top The MEDIT Database / Conversion Coefficient “Type” selections
are: LI, P5, SQ, EX, SP (Square Root of Fifth Order Polynomial),
and FG (Six Segment Function Generator).
 X Bot 
C 3 = Y Bot – C 1 EXP  -------------- The “CV” number is the Conversion Type Index in the MEDIT
 X Top Database / Process Point entry field. 0 through 7 are possible entries.

Figure 3-4. Conversion Coefficient Examples (Expanded Analog Points)

3/01 3-73 U0-0131 (Rev 9)

Westinghouse Process Control, Inc. Proprietary Class 2C
3-3. Expanded Analog Points

An example of a six-segment function generator is shown in Figure 3-5.

C14
C13
C12

C11
C10
C9
C8

C1 C2 C3 C4 C5 C6 C7

Figure 3-5. Six-Segment Function Generator

CJ Byte Offset: 115

Data Type: Byte
Definition: Cold-Junction Compensation Segment Index
• Initialized by the user (default = 0).

• Pertains to the cold-junction compensation of thermocouple field inputs using

QRT segments.

• Typically used with the QAV. Typically not used with the QAX.

• 0 indicates that the point is not to be cold-junction compensated using the QRT
segment.

• A non-zero value indicates the point is to be cold-junction compensated. The value

indicates the cabinet segment number where the I/O field wiring is terminated.

• The cold-junction scan routine normally calculates compensation values for all
cabinet segments, and for the B, E, J, K, R, S and T thermocouple types, as defined
in the Conversion Coefficient Index field description (CI, byte offset 116). The
analog input scan software uses the CI and CJ fields to obtain the pertinent
compensation value from the data generated by the cold-junction scan software.

U0-0131 (Rev 9) 3-74 3/01

Westinghouse Process Control, Inc. Proprietary Class 2C
 3-3. Expanded Analog Points

Valid entries are shown in the following table:

QRT Board QRT Board

Memory Memory
CJ Index First RTD Address Second RTD Address
1 1 1F0 2 1F2
2 3 1F4 4 1F6
3 5 3F0 6 3F2
4 7 3F4 8 3F6
The compensation is calculated by averaging the values of each RTD (Resistance
Temperature Detector) pair. For example, a CJ index of 1 indicates that the averaged
value of RTD 1 and RTD2 is to be used. If CJ is 2, RTD 3 and RTD 4 are to be used,
and so forth. If one of the RTD (one of the pair) is bad or missing, the compensation is
equal to the remaining good RTD value.

CI Byte Offset: 116

Data Type: Integer
Definition: Conversion Coefficient Index
• Initialized by the user (default = 0).

• Index of conversion coefficients that correspond to the conversion types in the

Conversion Type Index field (CV, byte offset 114).

• If no entry in CV field, the CI field is not used.

• If the CV entry is 1 through 6, the CI entry is the index to the CC Record array
containing the coefficients required for the specified conversion.

3/01 3-75 U0-0131 (Rev 9)

Westinghouse Process Control, Inc. Proprietary Class 2C
3-3. Expanded Analog Points

• If the CV entry is 7, the CI entry depends on the type of thermocouple input, as

defined in the following table. CV = 7 implies that the user desires to use a
standard thermocouple conversion.

CI
Index Temperature Range Thermocouple Type
1 800 through 2000˚ F B 70% Platinum + 30% Rhodium or
94% Platinum + 6% Rhodium
2 0 through 1800˚ F E Chromel/Constantan
3 - 140 through 1400˚ F J Iron/Constantan
4 0 through 2000˚ F K Chromel/Alumel
5 500 through 2000˚ F R Platinum + 13% Rhodium
6 750 through 2000˚ F S Platinum + 10% Rhodium
7 - 50 through 750˚ F T Copper/Constantan
21 427 through 1093˚ C B 70% Platinum + 30% Rhodium or
94% Platinum + 6% Rhodium
22 - 18 through 982˚ C E Chromel/Constantan
23 - 96 through 760˚ C J Iron/Constantan
24 - 18 through 1093˚ C K Chromel/Alumel
25 260 through 1093˚ C R Platinum + 13% Rhodium
26 399 through 1093˚ C S Platinum + 10% Rhodium
27 46 through 399˚ C T Copper/Constantan

Note

The standard conversion coefficients associated with

each thermocouple type can be found in the QAV
card description in “Q-Line Installation Manual”
(M0-0053).

ZM Byte Offset: 118

Data Type: Real
Definition: Low Alarm Incremental Limit
• Initialized by the user.

• Specified in engineering units, not percent.

U0-0131 (Rev 9) 3-76 3/01

Westinghouse Process Control, Inc. Proprietary Class 2C
 3-3. Expanded Analog Points

• Used by the limit checking routine associated with the analog input scan software.

• In conjunction with the Low-Low Limit (ZL, byte offset 106), this field defines
a set of breakpoints used for incremental alarming. The low incremental alarm
breakpoints are ZL - ZM, ZL - 2(ZM), ZL - 3(ZM), and so forth. When the
current value (AV) crosses one of the breakpoint values, Bits 0 and 1 in the
Analog Status word (AS) are set to indicate that the alarm condition is either
getting worse or getting better:

AS field:

Bit 1 Bit 0 Status

0 1 Better
1 0 Worse
0 0 No Incremental Alarm

CQ Byte Offset: 122

Data Type: Integer
Definition: Sensor Limit Tolerances
• Initialized by the user.

• Used to define tolerances (in percent) above or below the fixed sensor limits,
which are defined according to card type.

• Bits 0 through 3 are used to set the tolerance for low sensor limits:

Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 Tolerance (% of sensor range)

0 0 0 0 0%
0 0 0 1 5%
0 0 1 0 10%
0 0 1 1 15%
0 1 0 0 20%
1 0 0 1 -5%
1 0 1 0 -10%
1 0 1 1 -15%
1 1 0 0 -20%

3/01 3-77 U0-0131 (Rev 9)

Westinghouse Process Control, Inc. Proprietary Class 2C
3-3. Expanded Analog Points

• Bits 4 through 7 are used to set the high sensor limit tolerances:

Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Tolerance (% of sensor range)

0 0 0 0 0%
0 0 0 1 5%
0 0 1 0 10%
0 0 1 1 15%
0 1 0 0 20%
1 0 0 1 -5%
1 0 1 0 -10%
1 0 1 1 -15%
1 1 0 0 -20%

Note

Any undefined values in bits 0-3 and 4-7 will default

to 0%.
• For sensor alarms, the high and low limits are calculated as follows:

HILIM = High sensor alarm limit = HISPEC + (RANGE x HITOL)

LOLIM = Low sensor alarm limit = LOSPEC - (RANGE x LOTOL)

where:

HISPEC = High sensor limit specification for card type.

LOSPEC = Low sensor limit specification for card type.

HITOL = High tolerance from CQ field.

LOTOL = Low tolerance from CQ field.

RANGE = HISPEC - LOSPEC

U0-0131 (Rev 9) 3-78 3/01

Westinghouse Process Control, Inc. Proprietary Class 2C
 3-3. Expanded Analog Points

Note

The sensor alarm limits can be outside or inside the

card’s specified limits depending on the tolerances. A
positive tolerance will take them outside, while a
negative tolerance will place them inside the
specified limits
Table 3-17 displays the limits which are fixed and stored internally in the DPU
PROMS:
Table 3-17. Analog Card Specification Limits

Card Type Index

(CD field) Low Limit High Limit
1 - 0.020 + 0.020
2 - 0.050 + 0.050
3 - 0.100 + 0.100
4 - 0.500 + 0.500
5 -1 +1
6 - 10 + 10
7 0 + 0.020
8 - 0.050 + 0.050
9 0 + 0.020
11 0 + 0.010
12 0 + 0.0333
13 0 +1
14 0 +5
15 0 + 10
16 0 + 0.020
17 - 10.235 + 10.235
18 - 5.117 + 5.117
19 0 + 10.237
20 0 + 5.119
32 0 + 0.050

3/01 3-79 U0-0131 (Rev 9)

Westinghouse Process Control, Inc. Proprietary Class 2C
3-3. Expanded Analog Points

Table 3-17. Analog Card Specification Limits (Cont’d)

Card Type Index

(CD field) Low Limit High Limit
34 0 +1
35 0 +5
39 0 +5
40 0 + 10
41 +1 +5
42 + 0.004 + 0.020
43 + 0.005 + 0.050
44 0 +1
45 0 + 0.500
46 0 + 0.100
51 0 + 10
52 0 +5
53 0 + 0.020
54 - 0.020 + 0.020
55 - 0.050 - 0.050
56 - 0.100 + 0.100
57 0 +5
58 0 + 10
59 -5 +5
60 - 10 + 10
61 +1 +5
66 0 + 2085
68 -0.02 +0.02
69 -0.05 +0.05
70 -0.1 +0.1
71 -0.02 +0.02
72 -0.05 +0.05

U0-0131 (Rev 9) 3-80 3/01

Westinghouse Process Control, Inc. Proprietary Class 2C
 3-3. Expanded Analog Points

Table 3-17. Analog Card Specification Limits (Cont’d)

Card Type Index

(CD field) Low Limit High Limit
73 -0.1 +0.1
74 0.0 1.0
75 0.0 5.0
76 0.0 10.0
80-87 0.0 10.0
88 -118.75 5000.625

3/01 3-81 U0-0131 (Rev 9)

Westinghouse Process Control, Inc. Proprietary Class 2C
Section 4. Digital Point Record Types

4-1. Section Overview

This section contains the reference pages describing the following process point
record type and associated record fields:

• Digital Point Records.

Record Types Reference Pages

For each of the record types listed above, the record type overview provides a table
showing the record fields included in each record type. These tables include the
following information:

• Record field identifiers.

• Type of data value (byte, integer, or character string).
• Byte offset of each record field (within record structure).
• Brief description of each record field.
• Size in bytes of each record type (to be used in estimating the amount of
memory required for the point database).
The record type overview tables also show which record fields can be assigned by
the user (an asterisk (*) is shown next to these fields).

Record Fields Reference Pages

For each record type category, the record types overview is followed by reference
pages which provide more detail on the record fields. Each record type is shown first
in tabular form. Following the table is a listing of the various record fields.For each
record field, the record field identifier, byte offset, and type of data value are shown,
followed by a detailed description of the record field's use and possible values. For
many of the fields, examples of parameter setting are included.

3/01 4-1 U0-0131 (Rev 9)

Westinghouse Process Control, Inc. Proprietary Class 2C
4-2. Digital Points

4-2. Digital Points

4-2.1. Record Types

Table 4-1. Record Types (Digital Points)

Record Type
Recod Data Byte
DI DL DC DM DX Field Type Offset Description
ID I 0 System Identification (page 4-4)
DS I 2 Digital Status Word (page 4-4)
A2 I 4 Not Assigned (page 4-6)
A3 I 6 Not Assigned (page 4-6)
RT* B 8 Record Type Number (page 4-6)
J4 B 9 Processor Originating Point
(page 4-6)
SR B 10 Drop System Identification
(page 4-7)
LU B 11 Time of Alarm - Seconds
(page 4-7)
DW I 12 Second Status Word (page 4-7)
DG* I 14 Signal Diagram Index (page 4-9)
PN* C8 16 Point Name (page 4-9)
B2 I 24 Internal Information (page 4-10)
B3 I 26 Internal Information (page 4-10)
ED* C30 28 English Description (page 4-10)
ST* C6 58 Set Description (page 4-11)
RS* C6 64 Reset Description (page 4-11)
HW** I 70 Offset of Hardware Address
(bytes)(page 4-11)
AP* B 72 Alarm Priority (page 4-12)
AY C 73 Destination (page 4-13)
MM B 74 Time of Alarm - Month
(page 4-13)

U0-0131 (Rev 9) 4-2 3/01

Westinghouse Process Control, Inc. Proprietary Class 2C
 4-2. Digital Points

Table 4-1. Record Types (Digital Points) (Cont’d)

Record Type
Recod Data Byte
DI DL DC DM DX Field Type Offset Description
NN B 75 Time of Alarm - Date (Day)
(page 4-13)
AH B 76 Time of Alarm - Hours
(page 4-13)
MN B 77 Time of Alarm - Minutes
(page 4-14)
CM B 78 Command Word (page 4-14)
LC* B 79 Include Status Checking
(page 4-15)
AR* B 80 Type of Status Checking
(page 4-16)
BP* B 81 Bit Position on Hardware
(page 4-17)
RL* I 82 Relay Close Delay Time
(milliseconds) (page 4-17)
PC* I 84 Mask for Power-On Checking
(page 4-17)
EQ* I 86 Digital Configuration Word
(page 4-18)

Data Type Definitions

* = User-initialized field.

B = Byte (Whole number between 0 and 255 or a hexadecimal number

between 0H and 0FFH. If hexadecimal, the H must be included.)

I = Integer (2 Bytes. Whole number between -32768 and +32767 or a

hexadecimal number between 0H and FFFFH. If hexadecimal, the H
must be included.)

Cx = Character string; x = maximum number of characters. Certain

characters are restricted, depending on the field and/or drop database
utility. For example, in the MAC Editor, do not use percent (%),
ampersand (&), apostrophe ('), tilde (~), or asterisk (*). As a general
rule, avoid the use of non-alphanumeric characters.

3/01 4-3 U0-0131 (Rev 9)

Westinghouse Process Control, Inc. Proprietary Class 2C
4-2. Digital Points

** = Must be set if DL record type is used as a field output.

Table 4-2. Digital Points Record Types Size Requirements (Bytes)

Record Type DI DL DC DM DX DX2

Record Size 88 82 70 24 4 4
Overhead1 2 2 2 2 16 48
Total Size 90 84 72 26 20 52
1
The overhead requirement shown for the DX point record type reflects the amount required by the DPU. Other
drops (such as the SUI, VXI, or PCH) may use less overhead for DX points.
2
For extended tag (16-character point name) DPUs (extended points), the overhead for DX points is 48. The total
size is 52 bytes. DX points are either local or received points in the DPU.

4-2.2. Record Fields

ID Byte Offset: 0
Data Type: Integer
Definition: System Identification
• Initialized whenever the Point Directory is updated.

• A unique number that identifies the point in the WDPF System.

• For a detailed description of the System ID field, refer to Appendix B.

DS Byte Offset: 2
Data Type: Integer
Definition: Digital Status Word
• Updated by the DPU at run time.

• Set states are as follows:

Bit Definition

0 Digital current value. DS field (bit 0) may be set by the user through the
IV field in the MAC Edit function (MEDIT) point record attribute table.

If IV field is set, DS (bit 0) resets to IV value during reset or power-up.

If IV field is not set (left blank), DS (bit 0) resets to the last value during
run time (latched) during reset or power-up.

U0-0131 (Rev 9) 4-4 3/01

Westinghouse Process Control, Inc. Proprietary Class 2C
 4-2. Digital Points

1 Digital value from the previous scan for change of state alarming.

2, 3 Sensor Alarm

Bit 3 Bit 2 Description

0 0 Not Assigned

0 1 Not Assigned

1 0 Not Assigned

1 1 Sensor Alarm

Bit Definition

4 Alert/Information Alarm

Bit 4 Description

0 Alert Alarm

1 Information Alarm

5 Alarm unacknowledged.

6 Cut-out from alarm checking.

7 Point is in alarm.

8, 9 Quality

Bit 9 Bit 8 Quality

0 0 Good

0 1 Fair

1 0 Poor

1 1 Bad

10 Current value (Bit 0) is operator-entered.

11 Point is removed from scan or forced.

12 Released from alarm.

3/01 4-5 U0-0131 (Rev 9)

Westinghouse Process Control, Inc. Proprietary Class 2C
4-2. Digital Points

13 Alarm checking off.

14 Toggle (indicates a change in alarm state).

15 Point is not being updated (by the Data Highway) at the receiving drop.

A2 Byte Offset: 4
Data Type: Integer
Definition: Not Assigned

A3 Byte Offset: 6
Data Type: Integer
Definition: Not Assigned

RT Byte Offset: 8
Data Type: Byte
Definition: Record Type Number
• Initialized by the MAC Edit function (MEDIT), based on the record type name
(DI, DL, and so forth) entered by the user.

• May be used for type checking on displayed information Identifies the type of
record by number. The record type number is commonly used in the Point
Directory listing and Point Details screen. The numbers corresponding to the
digital record type names are shown below:

Record Type Record Type Number

DX 110

DM 115

DC 120

DL 130

DI 140

J4 Byte Offset: 9
Data Type: Byte
Definition: Processor Originating Point

U0-0131 (Rev 9) 4-6 3/01

Westinghouse Process Control, Inc. Proprietary Class 2C
 4-2. Digital Points

• Not used by any standard drop. For custom drops which include multiple
processors (such as the Cell Controller), this field is set by the drop
configuration software.

• For standard drops, set this field to 0 to ensure compatibility with future releases.

SR Byte Offset: 10
Data Type: Byte
Definition: Drop System Identification
• Initialized by the MAC Edit function (MEDIT).

• Identifies the drop in which the point originates.

LU Byte Offset: 11
Data Type: Byte
Definition: Time of Alarm — Seconds
• Initialized to zero.

• Indicates the second when the point last went into alarm.

• Used only with DI and DL records.

• Valid range is 0 through 59.

• Updated at run time by the digital scan software when the point goes into alarm.

DW Byte Offset: 12
Data Type: Integer
Definition: Second Status Word
• Bits are defined as follows:

Bit Definition

0 Invalid hardware address or bit position — Set/reset by the digital input

scan software, or by the digital output support routine.

1 Power check failure — Set/reset by the digital input scan software.

OR

Remote Q-Line I/O write verification error

OR

3/01 4-7 U0-0131 (Rev 9)

Westinghouse Process Control, Inc. Proprietary Class 2C
4-2. Digital Points

Write verification error — Set/reset by algorithms which interface to

the field I/O.

Bit Definition

2 Bad hardware status — Set/reset in sequence of events (SOE) inputs

only by the SOE scan software. When this occurs, the point is given bad
quality and reports a sensor alarm.

3 QLI configuration error — Set/reset by algorithms operating with a QLI

interface.

4 Atrend text algorithm error.

5 Current value of the point. Updated even when point is off scan.

6 Information Alarm Configuration (1=Information, 0=Alert). This bit is

set by the ALARMCNF algorithm.

7 0= Cut-out enabled, 1 = Cut-out disabled

8, 9 Not assigned.

10 Set/reset by algorithms operating with a QLI interface. The bit is set

when a QLI is configured; otherwise, the bit is cleared.

11 Set quality Latch Bit. After the DPU receives a ‘Latch Quality’
command, the quality of the point is set to the requested value. The
‘latched quality’ bit of the point is also set (see also the CM record field
in this section).

12 Set bit for alarm condition indication. Used in conjunction with the
ALARMDLY algorithm. When this bit is set, it indicates that an alarm
condition exists.

13 Used for Sequence of Events Digitals. When this bit is set, it indicates
that the point’s sequence of events processing was suppressed due to:

- A QSE card ‘chattering’ (a series of small, rapid changes within a

narrow band in the point’s value).

OR

- An HSR command (for low frequency chattering).

U0-0131 (Rev 9) 4-8 3/01

Westinghouse Process Control, Inc. Proprietary Class 2C
 4-2. Digital Points

14 Set bit for Sequence of Events Digitals. When this bit is set, it indicates
that a disabled point (whose sequence of events processing was
suppressed by taking it off scan) has been re-enabled by putting it back
on scan. The DPU sends a message to its SOE drop to indicate this
change in status and then clears bit 14.

15 Set bit for alarm delay indication. Used in conjunction with the
ALARMDLY algorithm. When this bit is set, it indicates that the alarm
delay feature is active.

Note

Bits 0, 1, 2, 3 or 4 being set results in bad quality and

a sensor alarm for the point.

DG Byte Offset: 14
Data Type: Integer
Definition: Signal Diagram Index
• Initialized by the user.

• Defines the number of the diagram.

• For 7-level (below) systems, the signal diagram can be displayed using the
Operator Station CRT 1 DISP DIAG or CRT 2 DISP DIAG key.

• For 8-level systems, the Signal Diagrams can be displayed using the Operator
WEStation point menu.

• For 6- and 7- level systems, valid entries are as follows:

— Main screen diagram numbers 1000 through 4999.

— Subscreen diagram numbers 0001 through 0999.

— Group numbers 5000 through 6999 (to display the diagram specified in the
group's diagram link).

• For 8-level systems, valid entries are 0-65535.

• Do not use diagram numbers that must be displayed with groups.

PN Byte Offset: 16
Data Type: String of 8 ASCII Characters
Definition: Point Name
• Initialized by the user.

3/01 4-9 U0-0131 (Rev 9)

Westinghouse Process Control, Inc. Proprietary Class 2C
4-2. Digital Points

• Used to identify point in displays, listings, and for operator entry.

• In extended tag DPUs, the ED field contains the 16-character point name. The
PN field only contains the character “@” followed by seven “blanks.”

B2 Byte Offset: 24
Data Type: Integer
Definition: Internal Information
• Bits are defined as follows:

Bit Definition

0, 1 Tag level.

2 Tag acknowledge.

3 Invert value.

4 SOE 1SHOT text algorithm use.

5 SOE 1SHOT text algorithm use.

B3 Byte Offset: 26
Data Type: Integer
Definition: Internal Information
• Bits are defined as follows:

Bit Definition

0-5 Undefined.

6, 7 GP Bit mapping.

8-15 Undefined.

ED Byte Offset: 28
Data Type: String of 30 ASCII Characters
Definition: English Description
• Initialized by the user (default = 30 blanks).

• Provides an expanded description (30 characters maximum) of the point for use
in displays and listings.

U0-0131 (Rev 9) 4-10 3/01

Westinghouse Process Control, Inc. Proprietary Class 2C
 4-2. Digital Points

• In extended tag DPUs, the ED field contains the point name — not the English
description.

ST Byte Offset: 58
Data Type: String of 6 ASCII Characters
Definition: Set Description
• Initialized by the user (default = 6 blanks).

• Used in displays and listings.

• Text description (six characters maximum) of the SET condition (value of 1 or

TRUE).

RS Byte Offset: 64
Data Type: String of 6 ASCII Characters
Definition: Reset Description
• Initialized by the user (default = 6 blanks).

• Used in displays and listings.

• Text description (six characters maximum) of the RESET condition (value of 0

or FALSE).

HW Byte Offset: 70
Data Type: Integer
Definition: Offset of Hardware Address (Bytes)
• Initialized by the user for points read from or written to the field I/O. (Field
I/O refers to Q-Line point cards or NL-700 I/O point cards).

• Specified in hexadecimal, not decimal.

• Defines the hardware address of the point.

• The calculation sequence for a Q-Line point card is as follows:

1. Locate the card address on the hardware drawing.

2. Determine the MBU offset (if any) from the hardware drawing. The MSQ,
MDX, MSX, or MBU 0 has an offset of zero. MBU 1 has an offset of 200H.

3. For digital points, the hardware offset calculation is as follows:

HW = 2 (ADD) + MBU

3/01 4-11 U0-0131 (Rev 9)

Westinghouse Process Control, Inc. Proprietary Class 2C
4-2. Digital Points

where:
HW = hardware offset
ADD = card address (in hexadecimal)
MBU = MBU offset
• For a point read or written to a distributed (remotely-located) 700 Series I/O
module (via an IOP card), the calculation is as follows:

HW = (IOP * 1000H) + (SIM * 100H) + (ADD - 1)

where:
IOP = number of IOP card (1 or 2)
SIM = number of SIM (0H through FH)
ADD = I/O card's input or output register address (1 through
16), as determined from the applicable instruction
Leaflet. After 1 is subtracted, convert this value to
hexadecimal.

• To use DI and DL as calculated or QLC/gateway updated points, set HW = 0 or

set bit 15 of the HW field. In essence, a value of HW = 8xxxH or HW = 0 makes
the DI and DL points “calculated.” Note that these settings are not valid if the
WDPF system is running the Control Builder, WESinfo, Database Generation
System (DBGS), or Back Translator.

AP Byte Offset: 72
Data Type: Byte
Definition: Alarm Priority
• Initialized by the user.

• Alarm priority assigned to the point.

• Used for alarm diagrams.

• Valid entries are as follows:

0 Low
1
2
3 High

U0-0131 (Rev 9) 4-12 3/01

Westinghouse Process Control, Inc. Proprietary Class 2C
 4-2. Digital Points

AY Byte Offset: 73
Data Type: 1ASCII Character
Definition: Destination
• Whenever the drop database is updated against the Point Directory, AY is
initialized to be the first character of the characteristics of the point. If a
characteristics statement does not exist for a point, it is initialized to the “wild
card” (-) character.

• Used to display sets of related points that are in alarm.

MM Byte Offset: 74
Data Type: Byte
Definition: Time of Alarm— Month
• Initialized to zero.

• Indicates the month when the point last went into alarm.

• Valid range is 1 through 12.

• Updated at run time by the digital scan software when the point goes into alarm.

NN Byte Offset: 75
Data Type: Byte
Definition: Time of Alarm —Day (Date)
• Initialized to zero.

• Indicates the date (day) when the point last went into alarm.

• Valid range is 1 through 31.

• Updated at run time by the digital scan software when the point goes into alarm.

AH Byte Offset: 76
Data Type: Byte
Definition: Time of Alarm — Hours
• Initialized to zero.

• Indicates the hour of the day when the point last went into alarm.

• Valid range is 0 through 23.

• Updated at run time by the digital scan software when the point goes into alarm.

3/01 4-13 U0-0131 (Rev 9)

Westinghouse Process Control, Inc. Proprietary Class 2C
4-2. Digital Points

MN Byte Offset: 77
Data Type: Byte
Definition: Time of Alarm — Minutes
• Initialized to zero.

• Indicates the minute when the point last went into alarm.

• Valid range is 0 through 59.

• Updated at run time by the digital scan software when the point goes into alarm.

CM Byte Offset: 78
Data Type: Byte
Definition: Command Word
• Initialized to zero.

• Command requests are issued through the CM field (byte offset 78). These
requests may be originated by drops on the network. The DPU acts on the
commands and sets the status bits in the Digital Status Word field (DS, byte
offset 2). (This applies only to points that are scanned.)

• Commands at the current level of software include:

Command Definition
1 Set scan on.
2 Set scan off.
3 Set alarm checking on.
4 Set alarm checking off.
5-9 Not assigned
10 Set value = 1.
11 Set value = 0.
12-13 Not assigned
14 Acknowledge alarm.
15-19 Not assigned
20 Removed from scan and enter value (force) = 1.
21 Removed from scan and enter value (force) = 0.
22 Set and latch quality as Good.

U0-0131 (Rev 9) 4-14 3/01

Westinghouse Process Control, Inc. Proprietary Class 2C
 4-2. Digital Points

Command Definition
23 Set and latch quality as Fair.
24 Set and latch quality as Poor.
25 Set and latch quality as Bad.
26 Unlatch quality.
29 Set AR = 0
30 Set AR = 1
31 Set AR = 2
32 Set AR = 3
33 Set AR = 4
37 Configure for Alert alarm.
38 Configure for Information alarm.
39 Release point from alarm.
40 Un-release point from alarm.
41 Enable Alarm Cut-out.
42 Disable Alarm Cut-out.
43 Clear Tag-Level Bits.
44 Set Tag-Level 1.
45 Set Tag-Level 2.
46 Set Tag-Level 3.
47 Suppress SOE events.
48 Restore SOE events.

LC Byte Offset: 79
Data Type: Byte
Definition: Include Status Checking
• Initialized by the user per Table 4-3. If not initialized by the user, the value of
LC defaults to 0 (no status checking).

3/01 4-15 U0-0131 (Rev 9)

Westinghouse Process Control, Inc. Proprietary Class 2C
4-2. Digital Points

Table 4-3. Status Checking (LC Field) Values

Sensor Status Checking Inhibited Custom Interface

LC Value Checking Checking by Cut-out1 Checking
0 On Off N/A Off
1 On On Status Check Off
128 N/A Off N/A On
129 N/A On Status Check On
1
Refer to the CUT text algorithms in “Control Algorithms” (U0-0106).

AR Byte Offset: 80
Data Type: Byte
Definition: Type of Status Checking
• Initialized by the user (defaults to zero if not initialized).

• Used if status checking is to be performed (LC field (byte offset 79) = 1).

• The following values are defined:

0 = The point will go into alarm if its current value is zero.

1 = The point will go into alarm if its current value is one.

2 = STATE CHANGE Alarming.

3 = Transition Alarming: the point will go into alarm when the current
value makes a transition from 0 to 1.

4 = Transition Alarming: the point will go into alarm when the current
value makes a transition from 1 to 0.

Note

If a point has AR equal to 3 or 4, removing it from

alarm checking or cutting it out will require a state
transition before it is alarmed. The following
example details this feature.

U0-0131 (Rev 9) 4-16 3/01

Westinghouse Process Control, Inc. Proprietary Class 2C
 4-2. Digital Points

Example: DI point with LC = 1 and AR = 3

Time DI Value Result

0 0 No Action
1 1 Point is put into Alarm
2 1, Cut-Out Point returns from Alarm
3 1, Cut-Out is removed No Action
4 0 No Action
5 1 Point is put into alarm

BP Byte Offset: 81
Data Type: Byte
Definition: Bit Position on Hardware
• Initialized by the user.

• Defines which bit (0 through 15) is to be read from the 16 bits on a digital (or
contact) input card.

• If the bit position is not between 0 and 15, an “Illegal Message” error is
displayed when the point is downloaded into the drop.

RL Byte Offset: 82
Data Type: Integer
Definition: Relay Close Delay Time (milliseconds)
• Initialized by the user.

• Primarily used for Sequence of Events (SOE) recordings.

• For contact inputs being scanned by the SOE subsystem, RL should be

initialized to indicate the amount of time (in milliseconds) required for the
contact to open or close.

PC Byte Offset: 84
Data Type: Integer
Definition: Mask for Power-On Checking
• Initialized by the user. (If PC is not initialized by the user, no power checking
on the contact input is performed by the software.)

3/01 4-17 U0-0131 (Rev 9)

Westinghouse Process Control, Inc. Proprietary Class 2C
4-2. Digital Points

• Entry is the decimal location of the power-checking bit plus 100 (decimal). If
power is lost at the power-checking bit, the quality of the input with this
definition will be set to “BAD” if its quality is not latched. At the same time, the
points last valid value is preserved and bit 1 of its DW field is set.

• To use the power-on check, one of the 16 bits on the card must be hard-wired to
the set state when power is applied.

• Valid entries are:

• Power-checking off = 0

• Power-checking on = power check bit + 100

For example, to use bit 15 for the power-on check, set PC to 115.

EQ Byte Offset: 86
Data Type: Integer
Definition: Digital Configuration
• Bits are defined as follows:

Bit Value Definition

0 = 1 Point has SOE (Sequence of Events) processing.
0 = 0 Point does not have SOE processing.
1 = 1 Invert value.
1 = 0 Do not invert value.
2 = 1 RESETSUM Algorithm Processing: quality remains
at worst level until RESET goes TRUE.
2 = 0 In RESETSUM the quality is updated each execution
loop in which RUN is TRUE.
3 = 1 SOE1SHOT Algorithm Processing.

Note

SOE (sequence of events) points can only be

addressed for D10B1. Therefore the HW field of
these DI points must be in the range of 8H to 1F0H
(HW must be in multiples of 8H since each QSE card
takes up 4 DI0B word addresses).

U0-0131 (Rev 9) 4-18 3/01

Westinghouse Process Control, Inc. Proprietary Class 2C
Section 5. Device Point Record Types

5-1. Section Overview

This section contains the reference pages describing the following process point
record type and associated record fields:

• Device Point Records.

Record Types Reference Pages

For each of the record types listed above, the record type overview provides a table
showing the record fields included in each record type. These tables include the
following information:

• Record field identifiers.

• Type of data value (byte, integer, or character string).
• Byte offset of each record field (within record structure).
• Brief description of each record field.
• Size in bytes of each record type (to be used in estimating the amount of
memory required for the point database).
The record type overview tables also show which record fields can be assigned by
the user (an asterisk (*) is shown next to these fields).

Record Fields Reference Pages

For each record type category, the record types overview is followed by reference
pages which provide more detail on the record fields. Each record type is shown first
in tabular form. Following the table is a listing of the various record fields.For each
record field, the record field identifier, byte offset, and type of data value are shown,
followed by a detailed description of the record field's use and possible values. For
many of the fields, examples of parameter setting are included.

3/01 5-1 U0-0131 (Rev 9)

Westinghouse Process Control, Inc. Proprietary Class 2C
5-2. Device Points

5-2. Device Points

5-2.1. Record Types

Table 5-1. Record Types (Device Points)

Record Type
Record Data Byte
VC VX Field Type Offset Description
ID I 0 System Identification (page 5-5)
DS I 2 Device Status Word (page 5-5)
A2 I 4 Second Status Word (page 5-8)
A3 I 6 Third Status Word (page 5-10)
RT* B 8 Record Type Number (page 5-10)
RI B 9 Not Assigned (page 5-11)
SR B 10 Drop System Identification (page 5-11)
LU B 11 Time of Alarm — Seconds (page 5-11)
CN I 12 Interface to Keys/Buttons (page 5-11)
CP I 14 Copy of Last CN Control Word (page 5-13)
PN* C8 16 Point Name (page 5-13)
B2 I 24 Supervisory Command and Drop Number (page 5-13)
B3 I 26 Supervisory Unit and Recipe Number (page 5-13)
ED* C30 28 English Description (page 5-13)
ST C6 58 Set Description (page 5-13)
RS C6 64 Reset Description (page 5-14)
DK I 70 System Diagram (page 5-14)
AP B 72 Alarm Priority (page 5-14)
AY C 73 Destination (page 5-15)
MM B 74 Time of Alarm — Month (page 5-15)
NN B 75 Time of Alarm — Date (Day) (page 5-15)
AH B 76 Time of Alarm — Hours (page 5-16)
MN B 77 Time of Alarm — Minutes (page 5-16)

U0-0131 (Rev 9) 5-2 3/01

Westinghouse Process Control, Inc. Proprietary Class 2C
 5-2. Device Points

Table 5-1. Record Types (Device Points) (Cont’d)

Record Type
Record Data Byte
VC VX Field Type Offset Description
CM B 78 Command Word (page 5-16)
LC B 79 Type of Alarming (page 5-17)
W0 I 80 DPU Command Word (page 5-18)
W1 I 82 Output 1 (OPEN/START/TRIP) Hardware Address
(page 5-19)
W2 I 84 Output 2 (CLOSE/STOP/RESET) Hardware Address
(page 5-20)
W3 I 86 Output 3 (STOP OPERATION/STOP TRAVEL)
Hardware Address (page 5-20)
W4 I 88 Input 1 (OPEN/START/TRIP) Hardware Address
(page 5-21)
W5 I 90 Input 2 (CLOSE/STOP/RESET) Hardware Address
(page 5-21)
W6 I 92 Not Assigned (page 5-21)
W7 I 94 Local Input Hardware Address (page 5-21)
Z1 B 96 Output 1 (OPEN/START/TRIP) Bit Position
(page 5-22)
Z2 B 97 Output 2 (CLOSE/STOP/RESET) Bit Position
(page 5-22)
Z3 B 98 Output 3 (STOP OPERATION/STOP TRAVEL) Bit
Position (page 5-22)
Z4 B 99 Input 1 (OPEN/START/TRIP) Bit Position
(page 5-22)
Z5 B 100 Input 2 (CLOSE/OFF/RESET) Bit Position
(page 5-23)
Z6 B 101 Not Assigned (page 5-23)
Z7 B 102 Local Input Bit Position (page 5-24)
TU B 103 Transition Time Units (page 5-25)
S0 B 104 Set Time-out (in No. of Transition Time Units)
(page 5-25)

3/01 5-3 U0-0131 (Rev 9)

Westinghouse Process Control, Inc. Proprietary Class 2C
5-2. Device Points

Table 5-1. Record Types (Device Points) (Cont’d)

Record Type
Record Data Byte
VC VX Field Type Offset Description
R0 B 105 Reset Time-out (in No. of Transition Time Units)
(page 5-25)
EM B 106 Mode Information (page 5-26)
PT B 107 Number of Loops to Pulse I/O (page 5-27)
F4 I 108 Number of Capturing Unit (page 5-27)
CW B 110 Number of Capturing Drop (page 5-27)
TR B 111 Number of Loops to Respond (page 5-27)
F6 I 112 Set/Reset Time-out in Number of Loops (OPEN/
START or CLOSE/STOP) (page 5-28)
F7 I 114 Time-out Counter (page 5-28)
F8 I 116 Previous Loop Information (page 5-28)
F9 I 118 I/O Configuration and Internal Information
(page 5-28)
CZ I 120 Pointer (Offset) to Capturing Drop's DU Record
(page 5-28)
G1 I 122 Pointer (Segment) to Capturing Drop's DU Record
(page 5-28)

Data Type Definitions

* = User-initialized field.

B = Byte (Whole number between 0 and 255 or a hexadecimal number

between 0H and 0FFH. If hexadecimal, the H must be included.)

I = Integer (2 Bytes. Whole number between -32768 and +32767 or a

hexadecimal number between 0H and FFFFH. If hexadecimal, the H
must be included.)

R = Real number (4 Bytes. Floating point number, such as, 10.4 or

0.34 E-2.)

U0-0131 (Rev 9) 5-4 3/01

Westinghouse Process Control, Inc. Proprietary Class 2C
 5-2. Device Points

Cx = Character string; x = maximum number of characters. Certain

characters are restricted, depending on the field and/or drop database
utility. For example, in the MAC Editor, do not use percent (%),
ampersand (&), apostrophe ('), tilde (~), or asterisk (*). As a general
rule, avoid the use of non-alphanumeric characters
Table 5-2. Device Points Record Types Size Requirments (Bytes)

Record Type VC VX VX2

Record Size 124 8 8
Overhead 1 2 10 44
Total Size 126 18 52
1The overhead requirement shown for the VX point record type reflects the amount required by the DPU. Other
drops (such as the SIU, VXI, or PCH) may use less overhead for VX points.

2 For extended-tag (16-character point name) DPUs (extended points), the overhead for VX points is 44. The total

size is 52 bytes. VX points are received points in the DPU.

Note

Device record types cannot be used if the WDPF

system is running the Control Builder, WESinfo,
Database Generation System (DBGS), or Back
Translator.

5-2.2. Record Fields

ID Byte Offset: 0
Data Type: Integer
Definition: System Identification
• Initialized whenever the Point Directory is updated.

• A unique number that identifies the point in the WDPF System.

• For a detailed description of the System ID field, refer to Appendix B.

DS Byte Offset: 2
Data Type: Integer
Definition: Device Status Word
• Initialized by the DPU at run time.

3/01 5-5 U0-0131 (Rev 9)

Westinghouse Process Control, Inc. Proprietary Class 2C
5-2. Device Points

• Bits are defined as follows:

Bit Definition

0 Current state. The current state of the hardware is based on the feedback
signal(s). If the feedback signals give conflicting data (for example, one
feedback signal indicates that the device is closed or set and another
signal indicates that the device is open or reset), the last known state is
reported. If this condition occurs at power-up (restart), the state will be
set to closed (reset). When the device is scan removed, the last
commanded state will be reported.

1 Alarm state. If set, this bit indicates that the current state in Bit 0 is an
alarm condition.

2 Input sensor failure (feedbacks are 00 or 11).

3 Output sensor failure (output does not reflect the value written to it).

Note
Bits 2 and 3 indicate problems with the I/O as
follows:
Bit 3 Bit 2 Definition
0 0 No sensor failure.
0 1 Input sensor failure.
1 0 0utput sensor failure.
1 1 Input and output sensor failure.
Bit Definition

4 Indicates current alarm type (1 = Information alarm, 0 = Alert alarm).

5 Alarm unacknowledged. If set, this bit indicates that an alarm or return
should be acknowledged.
6 Cut-out from alarm checking. If this bit is set, the device will operate
normally; however, it will not set Bit 7 if an alarm occurs. When Bit 6 is
set, Bits 5, 7 and 14 are cleared. These changes are performed by the
algorithms in the drop software.
7 Point in alarm. If set, this bit indicates that the device is in an alarm
condition.
8, 9 Quality.

U0-0131 (Rev 9) 5-6 3/01

Westinghouse Process Control, Inc. Proprietary Class 2C
 5-2. Device Points

Bit 9 Bit 8 Quality

0 0 Good
0 1 Fair
1 0 Poor
1 1 Bad
Fair quality will result if an operator removes the device from scan and
forces the device to a new state.
Bad quality will result if one or more of the following conditions exist:
—Sensor failure
—Tagged-out
—Scan-removed
Bit Definition

10 Not assigned.

11 Scan removed. If set, this bit indicates that the device is removed from
scan. When the device is removed from scan, the following occurs:

—Sensor failure, trip, operation failed, failed to respond and attention

bits are cleared.

—I/O is read and the W0 record field (byte offset 80) is updated
accordingly.

—Operation commands are accepted and executed until the feedbacks

indicate a successful operation or until a time-out occurs.

—After execution of a device operation, the DPU word is updated to

reflect a successful operation with fair quality (even if the I/O does
not show the valid states).

—Checks are not made for trips and sensor failures.

12 Alarm released.

13 Alarm checking off is set by operator intervention. If this bit is set, the
device will operate normally; however, alarms will not be reported. The
device alarm checking may be turned off by using the appropriate function.

14 Toggle. This bit is set or reset when a new alarm condition occurs.

15 Point is not being updated (by the Data Highway) at receiving drop.

3/01 5-7 U0-0131 (Rev 9)

Westinghouse Process Control, Inc. Proprietary Class 2C
5-2. Device Points

A2 Byte Offset: 4
Data Type: Integer
Definition: Second Status Word
• For the VC record type only, A2 field may be set by the user through the IV field
in the MAC Edit function (MEDIT) point record attribute table.

— If IV field is set, A2 resets to IV value during reset or power-up.

— If IV field is not set (left blank), A2 resets to the last value during run time
(latched) during reset or power-up.
• Each bit can be set individually by selecting either 0 (inactive) or 1 (active). The
bits are defined below.

Bit Description

0 Current state. The current state of the hardware is based on the feedback
signal(s). If the feedback signals give conflicting data (for example, one
feedback signal indicates that the device is closed or set and another
signal indicates that the device is open or reset), the last known state will
be reported. If this condition occurs at power-up (restart), the state will
be set to closed (reset). When the device is scan removed, the last
command will be reported.
1 In transition. This bit indicates that the DEVICE algorithm is currently
trying to change the state of its equipment. This bit is set true when the
device starts to execute a command. It is reset when the feedback signals
indicate that the operation is complete, or when the operation has failed
(that is, both feedbacks are not at a 0 or 1 state.)
2 Operation failed. This bit is set following any unsuccessful attempt to
change the state of the equipment. It remains set until another attempt is
made to change the state of the equipment. Failed operations are not
indicated if the device is off scan.
3 Tripped. This bit is set whenever the equipment changes state on its own
(that is, while it is not being operated on by the DEVICE algorithm).
This bit remains set until one of the following occurs:
— Trip Acknowledge (TRIP ACK) is selected by the operator, using one of
the following approaches:
• Press TRIP ACK on the Operator’s keyboard (6- and 7-level Operator
Station).

• Select TRIP ACK on the control panel window (8 -level Operator

WEStation).

U0-0131 (Rev 9) 5-8 3/01

Westinghouse Process Control, Inc. Proprietary Class 2C
 5-2. Device Points

• Select Acknowledge Trip function key from Device Maintenance menu

(Personal Computer user interface).

Bit Description

4 Stopped. This bit is set whenever the device is commanded to stop (via
the user or the DPU). It remains set until another attempt is made by the
device to change the state of the equipment.
5 Emergency close.
6 Emergency open.

Note

Bits 5 and 6 reflect the status of the override inputs to

the device.
7 Last commanded state.

8 Local mode.

9 Manual mode.

10 Auto mode.

11 Supervisory mode.

Note

Bits 8 through 11 indicate the current mode of the

device. For example, if Bit 9 is set (equal to 1), the
device is in Manual mode and will operate with the
characteristics of that mode.
12 Attention (Trouble). This bit is set when certain error
conditions are present.

Bit Description

13 Failed to respond.

14 Locked out.

15 Tagged out.

3/01 5-9 U0-0131 (Rev 9)

Westinghouse Process Control, Inc. Proprietary Class 2C
5-2. Device Points

A3 Byte Offset: 6
Data Type: Integer
Definition: Third Status Word
• Bits are defined as follows:

Bit Definition

0 Current value of the OPEN/START/TRIP feedback (IN1).

1 Current value of the CLOSE/STOP/RESET feedback (IN2).

2 Not assigned.

3 Current value of the OPEN/START/TRIP output (OUT1).

4 Current value of the CLOSE/STOP/RESET output (OUT2).

5 Current value of the STOP OPERATION/STOP TRAVEL output

(OUT3).

6 0 = Configured for Alert alarm

1 = Configured for Information alarm

7 0 = Cut-out is enabled
1 = Cut-out is disabled

8, 9 Tag level.

10 Tag Acknowledge.

11 Quality Latch Bit. After the DPU receives ‘Latch Quality’ command it
sets the quality of the point to the requested value and sets the point’s
‘latched quality’ bit.

12 Emergency Close Input Value.

13 Emergency Open Input Value.

14, 15 Not assigned.

RT Byte Offset: 8
Data Type: Byte
Definition: Record Type Number
• Initialized by the MAC Edit function (MEDIT), based on the record type name
(VC or VX) entered by the user.

U0-0131 (Rev 9) 5-10 3/01

Westinghouse Process Control, Inc. Proprietary Class 2C
 5-2. Device Points

• May be used by the Operator Station or MAC Program Loader for type
checking on displayed information.

• Identifies the type of record by number. The record type number is commonly
used in the Point Directory listing and Point Details screen.

• The numbers corresponding to the device record type names are shown below:

Record Type Record Type Number

VX 230

VC 233

RI Byte Offset: 9
Data Type: Byte
Definition: Not Assigned

SR Byte Offset: 10
Data Type: Byte
Definition: Drop System Identification
• Initialized by the MAC Edit function (MEDIT).

• Identifies the drop in which the point originates.

LU Byte Offset: 11
Data Type: Byte
Definition: Time of Alarm — Seconds
• Initialized to zero.

• Indicates the second when the point last went into alarm.

• Valid range is 0 through 59.

• Updated at run time by the device point scan software when the point goes into
alarm.

CN Byte Offset: 12
Data Type: Integer
Definition: Interface to Keys/Buttons

3/01 5-11 U0-0131 (Rev 9)

Westinghouse Process Control, Inc. Proprietary Class 2C
5-2. Device Points

• Interfaces the control functions (keys or buttons) at the operator interface to the
algorithms specified in the graphics control statement. See the applicable
graphic language documentation for information on the control statements
available in a specific software level.

• The Control keys and Programmable keys activate bits as indicated below. The
P-key definitions are defined in the Device Maintenance subscreen (DEV
MAINT key on the Operator Station).

Algorithm Point in Control_10

Bit Key Description Control Statement Word
0 P1 (STOP TRAVEL) or F1 First First
STOP TRAVEL Key First
1 P2 (RELEASE CAPTURE) or F2 First Second
CAS Mode Key Second
2 P3 (GO TO SUPV) or F3 First Third
SUPV Mode Key Second
3 P4 (TRIP ACK) or F4 First Fourth
TRIP ACK Key Second
4 P5 (ENABLE LOCKOUT) or F5 Second Fifth
DDC Mode Key Second
5 P6 (DISABLE LOCKOUT) or F6 Second Sixth
6 P7 (TAGOUT) or F7 Second Seventh
7 P8 (REMOVE TAGOUT) or F8 Second Eighth
8 START/OPEN/TRIP First Ninth
ENTER Key or F9 First
9 STOP/CLOSE/RESET First Tenth
CANCL Key or F10 First
10 Raise (↑) Setpoint (Unused) First
11 Lower (↓) Setpoint (Unused) First
12 AUTO Second
13 MAN Second
14 Raise Demand (Unused) Second
15 Lower Demand (Unused) Second

• The CN field is also used in algorithms of types K and M, as described in the K

Algorithm Records and M Algorithm Records reference pages.

U0-0131 (Rev 9) 5-12 3/01

Westinghouse Process Control, Inc. Proprietary Class 2C
 5-2. Device Points

CP Byte Offset: 14
Data Type: Integer
Definition: Copy of Last CN Control Word

PN Byte Offset: 16
Data Type: String of 8 ASCII Characters
Definition: Point Name
• Initialized by the user.

• Used to identify point in displays, listings, and for operator entry.

• In extended-tag DPUs, the ED field contains the 16-character point name. The
PN field only contains the character “@” followed by seven “blanks.”

B2 Byte Offset: 24
Data Type: Integer
Definition: Supervisory Command and Drop Number

B3 Byte Offset: 26
Data Type: Integer
Definition: Supervisory Unit and Recipe Number

ED Byte Offset: 28
Data Type: String of 30 ASCII Characters
Definition: English Description
• Initialized by the user (default = 30 blanks).

• Provides an expanded description (30 characters maximum) of the point for use
in Operator Station displays and listings.

• In extended-tag DPUs, the ED field contains the point name — not the English
description.

ST Byte Offset: 58
Data Type: String of 6 ASCII Characters
Definition: Set Description
• Initialized by the user (default = 6 blanks).

• Used in displays and listings.

3/01 5-13 U0-0131 (Rev 9)

Westinghouse Process Control, Inc. Proprietary Class 2C
5-2. Device Points

• Text description (six characters maximum) of the SET condition (value of 1 or

TRUE).

RS Byte Offset: 64
Data Type: String of 6 ASCII Characters
Definition: Reset Description
• Initialized by the user (default = 6 blanks).

• Used in displays and listings.

• Text description (six characters maximum) of the RESET condition (value of 0

or FALSE).

DK Byte Offset: 70
Data Type: Integer
Definition: Signal Diagram Index
• Initialized by the user.

• Defines the number of the diagram.

• For 7-level (below) systems, the signal diagram can be displayed using the
Operator Station CRT 1 DISP DIAG or CRT 2 DISP DIAG key.

• For 8-level systems, the Signal Diagrams can be displayed using the Operator
WEStation point menu.

• For 6- and 7- level systems, valid entries are as follows:

— Main screen diagram numbers 1000 through 4999.

— Subscreen diagram numbers 0001 through 0999.

— Group numbers 5000 through 6999 (displays the diagram specified in the
group's diagram link).

• For 8-level systems, valid entries are 0-65535.

AP Byte Offset: 72
Data Type: Byte
Definition: Alarm Priority
• Initialized by the user.

• Alarm priority assigned to the point.

U0-0131 (Rev 9) 5-14 3/01

Westinghouse Process Control, Inc. Proprietary Class 2C
 5-2. Device Points

• Used by the Operator Station for alarm diagrams.

• Valid entries are as follows:

0 Low
1
2
3 High

AY Byte Offset: 73
Data Type: 1ASCII Character
Definition: Destination
• Whenever the drop database is updated against the Point Directory, AY is
initialized to be the first character of the characteristics of the point. If a
characteristics statement does not exist for a point, it is initialized to the “wild
card” (-) character.

• Used by the Operator Station function to display sets of related points that are
in alarm.

MM Byte Offset: 74
Data Type: Byte
Definition: Time of Alarm— Month
• Initialized to zero.

• Indicates the month when the point last went into alarm.

• Valid range is 1 through 12.

• Updated at run time by the device point scan software when the point goes
into alarm.

NN Byte Offset: 75
Data Type: Byte
Definition: Time of Alarm —Day (Date)
• Initialized to zero.

• Indicates the date (day) when the point last went into alarm.

• Valid range is 1 through 31.

3/01 5-15 U0-0131 (Rev 9)

Westinghouse Process Control, Inc. Proprietary Class 2C
5-2. Device Points

• Updated at run time by the device point scan software when the point goes into
alarm.

AH Byte Offset: 76
Data Type: Byte
Definition: Time of Alarm — Hours
• Initialized to zero.

• Indicates the hour of the day when the point last went into alarm.

• Valid range is 0 through 23.

• Updated at run time by the device point scan software when the point goes into
alarm.

MN Byte Offset: 77
Data Type: Byte
Definition: Time of Alarm — Minutes
• Initialized to zero.

• Indicates the minute when the point last went into alarm.

• Valid range is 0 through 59.

• Updated at run time by the device point scan software when the point goes into
alarm.

CM Byte Offset: 78
Data Type: Byte
Definition: Command Word
• Initialized to zero.

• Command requests are issued through the CM field (byte offset 78). These
requests may be originated by drops on the network. The DPU acts on the
commands and sets the status bits in the Device Status Word field (DS, byte
offset 2). (This applies only to points that are scanned.)

U0-0131 (Rev 9) 5-16 3/01

Westinghouse Process Control, Inc. Proprietary Class 2C
 5-2. Device Points

• Commands at the current level of software include

Table 5-3. Command Word

Command Definition
1 Set scan on.
2 Set scan off.
3 Set alarm checking on.
4 Set alarm checking off.
14 Acknowledge alarm.
22 Latch Quality Good.
23 Latch Quality Fair.
24 Latch Quality Poor.
25 Latch Quality Bad.
26 Unlatch Quality.
37 Configure for Alert Alarming.
38 Configure for Information Alarming.
39 Alarm Release.
40 Alarm Unrelease.
41 Enable Alarm Cutout.
42 Disable Alarm Cutout.
43 Clear Tag-out Level.
44 Set Tag Level 1.
45 Set Tag Level 2.
46 Set Tag Level 3.

LC Byte Offset: 79
Data Type: Byte
Definition: Type of Alarming
• Initialized by the user.

3/01 5-17 U0-0131 (Rev 9)

Westinghouse Process Control, Inc. Proprietary Class 2C
5-2. Device Points

• Bits are defined as follows, where OFF = 0 and ON = 1:

Bit State Definition

0 OFF Alarming disabled.
ON The following 6 alarms are enabled:
• Failed operations
• Sensor failures
• Trips
• Response failures
• Emergency overrides
• Attention conditions
1 OFF The alarms enabled by Bit 0 are activated.
ON The alarms enabled by Bit 0 and the device state alarm (as defined by
Bit 2) are activated.
2 OFF Device state.
ON
3 OFF Status changes report.
ON
4 OFF VC point to be processed by the VC point scan
software.
ON VC point to be processed by a user-entered DEVICE algorithm.
5 and 6 Not assigned.
7 OFF Device type = OPEN/CLOSE/STOP TRAVEL
ON Device type = START/STOP
8 Not assigned.
Note
Bit 4 may be set ON by the user or the DEVICE text algorithm linked to the VC point. If a DEVICE
algorithm does not exist (or is deleted) and Bit 4 is ON, the VC point will not be processed. The user must
clear the bit (using the on-line editor) in order for the point to be processed.

W0 Byte Offset: 80
Data Type: Integer
Definition: DPU Command Word
• Initialized by the DPU at run time.

• Used as an interface between a DPU and a device.

U0-0131 (Rev 9) 5-18 3/01

Westinghouse Process Control, Inc. Proprietary Class 2C
 5-2. Device Points

• Commands at the current software level are defined with the following bits:

Bit Definition
0 Emergency close.
1 Emergency open.
2 Auto CLOSE/STOP/RESET
3 Auto OPEN/START/TRIP
4 Auto stop (for devices with three outputs).
5 Auto permissive. This bit (if set) indicates that the auto commands (that is, OPEN,
CLOSE, and STOP) may be executed in Auto mode.
6 Current state of Input 1.
7 Current state of Input 2.
8 Current state of Input 3.
9 Value currently being written to Output 1.
10 Value currently being written to Output 2.
11 Value currently being written to Output 3.
12 Value of the device CLOSE/STOP/RESET permissive.
13 Value of the device OPEN/START/TRIP permissive.
14 Local Reject.
15 Spare.
Notes
1. Bits 0 through 4 indicate commands to be executed by the DEVICE algorithm.
2. Bits 6 through 11 indicate the current states of the device feedbacks and outputs. The current states
may be updated by the DEVICE algorithm after it reads the I/O, by other algorithms in the DPU, or
by a combination of these two.
3. Bits 12 and 13 are true on start-up, but may be updated by the DPU software.

W1 Byte Offset: 82
Data Type: Integer
Definition: Output 1 (OPEN/START/TRIP) Hardware Address
• Initialized by the user.

• Defines the output hardware address for the OPEN/START/TRIP operations.

The bit position for this address is specified in the Z1 field (byte offset 96).

3/01 5-19 U0-0131 (Rev 9)

Westinghouse Process Control, Inc. Proprietary Class 2C
5-2. Device Points

• If the W1 field is 0, the device point scan routines will not run. Bits 0 and 1
of the F9 field (byte offset 118) will both be set.

• If initialized to -1, the device point scan will write the OPEN/START/TRIP
output value to Bit 9 of the W0 field (byte offset 80). Software external to the
device point scan may then access this output value from the W0 field. (This
function is provided by the Device algorithm.)

W2 Byte Offset: 84
Data Type: Integer
Definition: Output 2 (CLOSE/STOP/RESET) Hardware Address
• Initialized by the user.

• Defines the output hardware address for CLOSE/STOP/RESET operations. The

bit position for this address is specified in the Z2 field (byte offset 97).

• If the W2 field is 0, no output address is defined for the CLOSE/STOP/RESET

output.

• If initialized to -1, the device point scan will write the CLOSE/STOP/RESET
output value to Bit 10 of the W0 field (byte offset 80). Software external to the
device point scan may then access this output value from the W0 field. (This
function is provided by the DEVICE algorithm.)

W3 Byte Offset: 86
Data Type: Integer
Definition: Output 3 (STOP OPERATION/STOP TRAVEL)
Hardware Address
• Initialized by the user.

• Defines the output hardware address for the STOP OPERATION/STOP

TRAVEL command. The bit position for this address is specified in the Z3 field
(byte offset 98).

• If the W3 field is 0, no output address is defined for the STOP OPERATION/

STOP TRAVEL output.

• If initialized to -1, the device point scan will write the STOP OPERATION/
STOP TRAVEL value to Bit 12 of the W0 field (byte offset 80). Software
external to the device point scan may then access this output value from the W0
field. (This function is provided by the DEVICE algorithm.)

U0-0131 (Rev 9) 5-20 3/01

Westinghouse Process Control, Inc. Proprietary Class 2C
 5-2. Device Points

W4 Byte Offset: 88
Data Type: Integer
Definition: Input 1 (OPEN/START/TRIP) Hardware Address
• Initialized by the user.

• Defines the input address of the OPEN/START/TRIP feedback of the device.

The bit position for this address is specified in the Z4 field (byte offset 99).

• If the W4 field is 0, no input address is defined for the OPEN/START/TRIP input.

• If initialized to -1, the device point scan will assume that Bit 6 in the W0 field
(byte offset 80) is the OPEN/START/TRIP feedback. Software external to the
device point scan must write the Input 1 value to Bit 6 of W0. (This function is
provided by the DEVICE algorithm.)

W5 Byte Offset: 90
Data Type: Integer
Definition: Input 2 (CLOSE/STOP/RESET) Hardware Address
• Initialized by the user.

• Defines the input address of the CLOSE/STOP/RESET feedback of the device.

The bit position for this address is specified in the Z5 field (byte offset 100).

• If the W5 field is 0, no input address is defined for the CLOSE/STOP/RESET

input.

• If initialized to -1, the device point scan will assume that Bit 7 of the W0 field
(byte offset 80) is the CLOSE/STOP/RESET feedback. Software external to the
device point scan must write the Input 2 value to Bit 7 of W0. (This function is
provided by the DEVICE algorithm.)

W6 Byte Offset: 92
Data Type: Integer
Definition: Auto Mode Request
• If initialized to -1, the text algorithm “device” will use its IN3 Input as the “Auto
Mode Request” signal.

W7 Byte Offset: 94
Data Type: Integer
Definition: Local Input Hardware Address
• Initialized by the user.

3/01 5-21 U0-0131 (Rev 9)

Westinghouse Process Control, Inc. Proprietary Class 2C
5-2. Device Points

• Defines the input hardware address of the Reject to Local signal. When this
input is true, the device is put into Local mode. When this input goes false, the
device is forced to its default mode (as configured in the EM record field, byte
offset 106).

• The bit position for this address is specified in the Z7 field (byte offset 102).

Z1 Byte Offset: 96
Data Type: Byte
Definition: Output 1 (OPEN/START/TRIP) Bit Position
• Initialized by the user.

• If W1 (byte offset 82) is initialized to -1, this bit position does not have to be
entered.

Z2 Byte Offset: 97
Data Type: Byte
Definition: Output 2 (CLOSE/STOP/RESET) Bit Position
• Initialized by the user.

• If W2 (byte offset 84) is initialized to -1, this bit position does not have to be
entered.

Z3 Byte Offset: 98
Data Type: Byte
Definition: Output 3 (STOP OPERATION/STOP TRAVEL) Bit
Position
• Initialized by the user.

• If W3 (byte offset 86) is initialized to -1, this bit position does not have to be
entered.

Z4 Byte Offset: 99
Data Type: Byte
Definition: Input 1 (OPEN/START/TRIP) Bit Position
• Initialized by the user.

• If W4 (byte offset 88) is initialized to -1, this bit position does not have to be
entered.

U0-0131 (Rev 9) 5-22 3/01

Westinghouse Process Control, Inc. Proprietary Class 2C
 5-2. Device Points

Z5 Byte Offset: 100

Data Type: Byte
Definition: Input 2 (CLOSE/STOP/RESET) Bit Position
• Initialized by the user.

• If W5 (byte offset 90) is initialized to -1, this position does not have to be
entered.

Z6 Byte Offset: 101

Data Type: Byte
Definition: EMCL/EMOP Configuration
• The Z6 byte of the VC record is defined as follows:

Bit Value Definition

7 = 0 The CPRM (close permissive) does NOT apply to the EMCL
(emergency close) input.
7 = 1 The CPRM (close permissive) does apply to the EMCL
(emergency close) input.
6 = 0 The OPRM (oper permissive) does NOT apply to the EMOP
(emergency open) input.
6 = 1 The OPRM (oper permissive) does apply to the EMOP
(emergency open) input.

During a trip acknowledge, a command to the output is generated based on the

current feedback state. For safety reasons (failure of feedback signals), certain users
may not want a command to the output to be generated.

This change has been implemented as a configurable feature:

Bit Value Definition

5 = 0 The trip acknowledge action causes a command to the
output(s) based on the current feedback state.
5 = 1 The trip acknowledge action does NOT cause a command to
the output(s).
4 = 0 The EMCL (emergency close) input is NOT inverted.
4 = 1 The EMCL (emergency close) input is inverted.
3 = 0 The EMOP (emergency open) input is NOT inverted.

3/01 5-23 U0-0131 (Rev 9)

Westinghouse Process Control, Inc. Proprietary Class 2C
5-2. Device Points

Bit Value Definition

3 = 1 The EMOP (emergency open) input is inverted.
The DEVICE text algorithm checks the Z6 field for the new configuration. If
configured accordingly, the inverted values will be written to the WC field of the VC
record. This will allow the device scan software to use the inverted emergency inputs.

To implement this feature, use the LOCAL output digital (LOC) of the DEVICE
algorithm. Configure whether this digital is used to place the VC point into Local
mode or to go TRUE when the VC point is in Local mode.

For this configuration, use the Z6 byte of the VC record as follows:

Bit Value Definition

2 = 0 The LOC digital point of the DEVICE algorithm is used to
indicate whether the VC point is in Local mode.
2 = 1 The LOC digital point of the DEVICE algorithm is used to
PUT the VC record into Local mode.
1 = 0 Place the VC record into Local mode when:

a) The hardware value is true (read through the address in the

W7 field of the VC point).

b) Bit 2 of the Z6 field is 1 and the value of the LOC digital

is TRUE.
1 = 1 Place the VC record into Local mode when:

a) The hardware value is FALSE (read through the address

in the W7 field of the VC point).

b) Bit 2 of the Z6 field is 1 and the value of the LOC digital

is FALSE.

Z7 Byte Offset: 102

Data Type: Byte
Definition: Local Input Bit Position
• Initialized by the user.

• Defines the bit position for the Reject to Local signal (address specified in field
W7, byte offset 94).

U0-0131 (Rev 9) 5-24 3/01

Westinghouse Process Control, Inc. Proprietary Class 2C
 5-2. Device Points

TU Byte Offset: 103

Data Type: Byte
Definition: Transition Time Units
• Initialized by the user.

• Used for set and reset time-out values (field S0, byte offset 104, and R0, byte
offset 105).

• Defines the time units for the set and reset time-outs as follows:

Value Time Unit

0 Tenths of a second

1 Seconds

2 Minutes

S0 Byte Offset: 104

Data Type: Byte
Definition: Set Time-Out (in No. of Transition Time Units)
• Initialized by the user.

• Maximum of 255 if units are tenths of a second or seconds.

• Maximum of 100 if units are minutes.

• Units are specified by TU field (byte offset 103).

R0 Byte Offset: 105

Data Type: Byte
Definition: Reset Time-Out (in No. of Transition Time Units)
• Initialized by the user.

• Maximum of 255 if units are tenths of a second or seconds.

• Maximum of 100 if units are minutes.

3/01 5-25 U0-0131 (Rev 9)

Westinghouse Process Control, Inc. Proprietary Class 2C
5-2. Device Points

EM Byte Offset: 106

Data Type: Byte
Definition: Mode Information
• Initialized by the user.

• Defines the mode that the device is to use.

• Bits are defined as follows, where OFF = 0 and ON = 1:

Bit State Definition

0 OFF Emergency Open and Close commands override only the Auto and Supervisory
mode commands.
ON Emergency Open and Close commands override the Auto, Manual, and Supervisory
mode commands.
1 ON Set output ON for a configured time period (that is, less than the time-out). If this bit
is set, the algorithm will maintain the appropriate output for the number of loops in
the PT field (byte offset 107) or until the operation is successful, whichever occurs
first.
2 ON Set output ON until a user-configured time-out period elapses (or until the operation
is successful, whichever occurs first). The transition times for setting and resetting
the device are entered in the S0 and R0 record fields (byte offsets 104 and 105),
respectively. The time units for these time-outs are entered in the TU record field
(byte offset 103).
3 ON Set outputs ON continuously until a new command is entered.
4 ON Disable lock-outs. If this bit is set, the device will not go into Lock-out mode when a
failed operation occurs.
5 ON Do not execute the STOP TRAVEL command.
6 OFF Manual OPEN/CLOSE/STOP command requests automatically force the device to
Manual mode.
ON Manual OPEN/CLOSE/STOP commands are honored only when the device is in
Manual mode.
7 OFF Device default mode is Manual mode.
ON Device default mode is Auto mode.

Notes

Bit 1, 2, or 3 is set to select the output time period. Set

only one of these bits (1, 2, or 3).

U0-0131 (Rev 9) 5-26 3/01

Westinghouse Process Control, Inc. Proprietary Class 2C
 5-2. Device Points

The device goes into its default mode under the

following conditions:
• Emergency override occurs
• Start-up occurs
• Tag-out is removed
• Device returns from Local mode

PT Byte Offset: 107

Data Type: Byte
Definition: Number of Loops to Pulse I/O
• Initialized by the user.

• Used only when Bit 1 of the EM field (byte offset 106) is set. For this mode
selection, the PT field determines the length of time that the output is set ON.

• Specified in number of loops (not seconds). If the loop time for the control area
is modified, this field may need to be adjusted.

F4 Byte Offset: 108

Data Type: Integer
Definition: Number of Capturing Unit
• Initialized by the DPU at run time.

• Used by the Batch Processing Unit (BPU) or Total Computation Unit (TCU) drop.

CW Byte Offset: 110

Data Type: Byte
Definition: Number of Capturing Drop
• Initialized by the DPU at run time.

• Used by the Batch Processing Unit (BPU) or Total Computation Unit (TCU) drop.

TR Byte Offset: 111

Data Type: Byte
Definition: Number of Loops to Respond
• Initialized by the user.

• Value is specified in loops.

• Valid only for devices with two feedbacks.

3/01 5-27 U0-0131 (Rev 9)

Westinghouse Process Control, Inc. Proprietary Class 2C
5-2. Device Points

• Within the specified time, the device feedbacks should show that the device is
in transition (that is, both feedbacks = 0) or should show the new command
state. Otherwise, a “failed to respond” condition will occur and the operation
will be halted.

F6 Byte Offset: 112

Data Type: Integer
Definition: Set/Reset Time-Out in Number of Loops
(OPEN/START or CLOSE/STOP)
• Initialized by the DPU at run time.

F7 Byte Offset: 114

Data Type: Integer
Definition: Time-Out Counter
• Initialized by the DPU at run time.

F8 Byte Offset: 116

Data Type: Integer
Definition: Previous Loop Information
• Initialized by the DPU at run time.

F9 Byte Offset: 118

Data Type: Integer
Definition: I/O Configuration and Internal Information
• Initialized by the DPU at run time.

• Bit 6 = 0 for first pass.

CZ Byte Offset: 120

Data Type: Integer
Definition: Pointer (Offset) to Capturing Drop's DU Record
• Initialized by the DPU at run time.

G1 Byte Offset: 122

Data Type: Integer
Definition: Pointer (Segment) to Capturing Drop's DU Record
• Initialized by the DPU at run time.

U0-0131 (Rev 9) 5-28 3/01

Westinghouse Process Control, Inc. Proprietary Class 2C
Section 6. Packed Record (Point and
Alarm) Types

6-1. Section Overview

This section contains the reference pages describing the following process point
record types and associated record fields:

• Packed Digital Point Records.

• Packed Group Point Records.
• Packed Group Alarm Records.

Record Types Reference Pages

For each of the record types listed above, the record type overview provides a table
showing the record fields included in each record type. These tables include the
following information:

• Record field identifiers.

• Type of data value (byte, integer, or character string).
• Byte offset of each record field (within record structure).
• Brief description of each record field.
• Size in bytes of each record type (to be used in estimating the amount of
memory required for the point database).
The record type overview tables also show which record fields can be assigned by
the user (an asterisk (*) is shown next to these fields).

Record Fields Reference Pages

For each record type category, the record types overview is followed by reference
pages which provide more detail on the record fields. Each record type is shown first
in tabular form. Following the table is a listing of the various record fields For each
record field, the record field identifier, byte offset, and type of data value are shown,
followed by a detailed description of the record field's use and possible values. For
many of the fields, examples of parameter setting are included.

3/01 6-1 U0-0131 (Rev 9)

Westinghouse Process Control, Inc. Proprietary Class 2C
6-2. Packed Digital Points

6-2. Packed Digital Points

6-2.1. Record Types

Table 6-1. Record Types (Packed Digital Points)

Record Type
Record Data Byte
PB PX Field Type Offset Description
ID I 0 System Identification (page 6-3)
AS I 2 Packed Digital Status Word (page 6-3)
AV L 4 Packed Digital Value (page 6-4)
RT* B 8 Record Type Number (page 6-4)
FM* B 9 Printer Format - Decimal Point (page 6-4)
SR B 10 Drop System Identification (page 6-5)
L0* B 11 Initial Value Selection (page 6-5)
AW I 12 Not Assigned (page 6-5)
DG* I 14 Signal Diagram Index (page 6-6)
PN* C8 16 Point Name (page 6-6)
TB I 24 Not Assigned (page 6-6)
BB I 26 Not Assigned (page 6-6)

Data Type Definitions

* = User-initialized field.

B = Byte (Whole number between 0 and 255 or a hexadecimal number

between 0H and 0FFH. If hexadecimal, the H must be included.)

I = Integer (2 Bytes. Whole number between -32768 and +32767 or a

hexadecimal number between 0H and FFFFH. If hexadecimal, the H
must be included.)

L = 32-bit logical field (4 Bytes)

U0-0131 (Rev 9) 6-2 3/01

Westinghouse Process Control, Inc. Proprietary Class 2C
 6-2. Packed Digital Points

Cx = Character string; x = maximum number of characters. Certain

characters are restricted, depending on the field and/or drop database
utility. For example, in the MAC Editor, do not use percent (%),
ampersand (&), apostrophe ('), tilde (~), or asterisk (*). As a general
rule, avoid the use of non-alphanumeric characters.
Table 6-2. Packed Digital Points Record Types Size Requirements (Bytes)

Record Type PB PX
Record Size 28 8
Overhead 1 4 14
Total Size 32 22
1The overhead requirement shown for the PX point record type reflects the amount required by the DPU. Other
drops (such as the SIU, VXI, or PCH) may use less overhead for PX points.

6-2.2. Record Fields

ID Byte Offset: 0
Data Type: Integer
Definition: System Identification
• Initialized whenever the Point Directory is updated.

• A unique number that identifies the point in the WDPF System.

• For a detailed description of the System ID field, refer to Appendix B.

AS Byte Offset: 2
Data Type: Integer
Definition: Packed Digital Status Word
• Bits are defined as follows:

Bit Definition

0 - 14 Undefined

15 Point is not being updated (by the Data Highway) at receiving drop.

3/01 6-3 U0-0131 (Rev 9)

Westinghouse Process Control, Inc. Proprietary Class 2C
6-2. Packed Digital Points

AV Byte Offset: 4
Data Type: 32-Bit Logical Field
Definition: Packed Digital Value
• Current values for 32-bit logical field.

• AV field initial values may be set by the user through the IV field in the MAC
Edit function (MEDIT) point record attribute table.

— If L0 field (byte offset 11) is set to 1, AV resets to the IV field values during
reset or power-up.

— If L0 field is zero or is not set (left blank), AV remains at the last value
during run time (latched) before the reset or power-up.

RT Byte Offset: 8
Data Type: Byte
Definition: Record Type Number
• Initialized by the MAC Edit function (MEDIT), based on the record type name
(PB or PX) entered by the user.

• May be used for type checking on displayed information.

• Identifies the type of record by number. The record type number is commonly
used in the Point Directory listing and Point Details screen. The numbers
corresponding to the packed digital record type names are shown below:

Record Type Record Type Number

PX 205

PB 210

FM Byte Offset: 9
Data Type: Byte
Definition: Display Format — Decimal Point
• Initialized by the user as a non-negative integer.

• Defines the type of display (standard, exponential, or technical) and the number
of decimal places to be shown for a Standard option.

U0-0131 (Rev 9) 6-4 3/01

Westinghouse Process Control, Inc. Proprietary Class 2C
 6-2. Packed Digital Points

• Display is set as follows:

Display Top 4 bits Lower 4 Bits

10.1234 0 Specify number of decimal
(Standard) places, up to 15
10.34E2, 5.54E-1 1 Not used.
Exponential (that is, FM = 16)
13.34E3, 12.56E-3 2 Not used
Technical (that is, FM = 32)
(Exponential with all
exponents as multiples of
three).
10.1234 3-15 Specify number of decimal
(Standard) places, up to 15. (Display at left
indicates 4 places.)

SR Byte Offset: 10
Data Type: Byte
Definition: Drop System Identification
• Initialized by the MAC Edit function (MEDIT).
• Identifies the drop in which the point originates.

L0 Byte Offset: 11
Data Type: Byte
Definition: Initial Value Selection
• Initialized by the user.

• Used to determine the value of the AV field (byte offset 4) during a reset or
power-up.

0 = AV field remains at the last value during run-time before the reset or
power-up (that is, the value is latched).

1 = AV field resets to the MAC Edit function (MEDIT) IV field value

during reset or power-up.

AW Byte Offset: 12
Data Type: Integer
Definition: Not Assigned

3/01 6-5 U0-0131 (Rev 9)

Westinghouse Process Control, Inc. Proprietary Class 2C
6-2. Packed Digital Points

DG Byte Offset: 14
Data Type: Integer
Definition: Signal Diagram Index
• Initialized by the user.

• Defines the number of the diagram.

• For 7-level (below) systems, the signal diagram can be displayed using the
Operator Station CRT 1 DISP DIAG or CRT 2 DISP DIAG key.

• For 8-level systems, the Signal Diagrams can be displayed using the Operator
WEStation point menu.

• For 6- and 7- level systems, valid entries are as follows:

— Main screen diagram numbers 1000 through 4999.

— Subscreen diagram numbers 0001 through 0999.

— Group numbers 5000 through 6999 (to display the diagram specified in the
group's diagram link).

• For 8-level systems, valid entries are 0-65535.

• Do not use diagram numbers that must be displayed with groups.

PN Byte Offset: 16
Data Type: String of 8 ASCII Characters
Definition: Point Name
• Initialized by the user.

• Used to identify point in displays, listings, and for operator entry.

TB Byte Offset: 24
Data Type: Integer
Definition: Not Assigned

BB Byte Offset: 26
Data Type: Integer
Definition: Not Assigned

U0-0131 (Rev 9) 6-6 3/01

Westinghouse Process Control, Inc. Proprietary Class 2C
 6-3. Packed Group Points

6-3. Packed Group Points

6-3.1. Record Types

Table 6-3. Record Types (Packed Group Points)

Record Type
Record Data Byte
GP GX Field Type Offset Description
ID I 0 System Identification (page 6-8)
DS I 2 Packed Group Status Word (page 6-8)
A2 I 4 16 Digital Point Values (page 6-8)
A3 I 6 16 Force Indication Bits (page 6-9)
RT* B 8 Record Type Number (page 6-9)
J4 B 9 Not Assigned (page 6-10)
SR B 10 Drop System Identification (page 6-10)
L0* B 11 Initial Value Selection (page 6-10)
DW I 12 Second Status Word (page 6-10)
DG* I 14 Signal Diagram Index (page 6-11)
PN* C8 16 Point Name (page 6-11)
ZY I 24 Command Word (page 6-11)
B3* I 26 Offset of Hardware Address (Bytes) (page 6-13)
B4* I 28 Hardware Type (page 6-15)
B5 I 30 Operator-entered Value (page 6-16)
B6* I 32 Bits to Invert (page 6-16)

Data Type Definitions

* = User-initialized field

B = Byte (Whole number between 0 and 255 or a hexadecimal number

between 0H and 0FFH. If hexadecimal, the H must be included.)

I = Integer (2 Bytes. Whole number between -32768 and +32767 or a

hexadecimal number between 0H and FFFFH. If hexadecimal, the H
must be included.)

3/01 6-7 U0-0131 (Rev 9)

Westinghouse Process Control, Inc. Proprietary Class 2C
6-3. Packed Group Points

Cx = Character string; x = maximum number of characters. Certain

characters are restricted, depending on the field and/or drop database
utility. For example, in the MAC Editor, do not use percent (%),
ampersand (&), apostrophe ('), tilde (~), or asterisk (*). As a general
rule, avoid the use of non-alphanumeric characters.
Table 6-4. Packed Group Points Record Type Size Reqirements (Bytes)

Record Type GP GX
Record Size 34 8
Overhead 1 2 12
Total Size 36 20
1The overhead requirement shown for the GX point record type reflects the amount required by the DPU. Other
drops (such as the SIU, VXI, or PCH) may use less overhead for GX points.

6-3.2. Record Fields

ID Byte Offset: 0
Data Type: Integer
Definition: System Identification
• Initialized whenever the Point Directory is updated.
• A unique number that identifies the point in the WDPF System.
• For a detailed description of the System ID field, refer to Appendix B.

DS Byte Offset: 2
Data Type: Integer
Definition: Packed Group Status Word
• Bits are defined as follows:
Bit Definition
0 - 14 Undefined
15 Point is not being updated (by the Data Highway) at receiving drop.

A2 Byte Offset: 4
Data Type: Integer
Definition: 16 Digital Point Values
• Current values for 16 digital points.

U0-0131 (Rev 9) 6-8 3/01

Westinghouse Process Control, Inc. Proprietary Class 2C
 6-3. Packed Group Points

• A2 field initial values may be set by the user through the IV field in the MAC
Edit function (MEDIT) point record attribute table.
— If L0 field (byte offset 11) is set to 1, A2 resets to the IV field value during
reset or power-up.
— If L0 field is zero or is not set (left blank), A2 remains the last run time value
(latched) before the reset or power-up.

A3 Byte Offset: 6
Data Type: Integer
Definition: 16 Force Indication Bits
• Indicates which (if any) of the 16 digital values in the A2 field (byte offset 4)
are forced.

Note

“Forced” indicates that the point is scan removed and

has an entered value.

RT Byte Offset: 8
Data Type: Byte
Definition: Record Type Number
• Initialized by the MAC Edit function (MEDIT), based on the record type name
(GP or GX) entered by the user.

• May be used for type checking on displayed information.

• Identifies the type of record by number. The record type number is commonly
used in the Point Directory listing and Point Details screen. The numbers
corresponding to the packed group record type names are shown below:
Record Type Record Type Number
GX 220
GP 225

3/01 6-9 U0-0131 (Rev 9)

Westinghouse Process Control, Inc. Proprietary Class 2C
6-3. Packed Group Points

J4 Byte Offset: 9
Data Type: Byte
Definition: Not Assigned

SR Byte Offset: 10
Data Type: Byte
Definition: Drop System Identification
• Initialized by the MAC Edit function (MEDIT).

• Identifies the drop in which the point originates.

L0 Byte Offset: 11
Data Type: Byte
Definition: Initial Value Selection
• Initialized by the user.

• Used to determine the value of the A2 field (byte offset 4) during a reset or
power-up.

0 = A2 field remains at the last value during run-time before the reset or
power-up (that is, the value is latched).

1 = A2 field resets to the MAC Edit function (MEDIT) IV field value

during reset or power-up.

DW Byte Offset: 12
Data Type: Integer
Definition: Second Status Word
Bit Definition
0, 1 Tag Level
2 Tag Acknowledge
3-15 Undefined

U0-0131 (Rev 9) 6-10 3/01

Westinghouse Process Control, Inc. Proprietary Class 2C
 6-3. Packed Group Points

DG Byte Offset: 14
Data Type: Integer
Definition: Signal Diagram Index
• Initialized by the user.

• Defines the number of the diagram.

• For 7-level (below) systems, the signal diagram can be displayed using the
Operator Station CRT 1 DISP DIAG or CRT 2 DISP DIAG key.

• For 8-level systems, the Signal Diagrams can be displayed using the Operator
WEStation point menu.

• For 6- and 7- level systems, valid entries are as follows:

— Main screen diagram numbers 1000 through 4999.

— Subscreen diagram numbers 0001 through 0999.

— Group numbers 5000 through 6999 (to display the diagram specified in the
group's diagram link).

• For 8-level systems, valid entries are 0-65535.

• Do not use diagram numbers that must be displayed with groups.

PN Byte Offset: 16
Data Type: String of 8 ASCII Characters
Definition: Point Name
• Initialized by the user.

• Used to identify point in displays, listings, and for operator entry.

ZY Byte Offset: 24
Data Type: Integer
Definition: Command Word
• Initialized to zero.

• Commands contained in the low byte (eight least-significant bits) at the current
software level include:

3/01 6-11 U0-0131 (Rev 9)

Westinghouse Process Control, Inc. Proprietary Class 2C
6-3. Packed Group Points

Command Definition

1 Clear force for this bit

2 Set force for this bit

3 Set force and change value for this bit

4 Clear all forces

5 Set force for all bits

6 Change packed group value (A2 field, byte offset 4) to

entered value (forced bits only)

43 Clear Tag Level

44 Set Tag Level to 1

45 Set Tag Level to 2

46 Set Tag Level to 3

• The high byte (eight most-significant bits) contains the following:

Bit Definition

0-3 Bit number to be acted upon (forced or cleared) in the packed group
value.

4 State to set the specified bit when the Force command is specified.

5-7 Not Assigned.

• If the ZY field is interpreted as a four-digit hexadecimal number in the form

sb0cH, each digit can be interpreted as shown below:

s 0 or 1 State to set bit b within GP value (for

force command).
b 0-F Bit to be acted upon (forced or cleared)
in GP value.
c 1-6 Command (as defined above).

U0-0131 (Rev 9) 6-12 3/01

Westinghouse Process Control, Inc. Proprietary Class 2C
 6-3. Packed Group Points

For example, if the ZY field is equal to 0101H, the force condition will be cleared
from bit 1 in the packed group value:

0 1 0 1

Clear Force
Always 0
Bit 1
Not Used for Clear Force
Command

Similarly, if the ZY field is equal to 1F03H, bit 15 in the packed group value will be
forced and set to 1:

1 F 0 3

Force and
change value
Always 0
Bit 15
Set to 1

B3 Byte Offset: 26
Data Type: Integer
Definition: Offset of Hardware Address (Bytes)
• Initialized by the user for points read from or written to the field I/O. (Field
I/O refers to Q-Line point cards or NL-700 I/O point cards.)
• Specified in decimal, not hexadecimal.
• Defines the hardware address of the point.
• Used only when the Hardware Type field (B4, byte offset 28) is set to 1
through 4.
• The calculation sequence for a Q-Line point card is:

3/01 6-13 U0-0131 (Rev 9)

Westinghouse Process Control, Inc. Proprietary Class 2C
6-3. Packed Group Points

1. Locate the card address on the hardware drawing.

2. Determine the MBU offset (if any) from the hardware drawing. The MSQ,
MDX, MSX, or MBU 0 has an offset of zero (0). MBU 1 has an offset of
200H.

3. For digital points, the hardware offset calculation is:

B3 = 2 (ADD) + MBU
where:
B3 = hardware offset
ADD = card address (in hexadecimal)
MBU = MBU offset

• For a point read or written to a distributed (remotely-located) 700 Series I/O

module (via an IOP card), the calculation is:

B3 = (IOP ∗ 1000H) + (SIM ∗ 100H) + (ADD - 1)

where:
B3 = hardware offset
IOP = number of IOP card (1 or 2)
SIM = number of SIM (0H through FH)
ADD = I/O card's input or output group address (1 through 16)
or register address (1 through 32), as determined from
the applicable Instruction Leaflet. After 1 is
subtracted, convert this value to hexadecimal.

Note

To use the GP point as a calculated or QLC/gateway

updated point, set bit 15 of B3. In essence, a value of
8xxxH makes the GP point calculated. However, this
setting is not valid if the WDPF system is running the
Control Builder, WESinfo, Database Generation
System (DBGS), or Back Translator.

U0-0131 (Rev 9) 6-14 3/01

Westinghouse Process Control, Inc. Proprietary Class 2C
 6-3. Packed Group Points

B4 Byte Offset: 28
Data Type: Integer
Definition: Hardware Type
• Initialized by the user for points read from or written to field I/O cards. When
using the MAC Edit function (MEDIT) default naming feature, the correct value
is automatically assigned to the field, according to the following list.

Discrete Inputs (I) = 1

Discrete Outputs (C) = 2
Register Inputs (R) = 3
Register Outputs (O) = 4
G-Registers (G) = 0

— 0 indicates that no hardware is associated with this record.

— 1 indicates that a field contact input point is associated with this record.
The values of the bits in the A2 field (byte offset 4) will be set equal to the
bit values on the input card by the GPSCAN routine.

— 2 indicates that a field contact output point card is associated with this
record. The values of the bits in the A2 field will be written to the output card
by the GPSCAN routine.

— 3 indicates that a NL-700 register input card is associated with this record.
The values of the bits in the A2 field will be set equal to the bit values on the
input card by the GPSCAN routine.

— 4 indicates that a NL-700 register output card is associated with this

record. The values of the bits in the A2 field will be written to the output card
by the GPSCAN routine.
• An error message will be displayed by the MAC Edit function (MEDIT) if B4
is not in the range 0 through 4, or if B4 equals 0 and the hardware address offset
(B3, byte offset 26) is non-zero.

3/01 6-15 U0-0131 (Rev 9)

Westinghouse Process Control, Inc. Proprietary Class 2C
6-3. Packed Group Points

B5 Byte Offset: 30
Data Type: Integer
Definition: Operator-Entered Value
• Used to store operator-entered value for Point Data Entry function. This field is
used only with command 6 (see ZY field, byte offset 24).

B6 Byte Offset: 32
Data Type: Integer
Definition: Bit Inversion Mask
• Initialized by the user.

• B6 allows the user to select which input bits should be inverted. Any bits in B6
which are set, will cause the corresponding bit to be inverted before the value is
written to the A2 field.

• Bit inversion applies only when a GP point is initialized with its B4 field equal
to “1” or “3” (discrete or register input).

Note

A value read from the I/0 as “0” will be written to A2

as “1” while a value of “1” will be written as “0”.

U0-0131 (Rev 9) 6-16 3/01

Westinghouse Process Control, Inc. Proprietary Class 2C
 6-4. Packed Group Alarm

6-4. Packed Group Alarm

6-4.1. Point Descriptions in BG and BN Records

Caution

The following point record types are available only

for use with 8-level software:
• AB
• BG
• BN
• BX
Although the point loading software will allow entry
of these points into a 7-level database with no
reported errors, these point types are not fully
supported by the remainder of 7-level software. The
use of these point types in a 7-level system may cause
unexpected results.

A feature of the BG and BN point records is the ability to have a text description for
each of the individual points which make up a grouped point. With the
bgdesc_translate program, users can create a binary formatted file which contains
these text descriptions. The information in the binary file, nominally called
bgdesc.bin, is used by Details and the Point Information display.

A companion program, bgdesc_print provides a reverse path, from binary to ASCII.

Table 6-5. Routines and Results in bgdesc files

Input file Output file

name name
Routine File Type File Type Checking
bgdesc_translate bgdesc.src bgdesc.bin Point directory checked to be sure that
ASCII binary BG and/or BN points exist.
bgdesc_print bgdesc.bin bgdesc.src No checking.
binary ASCII

3/01 6-17 U0-0131 (Rev 9)

Westinghouse Process Control, Inc. Proprietary Class 2C
6-4. Packed Group Alarm

Create Binary File

The program must be executed from the $WDPF_HOME/macutils/bin/ directory or

have a path defined in the .cshrc file.

bgdesc_translate [-h] [-v] [-f bgdesc.src] [-o bgdesc.bin]

[-p spd.online]

The following command line arguments are supported:

-f Sets name of the input text file (default bgdesc.src)

-h Writes the option list with short explanations
-o Sets name of the output binary file (default bgesc.bin)
-p Sets the point directory name (default $WDPF_PDIR)
-v Verbose output of program operations and status
The bgdesc.src file is assumed to have this arrangement:

NAME0001
0 "Alarm Descript 0 for NAME0001"
1 "Alarm Descript 1 for NAME0001"
2 "Alarm Descript 2 for NAME0001"
3 "Alarm Descript 3 for NAME0001"
4 "Alarm Descript 4 for NAME0001"
5 "Alarm Descript 5 for NAME0001"
6 "Alarm Descript 6 for NAME0001"
7 "Alarm Descript 7 for NAME0001"
8 "Alarm Descript 8 for NAME0001"
9 "Alarm Descript 9 for NAME0001"
A "Alarm Descript A for NAME0001"
B "Alarm Descript B for NAME0001"
C "Alarm Descript C for NAME0001"
D "Alarm Descript D for NAME0001"
NAME0002
1 "Alarm Descript 1 for NAME0002"
2 "Alarm Descript 2 for NAME0002"
3 "Alarm Descript 3 for NAME0002"
4 "Alarm Descript 4 for NAME0002"
5 "Alarm Descript 5 for NAME0002"
NAMELAST

Figure 6-1. Sample Text Description File (bgdesc.src file)

There are nominally 16 total descriptions with a maximum of 30 characters in each

description.You do not have to specify all 16 descriptions for a point record, nor do
you have to list the descriptions in order. Note that not all 16 descriptions need be
specified, neither do they need to be specified in order.The range of values for the
alarm description index is 0 - 15, written in hexadecimal.

U0-0131 (Rev 9) 6-18 3/01

Westinghouse Process Control, Inc. Proprietary Class 2C
 6-4. Packed Group Alarm

Descriptions must be enclosed in double quotes.

Create Text File

There is an inverse routine to bgdesc_translate (called bgdesc_print) which takes

a binary file of BG or BN record names and their alarm descriptions and converts
the output into an ASCII file for later retrieval. As with the bgdesc_translate
program, users must be in either the $WDPF_HOME/macutils/bin/ directory or
have set an appropriate path. The command invocation is:
bgdesc_print[-h] [-i] [-n] [-v] [-s Start][-e End] [-f bgdesc.bin]

The following command line arguments are supported:

-e Name of the last point name (SID) to print (may be a numeric).

-f Sets name of the input binary file (default bgdesc.bin)
-h Writes the option list with short explanations.
-i Output sorted by system ID (SID).
-n Output sorted by point name (default).
-s Name of the first point name (SID) to print (may be a numeric).
-v Verbose output of program operations and status.
Normal output is to stdout, or the shell from which the bgdesc_translate program
was evoked. Use the shell redirection operator,’>’ to send the program output to a
file, for example:
bgdesc_print >bgdesc.src -f bgdesc.bin

Sorted by SID

To sort by SID, three arguments must be used: i, s, and e, For example:

bgdesc_print -i -s 0 -e 1000

This command stream will sort the point descriptions by SID for all points
numbered from 0 (zero) to 1,000 (one thousand).

Environment

The following environment variables must be set:

$WDPF_HOME
$WDPF_PDIR

3/01 6-19 U0-0131 (Rev 9)

Westinghouse Process Control, Inc. Proprietary Class 2C
6-4. Packed Group Alarm

where:
$WDPF_HOME is the mount point for the WDPF software.
$WDPF_PDIR is the name of the point directory.

Output Point Processing

The group alarm scan software allows the values of appropriately configured
BG and BN points to be written to output cards.

Outputs for point values can be any combination of the following:

Single output card BG and BN record types

Multiple output cards BG record types only

The outputs’ values are determined by control logic (ladders or text algorithms).
The output values will be written to the I/O regardless of invalidity or forcing. The
output addresses may be determined on a bit-by-bit basis by using a BG point.

An output BN point’s value bits may contain control ladder values or text algorithm
values.

A BG point’s value bits may contain any combination of hardware inputs, hardware
outputs, control ladder values and text algorithm values.

The user will have to define the following point fields in order to use a BN record
as an output:

Record Data
Field Value Definition
HW Integer Offset of output card hardware address
LC Byte Bit 3 set to 1: use BN as an output point.
Bit 3 set to 0: use BN as an input point.
M0 - N5 Integer Offset of hardware addresses — Bit 0 to Bit 15
—If HW field is zero (0000H):
— If this field is zero, then the corresponding
bit of A2 is unused.
— If this field is -1 (FFFFH), then the
corresponding bit of A2 will be set by a
control ladder.

U0-0131 (Rev 9) 6-20 3/01

Westinghouse Process Control, Inc. Proprietary Class 2C
 6-4. Packed Group Alarm

Record Data
Field Value Definition
M0 - N5 Integer — If this field is -2 (FFFEH), then the
(Cont’d) (Cont’d) corresponding bit of A2 will be set by a text
algorithm.
— If this field is (0xxx xxxx xxxx xxxxB). then
the corresponding bit of A2 is read from an
input card determined from the hardware
address(0xxx xxxx xxxx xxxxB).
— If this field is (10xx xxxx xxxx xxxxB), then
the corresponding bit of A2 is read from a
control ladder and written to an output card
determined from the hardware address
(00xx xxxx xxxx xxxxB).
— If this field is (11xx xxxx xxxx xxxxB), then
the corresponding bit of A2 is read from a
text algorithm and written to an output card
determined from the hardware address
(00xx xxxx xxxx xxxxB).
N6 Integer Hardware Bit Position — Bits 0 - 3
N6 bits 0 to 3 = A2 bit 0
N6 bits 4 to 7 = A2 bit 1
N6 bits 8 to 11 = A2 bit 2
N6 bits 12 to 15 = A2 bit 3
N7 Integer Hardware Bit Position — Bits 4 - 7
N7 bits 0 to 3 = A2 bit 4
N7 bits 4 to 7 = A2 bit 5
N7 bits 8 to 11 = A2 bit 6
N7 bits 12 to 15 = A2 bit 7
N8 Integer Hardware Bit Position — Bits 8 - 11
N8 bits 0 to 3 = A2 bit 8
N8 bits 4 to 7 = A2 bit 9
N8 bits 8 to 11 = A2 bit 10
N8 bits 12 to 15 = A2 bit 11
N9 Integer Hardware Bit Position — Bits 12 15
N9 bits 0 to 3 = A2 bit 12
N9 bits 4 to 7 = A2 bit 13
N9 bits 8 to 11 = A2 bit 14
N9 bits 12 to 15 = A2 bit 15

3/01 6-21 U0-0131 (Rev 9)

Westinghouse Process Control, Inc. Proprietary Class 2C
6-4. Packed Group Alarm

The BG/BN scan software will check the HW, LC, and M0 through N5 fields each
loop. If initialized as an output, the value of the corresponding bit(s) will be written
to the corresponding I/O card address and bit. The card is written to at all times. If
any bits are forced or invalid, their values are still written to the I/O card.

The scan will report one of two output write errors: read back failure or remote I/O
error.

The read back test is performed immediately after the bit value is written to the I/O
card. The card value is read back and compared to the bit value written. If they do
not match, Fault code 128, Fault ID 62 is reported. See “Self-Test Diagnostics”
(M0-0003) for more information on fault codes.

The remote I/O error can only occur in systems with remote Q-Line I/O. In this type
of system, after each I/0 operation, the MRC (Multibus Remote Controller) card
provides a status indicating the validity of the operation. If the BG output is invalid,
it will report Fault code 128, Fault ID 63. See “Self-Test Diagnostics” (M0-0003)
for more information on fault codes.

Examples of BG Point Configuration

1. BG point with HW = 100H

Indicates that all 16 bit values are to be read from the digital input card at
address 100H.

2. BG point with HW = -1

Indicates that all 16 bit values are to be set by control ladders.

3. BG point with HW = -2

Indicates that all 16 bit values are to be set by text algorithms.

4. BG point with following:

HW = 0
M0 = 100H
M1 = -1
M2 = -2
M3 = 8100H
M4 = C300H

U0-0131 (Rev 9) 6-22 3/01

Westinghouse Process Control, Inc. Proprietary Class 2C
 6-4. Packed Group Alarm

M5 = 0
N5 = 0
N6 = 200FH
N7 = 0008H
N8 = 0
N9 = 0

Indicates that each 16 bit value will be set separately as follows:

Bit 0 will be read from bit 15 of the digital input card at address 100H.

Bit 1 will be set by a control ladder.

Bit 2 will be set by a text algorithm.

Bit 3 will be set by a control ladder and written to bit 2 of the digital output
card at address 100H.

Bit 4 will be set by a text algorithm and written to bit 8 of the digital output
card at address 300H.

Bits 5 through 15 will be unused.

6-4.2. Record Types

Table 6-6. Record Types (Packed Group Alarm)
Record Type
Record Data Byte
BG BN BX Field Type Offset Description
ID I 0 System Identification (page 6-26)
DS I 2 Digital Status Word (page 6-26)
A2 I 4 16 Digital Point Values (page 6-28)
A3 I 6 16 Invalidity Bits (page 6-28)
RT* B 8 Record Type (page 6-28)
J5* B 9 Initial Value Selection (page 6-29)
SR B 10 DPU Drop Status System Identification
(page 6-29)
LU B 11 Time of Alarm - Seconds (page 6-29)
DW I 12 Second Status Word (page 6-30)

3/01 6-23 U0-0131 (Rev 9)

Westinghouse Process Control, Inc. Proprietary Class 2C
6-4. Packed Group Alarm

Table 6-6. Record Types (Packed Group Alarm) (Cont’d)

Record Type
Record Data Byte
BG BN BX Field Type Offset Description
DG* I 14 Signal Diagram Index (page 6-30)
PN* C8 16 Point Identification (page 6-31)
ZY I 24 Command Word (page 6-31)
B3 I 26 16 Force Indication Bits (page 6-32)
ED* C30 28 English Description (page 6-32)
C9 I 58 Current Bits in Alarm (page 6-33)
D0 I 60 Algorithm Point Values (page 6-33)
D1 I 62 Algorithm Invalidity Bits (page 6-33)
D2 I 64 Internal Status Word (page 6-33)
D3 I 66 Time-out counter (page 6-33)
Z8* B 68 Initial Alarm Delay Time (seconds)
(page 6-34)
Z9* B 69 Incremental Alarm Delay Time
(seconds) (page 6-34)
HW* I 70 Offset of Hardware Address (page 6-35)
AP* B 72 Alarm Priority (page 6-37)
AY* C 73 Destination (page 6-37)
MM B 74 Time of Alarm - Month (page 6-38)
NN B 75 Time of Alarm - Date (Day) (page 6-38)
AH B 76 Time of Alarm - Hours (page 6-38)
MN B 77 Time of Alarm - Minutes (page 6-39)
ZB B 78 Not Assigned (page 6-39)
LC* B 79 Include Status Checking (page 6-39)
E0* I 80 Mask for Alarm Grouping (page 6-41)
E1* I 82 Bit Sense for Alarm Grouping
(page 6-41)
M0* I 84 Offset of Hardware Address - Bit 0
(page 6-42)
M1* I 86 Offset of Hardware Address - Bit 1
(page 6-43)
M2* I 88 Offset of Hardware Address - Bit 2
(page 6-44)

U0-0131 (Rev 9) 6-24 3/01

Westinghouse Process Control, Inc. Proprietary Class 2C
 6-4. Packed Group Alarm

Table 6-6. Record Types (Packed Group Alarm) (Cont’d)

Record Type
Record Data Byte
BG BN BX Field Type Offset Description
M3* I 90 Offset of Hardware Address - Bit 3
(page 6-44)
M4* I 92 Offset of Hardware Address - Bit 4
(page 6-44)
M5* I 94 Offset of Hardware Address - Bit 5
(page 6-44)
M6* I 96 Offset of Hardware Address - Bit 6
(page 6-45)
M7* I 98 Offset of Hardware Address - Bit 7
(page 6-45)
M8* I 100 Offset of Hardware Address - Bit 8
(page 6-45)
M9* I 102 Offset of Hardware Address - Bit 9
(page 6-45)
N0* I 104 Offset of Hardware Address - Bit 10
(page 6-46)
N1* I 106 Offset of Hardware Address - Bit 11
(page 6-46)
N2* I 108 Offset of Hardware Address - Bit 12
(page 6-46)
N3* I 110 Offset of Hardware Address - Bit 13
(page 6-46)
N4* I 112 Offset of Hardware Address - Bit 14
(page 6-47)
N5* I 114 Offset of Hardware Address - Bit 15
(page 6-47)
N6* I 116 Hardware Bit Position - Bits 0 - 3
(page 6-47)
N7* I 118 Hardware Bit Position - Bits 4 - 7
(page 6-48)
N8* I 120 Hardware Bit Position - Bits 8 - 11
(page 6-48)
N9* I 122 Hardware Bit Position - Bits 12 - 15
(page 6-49)

3/01 6-25 U0-0131 (Rev 9)

Westinghouse Process Control, Inc. Proprietary Class 2C
6-4. Packed Group Alarm

Data Type Definitions

* = User-initialized field.

B = Byte (Whole number between 0 and 255 or a hexadecimal number

between 0H and 0FFH. If hexadecimal, the H must be included.)

I = Integer (2 Bytes. Whole number between -32768 and +32767 or a

hexadecimal number between 0H and FFFFH. If hexadecimal, the H
must be included.)

R = Real number (4 Bytes. Floating point number, such as, 10.4 or

0.34 E-2.)

Cx = Character string; x = maximum number of characters. Certain

characters are restricted, depending on the field and/or drop database
utility. For example, in the MAC Editor, do not use percent (%),
ampersand (&), apostrophe ('), tilde (~), or asterisk (*). As a general
rule, avoid the use of non-alphanumeric characters.

6-4.3. Record Fields

ID Byte Offset: 0
Data Type: Integer
Definition: System Identification
• Initialized whenever the Point Directory is updated.

• A unique number that identifies the point in the WDPF System.

• For a detailed description of the System ID field, refer to Appendix B.

DS Byte Offset: 2
Data Type: Integer
Definition: Digital Status Word
• Initialized by the DPU at run time.

• Bits are defined as follows:

Bit Definition

0 Alarm condition has improved

1 Alarm condition has gotten worse

U0-0131 (Rev 9) 6-26 3/01

Westinghouse Process Control, Inc. Proprietary Class 2C
 6-4. Packed Group Alarm

2 Not assigned

3 Not assigned

4 Information alarm status (1=Information, 0=Alert)

5 Alarm unacknowledged

6 Cut out from alarm checking

7 Point is in alarm (bits in alarm are shown in field C9, byte offset 58).

8 - 10 Not assigned

11 At least 1 bit is removed from scan or forced

12 Alarm released

13 Alarm checking off

14 Toggle (indicates a change in alarm state)

15 Point is not being updated (Data Highway) at receiving drop

The setting of Bit 0 and Bit 1 (better or worse condition) applies only to alarm
toggles, not to initial alarms. If any single bit goes into an alarm condition during
an alarm togle, the alarm is considered “worse”, even if other bits return from their
alarm condition at the same time. If a single bit or multiple bits return from an alarm
condition and no other bits enter their alarm condition, a “better” condition is
indicated. When all bits leave their alarm condition, the points return from alarm.

An example is given below for a BG or BN point with the following configuration:

LC = 1 Point alarming is activated.

E0 = FFFFH All bits are to be alarm processed.
E1 = FFFFH The alarm state for all the bits is “1.

Value Status
(A2 word) (DS word) Description
0000H 0000H No alarms.
0001H 00A0H New alarms; Unacknowledged
0111H 40A2H Incremental worse alarm
3000H 00A2H Incremental worse alarm
1000H 40A1H Incremental better alarm
0001H 00A2H Incremental worse alarm

3/01 6-27 U0-0131 (Rev 9)

Westinghouse Process Control, Inc. Proprietary Class 2C
6-4. Packed Group Alarm

Value Status
(A2 word) (DS word) Description
0000H 0020H No alarms, Return

A2 Byte Offset: 4
Data Type: Integer
Definition: 16 Digital Point Values
• Current Values for 16 digital points.

• A2 field values may be forced by the user. Forcing is described in the ZY field
(byte offset 24) description.

A3 Byte Offset: 6
Data Type: Integer
Definition: Invalidity Bits
• Validity status for each of the 16 digital points in the A2 field.

— Each bit is SET (value of 1 or TRUE) if the corresponding A2 bit is invalid.

— Each bit is RESET (value of 0 or FALSE) if the corresponding A2 bit is

valid.

— Any “forced” bit (see B3 field, byte offset 26) will cause the invalidity bit
for that digital point to be SET.

— Any bit “Not Used” (set using fields M0 to N5, byte offsets 84 to 122) will
cause the invalidity bits for that digital point to be set.

— Any bit for which a Power Check Failure or Remote I/O error has been
detected will cause the invalidity bits for that digital point to be set.

— An algorithm can also cause the invalidity bits for that digital point to be set
using field D1 (byte offset 62).

RT Byte Offset: 8
Data Type: Byte
Definition: Record Type Number
• Initialized by the MAC Edit function (MEDIT), based on the record type name
(BG, BN, or BX) entered by the user.

• May be used by for type checking on displayed information.

U0-0131 (Rev 9) 6-28 3/01

Westinghouse Process Control, Inc. Proprietary Class 2C
 6-4. Packed Group Alarm

• Identifies the type of record by number. The record type number is commonly
used in the Point Directory listing and Point Details screen.

• The numbers corresponding to the packed group record type names are shown
below:

Record Type Record Type Number

BX 146

BN 148

BG 150

J5 Byte Offset: 9
Data Type: Byte
Description: Initial Value Selection
• Initialized by the user.

• Used to determine the value of the A2 field (byte offset 4) during a reset or
power-up.

— If the bit in the J5 field is SET to 0, then the A2 field remains at the last value
during run-time before the reset or power-up (that is, the value is latched).

— If the bit in the J5 field is SET to 1, then the A2 field is reset to the MAC Edit
function (MEDIT) Initial Value (IV) field value during reset or power-up.

SR Byte Offset: 10
Data Type: Byte
Definition: Drop System Identification
• Initialized by the MAC Edit function (MEDIT).

• Identifies the drop in which the point originates.

LU Byte Offset: 11
Data Type: Byte
Definition: Time of Alarm — Seconds
• Initialized to zero.
• Indicates the second when the point last went into alarm.
• Valid range is 0 through 59.
• Updated at run time by the device scan software when the point goes into alarm.

3/01 6-29 U0-0131 (Rev 9)

Westinghouse Process Control, Inc. Proprietary Class 2C
6-4. Packed Group Alarm

DW Byte Offset: 12
Data Type: Integer
Definition: Second Status Word
• Bits are defined as follows:

Bit Definition

0 Not assigned

1 Bad hardware indication: remote I/O or power check failure

2-5 Not assigned.

6 Information Alarm status indication (1=Information, 0 = Alert alarm)

7 Cut-out Disabled = 1; Cut-out Enabled = 0.

8- 15 Not assigned

DG Byte Offset: 14
Data Type: Integer
Definition: Signal Diagram Index
• Initialized by the user.
• Defines the number of the diagram.
• For 7-level (below) systems, the signal diagram can be displayed using the
Operator Station CRT 1 DISP DIAG or CRT 2 DISP DIAG key.
• For 8-level systems, the Signal Diagrams can be displayed using the Operator
WEStation point menu.
• For 6- and 7- level systems, valid entries are as follows:
— Main screen diagram numbers 1000 through 4999.

— Subscreen diagram numbers 0001 through 0999.

— Group numbers 5000 through 6999 (to display the diagram specified in the
group's diagram link).
• For 8-level systems, valid entries are 0-65535.
• Do not use diagram numbers that must be displayed with groups.

U0-0131 (Rev 9) 6-30 3/01

Westinghouse Process Control, Inc. Proprietary Class 2C
 6-4. Packed Group Alarm

PN Byte Offset: 16
Data Type: String of 8 ASCII Characters
Definition: Point Name
• Initialized by the user.

• Used to identify point in displays, listings, and for operator entry.

• In extended-tag DPUs, the ED field contains the 16-character point name. The
PN field contains only the character “@”, followed by seven “blanks”.

ZY Byte Offset: 24
Data Type: Integer
Definition: Command Word
• Initialized to zero.

• Commands defined by the low byte (eight least-significant bits) at the current
software level include:
Table 6-7. Command Word

Command Definition
1 Clear force for this bit.
2 Set force for this bit.
3 Set force and change value for this bit.
4 Clear all forces.
5 Set force for all bits.
6 Set alarm checking on.
7 Set alarm checking off.
8 Acknowledge alarm.
9 Release alarm.
10 Unrelease alarm.
11-36 Not assigned.
37 Configure for alert alarm.
38 Configure for information alarm.
41 Enable Alarm Cutout.
42 Disable Alarm Cutout.

3/01 6-31 U0-0131 (Rev 9)

Westinghouse Process Control, Inc. Proprietary Class 2C
6-4. Packed Group Alarm

Table 6-7. Command Word (Cont’d)

Command Definition
43 Clear tag level.
44 Set tag level to 1.
45 Set tag level to 2.
46 Set tag level to 3.

• Commands defined by the high byte (eight most-significant bits) at the current
software level include:

Bit Definition

0-3 Bit number to be acted on.

4 State to set the above bit when an Enter Value command is set.

5-7 Not assigned.

B3 Byte Offset: 26
Data Type: Integer
Definition: 16 Force Indication Bits
• Indicates which (if any) of the 16 digital values in the A2 field (byte offset 4) are
forced. “Forced” indicates that the point is scan removed and has an entered value.

• Whenever the force indication bit is set in this field, the corresponding bit in the
A3 Invalidity field (byte offset 6) is also set.

ED Byte Offset: 28
Data Type: String of 30 ASCII Characters
Definition: English Description
• Initialized by the user (default = 30 blanks).

• Provides an expanded description (30 characters maximum) of the point for use
in displays and listings.

• In extended tag DPUs, the ED field contains the point name, not the English
description.

U0-0131 (Rev 9) 6-32 3/01

Westinghouse Process Control, Inc. Proprietary Class 2C
 6-4. Packed Group Alarm

C9 Byte Offset: 58
Data Type: Integer
Definition: In Alarm Bits
• Shows bits which are currently in alarm.

• When any bit of the 16 possible points is in alarm, the packed group point will
be in alarm as determined by the update group algorithm.

D0 Byte Offset: 60
Data Type: Integer
Definition: Algorithm Point Values
• Current values of any points as set by an algorithm.

• Bits used this way must also be marked for this purpose using HW (byte offset
70) and M0 (byte offset 84) to N5 (byte offset 114).

D1 Byte Offset: 62
Data Type: Integer
Definition: Algorithm Invalidity Bits
• Algorithm-set bits whose “bad” quality makes them invalid

• Invalidity does not, of itself, result in an alarm condition for the point.

D2 Byte Offset: 64
Data Type: Integer
Definition: Internal Status Word
Bit Definition
0, 1 = Tag Level
2 = Tag Acknowledge

D3 Byte Offset: 66
Data Type: Integer
Definition: Alarm Delay Counter
• Initialized by the DPU at run time.

• Counts down the alarm delay timer from the Z8 and Z9 fields.

3/01 6-33 U0-0131 (Rev 9)

Westinghouse Process Control, Inc. Proprietary Class 2C
6-4. Packed Group Alarm

Z8 Byte Offset: 68
Data Type: Byte
Definition: Initial Alarm Delay Time — Seconds
• Initialized by the user.

• Sets the time delay, in seconds, from the sensing of an initial alarm condition to
it being reported. While an alarm condition for a group alarm point must persist
throughout the entire delay period, any single bit on any single point need not
be in alarm for the entire delay period.

• Delay periods may range from 0 to 255 seconds. A value of 0 (zero) indicates
no delay.

• Sensor Alarms are not delayed regardless of the Z8 setting.

Z9 Byte Offset: 69
Data Type: Byte
Definition: Incremental Alarm Delay — Seconds
• Initialized by the user.

• Sets the time delay, in seconds, from the sensing of an incremental alarm
condition to it being reported. While an incremental alarm condition for a group
alarm point must persist throughout the entire delay period, any single bit on any
single point need not be in alarm for the entire delay period

• Delay periods may range from 0 to 255 seconds. A value of 0 (zero) indicates
no delay.

• Sensor Alarms are not delayed regardless of the Z9 setting.

U0-0131 (Rev 9) 6-34 3/01

Westinghouse Process Control, Inc. Proprietary Class 2C
 6-4. Packed Group Alarm

HW Byte Offset: 70
Data Type: Integer
Definition: Offset of Hardware Address (Bytes)
• Initialized by the user.

• Defines the hardware address of the point.

• If not FFFFH, FFFEH or 0, all 16 digital points are read from or written to the
card at this address. See below:
Table 6-8. BN Points Reference

HW field Definition
0 Invalid Configuration
xxxxH “xxxx” is a valid I/O card address. The A2 field is updated
according to the 16 bit value read from the card address. If bit 2
of LC is set, all 16 bits are inverted before the value is stored into
A2.

If bit 3 of LC is set, the BN point is used as an output. The value

in its A2 field is written to the I/O card address.

If bit 1 of LC is set, the “Power On Check” is performed. If the

check fails, (bit 15 of the I/O card is OFF), all of the 16 invalidity
bits of the point are set. When the power on check fails, the
point’s current value remains at its last valid value. This test is
not done for output BNs (when bit 3 of LC is set).
FFFFH Ladder logic is updating the current value (A2) field. The value
cannot be inverted or output to an I/O card.
FFFEH A DPU algorithm is updating the A2 field, the value is inverted
if bit 2 of LC is set. The value cannot be output to an I/O card.

3/01 6-35 U0-0131 (Rev 9)

Westinghouse Process Control, Inc. Proprietary Class 2C
6-4. Packed Group Alarm

Table 6-9. BG Points Reference

HW field Definition
0 The point’s hardware address configuration is contained in the
M0 through N9 fields.
xxxxH “xxxx” is a valid I/O card address. The A2 field is updated
according to the 16-bit value read from the card address. If bit 2
of LC is set, the value is inverted before it is stored into A2. The
M0 field indicates which bits are to be inverted. For example, if
M0 is 8011H, then only bits 0, 4, and 15 will be inverted.

If bit 3 of LC is set, the BG point is used as an output. The value

in its A2 field is written to the I/O card address.
xxxxH (Cont’d) If bit 1 of LC is set, the “Power On Check” is performed. If the
check fails, (bit 15 of the I/O card is OFF), all of the 16 invalidity
bits of the point are set. When the power on check fails, the
points current value remains at its last valid value. This test is not
done for output BGs (when bit 3 of LC is set).
FFFFH Ladder logic is updating the current value (A2) field. The value
cannot be inverted or output to an I/O card.
FFFEH A DPU algorithm is updating the A2 field. If bit 2 of LC is set,
the value is inverted before it is stored into A2. The M0 field
indicates which bits are to be inverted. The value cannot be
output to an I/O card.

• The calculation sequence for a Q-Line point card is:

1. Locate the card address on the hardware drawing.

2. Determine the MBU offset (if any) from the hardware drawing. MBU 0 has
an offset of zero. MBU 1 has an offset of 200H.

3. For a packed group alarm point, the hardware offset calculation is:

HW = 2 (ADD) + MBU
where:
HW = hardware offset
ADD = card address (in hexadecimal)
MBU = MBU offset

U0-0131 (Rev 9) 6-36 3/01

Westinghouse Process Control, Inc. Proprietary Class 2C
 6-4. Packed Group Alarm

• For a point read or written to a distributed (remotely-located) 700 Series I/O

module (via an IOP card), the calculation is:

HW = (IOP ∗ 1000H) + (SIM ∗ 100H) + (ADD - 1)

where:
HW = hardware offset
IOP = number of IOP card (1 or 2)
SIM = number of SIM (0H through FH)
ADD = I/O card's input or output group address (1 through 16)
or register address (1 through 32), as determined from
the applicable Instruction Leaflet. After 1 is
subtracted, convert this value to hexadecimal.

AP Byte Offset: 72
Data Type: Byte
Definition: Alarm Priority
• Initialized by the user.

• Alarm priority assigned to the point.

• Used for alarm diagrams.

• Valid entries are as follows:

0 Low
1
2
3 High

AY Byte Offset: 73
Data Type: 1ASCII Character
Definition: Destination
• Whenever the drop database is updated against the Point Directory, AY is
initialized to be the first character of the characteristics of the point. If a
characteristics statement does not exist for a point, it is initialized to the “wild
card” (-) character.

• Used to display sets of related points that are in alarm.

3/01 6-37 U0-0131 (Rev 9)

Westinghouse Process Control, Inc. Proprietary Class 2C
6-4. Packed Group Alarm

MM Byte Offset: 74
Data Type: Byte
Definition: Time of Alarm — Month
• Initialized to zero.

• Indicates the month when the point last went into alarm.

• Valid range is 1 through 12.

• Updated at run time by the packed group alarm scan software when the point
goes into alarm.

NN Byte Offset: 75
Data Type: Byte
Definition: Time of Alarm — Date (Day)
• Initialized to zero.

• Indicates the date (day) when the point last went into alarm.

• Valid range is 1 through 31.

• Updated at run time by the packed group alarm scan software when the point
goes into alarm.

AH Byte Offset: 76
Data Type: Byte
Definition: Time of Alarm — Hours
• Initialized to zero.

• Indicates the hour of the day when the point last went into alarm.

• Valid range is 0 through 23.

• Updated at run time by the packed group alarm scan software when the point
goes into alarm.

U0-0131 (Rev 9) 6-38 3/01

Westinghouse Process Control, Inc. Proprietary Class 2C
 6-4. Packed Group Alarm

MN Byte Offset: 77
Data Type: Byte
Definition: Time of Alarm — Hours
• Initialized to zero.

• Indicates the minute when the point last went into alarm.

• Valid range is 0 through 59.

• Updated at run time by the packed group alarm scan software when the point
goes into alarm.

ZB Byte Offset: 78
Data Type: Byte
Definition: Not Assigned

LC Byte Offset: 79
Data Type: Byte
Description: Include Status Checking
• Initialized by the user. If not initialized by the user, the value of LC defaults to
0 (zero).

• If bit 0 of LC is set (value of 1 or TRUE) group alarm checking will be

performed. To disable group alarms, set bit 0 of LC to 0 (zero). Setting this bit
does not affect sensor checking (the point is always alarmed when the power-on
check test fails).

• If bit 1 of LC is set (value of 1 or TRUE), “power-on” checking is performed for

the point. “Power-on” checking requires bit 15 at the point’s hardware address
to be “1” (ON/TRUE), otherwise the power-on test fails and then the point’s
corresponding invalidity bits are set.

— “Power-on” checking is valid only for input BG or BN points. “Power-on”

checking is not valid for output BG or BN’s or when HW = -1 or -2.
• If bit 2 of LC is set, the point’s value is inverted before it is stored into the A2
field.

• If bit 3 of LC is set, the point is used as an Output point.

• If bit 4 = 0, the group point returns to the unaccepted state.

• If bit 4 = 1, the group point performs the “new return” options:

3/01 6-39 U0-0131 (Rev 9)

Westinghouse Process Control, Inc. Proprietary Class 2C
6-4. Packed Group Alarm

— When two or more group members are in alarm, if any of the members are
shelved, released or return to normal, the group point will remain in its
current state.

— If the group point is in the accepted state, when the last remaining group
member returns to normal, is released, or shelved, the group point will go
out of alarm and will remain accepted.

Example A below is for a BG or BN point with the following configuration:

LC = 1Point alarming is activated with the “new return” option OFF.

E0 = FFFFHAll bits are to be alarm processed.
E1 = FFFFHThe alarm state for all the bits is 1.

Value Status
(A2 word) (DS word) Description
0000H 0000H No alarms.
0001H 00A0H New alarm, point is unacknowledged.
0111H 40A0H Two new alarms, point is unacknowledged.
0111H 4080H Point is acknowledged.
1111H 00A0H One new alarm, point is unacknowledged.
0111H 40A0H One input is shelved, is released, or returns to
normal. Point remains unacknowledged.,
0111H 4080H Point is acknowledged.
0011H 00A0H One input is shelved, is released, or returns to
normal. Point becomes unacknowledged.
0001H 40A0H One input is shelved, is released, or returns to
normal. Point remains unacknowledged.
0001H 4080H Point is acknowledged.
0000H 0020H Last input is shelved, released, or returns to nor-
mal. Point becomes unacknowledged.

Example B below is for a BG or BN point with the following configuration:

U0-0131 (Rev 9) 6-40 3/01

Westinghouse Process Control, Inc. Proprietary Class 2C
 6-4. Packed Group Alarm

LC = 17Point alarming is activated with the “new return” option.

E0 = FFFFHAll bits are to be alarm processed.
E1 = FFFFHThe alarm state for all the bits is 1.

Value Status
(A2 word) (DS word) Description
0000H 0000H No alarms.
0001H 00A0H New alarm, point is unacknowledged.
0111H 40A0H Two new alarms, point is unacknowledged.
0111H 4080H Point is acknowledged.
1111H 00A0H One new alarm, point is unacknowledged.
0111H 00A0H One input is shelved, is released, or returns to
normal.
0111H 0080H Point is acknowledged.
0011H 0080H One input is shelved, is released, or returns to
normal. Point remains acknowledged.
0001H 0080H One input is shelved, is released, or returns to
normal. Point remains acknowledged
0000H 0000H Last input is shelved, released, or returns to nor-
mal. Point remains acknowledged.

E0 Byte Offset: 80
Data Type: Integer
Description: Mask for Alarm Grouping
• Initialized by the user.

• Determines which bits of the A2 field will be scanned to determine the alarm
status of the point.

• If any bit of this field is 1, then the corresponding bit in the A2 field will be
included in the group alarm according to the bit sense as defined by the E1 field.

E1 Byte Offset: 82
Data Type: Integer
Description: Bit Sense for Alarm Grouping
• Initialized by the user.

3/01 6-41 U0-0131 (Rev 9)

Westinghouse Process Control, Inc. Proprietary Class 2C
6-4. Packed Group Alarm

• Determines whether the SET or RESET state of each bit in the A2 field will
cause the point alarm to be SET.

• If any bit of the E0 field is 1, then the alarm is SET (value of 1 or TRUE) if the
corresponding bit of the A2 field matches the bit of the E1 field in the same
position.

• Alarm checking is performed only for those bits within the value (A2 field, byte
offset 4) specified in the Alarm Mask field (E0, byte offset 80). For bits which
are checked, when the bit’s value is equal to the value specified here, the alarm
condition is set. That is, the corresponding bit in the In Alarm field (C9, byte
offset 58) is set, and the alarm bit in the point status word (bit 7 in the DS field,
byte offset 2) is set.

• The following example illustrates how these fields work together:

Bit 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
EO 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
E1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0
A2 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 0 0 0 0
C9 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 1 0 1

In this example, only bits 0 through 7 are included in alarm checking (as
specified by the E0 field). E1 specifies that for bits 0, 2, 4, and 6, an alarm will
occur when the bit’s value equals 0, and that for bits 1, 3, 5, and 7, an alarm will
occur when the bit’s value equals 1.

For bits 2 and 5, an alarm condition exists. That is, the actual value field (A2)
matches the specified alarm state (E1). Therefore, the applicable bit in the
Alarm Status field (C9) is set for these two bits. A point alarm will also be
generated (bit 7 in the DS field, byte offset 2, will be set).

Note that the value of bits 8 through 15 in A2 also match the values in E1;
however, since they are not selected in E0, these bits are ignored.

M0 Byte Offset: 84
Data Type: Integer
Description: Offset of Hardware Address - Bit 0
• Initialized by the user.

• Provides the offset of the hardware address for the field I/O that will provide a
value for bit 0 of the current value (A2) field.

U0-0131 (Rev 9) 6-42 3/01

Westinghouse Process Control, Inc. Proprietary Class 2C
 6-4. Packed Group Alarm

• The following definitions apply to the M0 through N5 fields when the HW field
is zero (0000H):

— If this field is zero, then its corresponding bit of A2 is unused. Its

corresponding invalidity bit in the A3 field is set.

— If this field is -1 (FFFFH), then the corresponding bit of A2 is set by a

control ladder. The value cannot be inverted or output to an I/O card.

— If this field is -2 (FFFEH), then the corresponding bit of A2 will be set by a

text algorithm. This bit is inverted if bit 2 of LC is set. The value cannot be
output to an I/O card.

— If this field is (0xxx xxxx xxxx xxxxB), then the corresponding bit of A2 is
read from an input card residing at hardware address (0xxx xxxx xxxx
xxxxB).

If bit 2 of LC is set, the value is inverted before it is stored into A2.

If bit 1 of LC is set, the “Power On Check” is performed. If the check fails

(bit 15 of the I/O card is OFF), its corresponding invalidity bit in the A3 field
is set. When the power on check fails, the bits’s current value remains at its
last valid value. This test is not done for output BG bits.

— If this field is (10xx xxxx xxxx xxxxB), then the corresponding bit of A2 is
read from a control ladder and is written to the output card residing at the
hardware address (00xx xxxx xxxx xxxxB). This value cannot be inverted
or power-checked.

— If this field is (11xx xxxx xxxx xxxxB), then the corresponding bit of A2 is
read from a text algorithm and is written to the output card residing at the
hardware address (00xx xxxx xxxx xxxxB). If bit 2 of LC is set, the value is
inverted before it is stored into A2. This value cannot be power checked.

M1 Byte Offset: 86
Data Type: Integer
Description: Offset of Hardware Address - Bit 1
• Initialized by the user.

• If the HW field is zero, this field determines the offset of the hardware address
for the field I/O that will provide a value for bit 1 of the A2 field.

• If the HW field is zero, refer to description under M0 field.

3/01 6-43 U0-0131 (Rev 9)

Westinghouse Process Control, Inc. Proprietary Class 2C
6-4. Packed Group Alarm

M2 Byte Offset: 88
Data Type: Integer
Description: Offset of Hardware Address - Bit 2
• Initialized by the user.
• If the HW field is zero, this field determines the offset of the hardware address
for the field I/O that will provide a value for bit 2 of the A2 field.
• If the HW field is zero, refer to description under M0 field.

M3 Byte Offset: 90
Data Type: Integer
Description: Offset of Hardware Address - Bit 3
• Initialized by the user.

• If the HW field is zero, this field determines the offset of the hardware address
for the field I/O that will provide a value for bit 3 of the A2 field.

• If the HW field is zero, refer to description under M0 field.

M4 Byte Offset: 92
Data Type: Integer
Description: Offset of Hardware Address - Bit 4
• Initialized by the user.

• If the HW field is zero, this field determines the offset of the hardware address
for the field I/O that will provide a value for bit 4 of the A2 field.

• If the HW field is zero, refer to description under M0 field.

M5 Byte Offset: 94
Data Type: Integer
Description: Offset of Hardware Address - Bit 5
• Initialized by the user.

• If the HW field is zero, this field determines the offset of the hardware address
for the field I/O that will provide a value for bit 4 of the A2 field.

• If the HW field is zero, refer to description under M0 field.

U0-0131 (Rev 9) 6-44 3/01

Westinghouse Process Control, Inc. Proprietary Class 2C
 6-4. Packed Group Alarm

M6 Byte Offset: 96
Data Type: Integer
Description: Offset of Hardware Address - Bit 6
• Initialized by the user.

• If the HW field is zero, this field determines the offset of the hardware address
for the field I/O that will provide a value for bit 6 of the A2 field.

• If the HW field is zero, refer to description under M0 field.

M7 Byte Offset: 98
Data Type: Integer
Description: Offset of Hardware Address - Bit 7
• Initialized by the user.

• If the HW field is zero, this field determines the offset of the hardware address
for the field I/O that will provide a value for bit 7 of the A2 field.

• If the HW field is zero, refer to description under M0 field.

M8 Byte Offset: 100

Data Type: Integer
Description: Offset of Hardware Address - Bit 8
• Initialized by the user.

• If the HW field is zero, this field determines the offset of the hardware address
for the field I/O that will provide a value for bit 8 of the A2 field.

• If the HW field is zero, refer to description under M0 field.

M9 Byte Offset: 102

Data Type: Integer
Description: Offset of Hardware Address - Bit 9
• Initialized by the user.

• If the HW field is zero, this field determines the offset of the hardware address
for the field I/O that will provide a value for bit 9 of the A2 field.

• If the HW field is zero, refer to description under M0 field.

3/01 6-45 U0-0131 (Rev 9)

Westinghouse Process Control, Inc. Proprietary Class 2C
6-4. Packed Group Alarm

N0 Byte Offset: 104

Data Type: Integer
Description: Offset of Hardware Address - Bit 10
• Initialized by the user.

• If the HW field is zero, this field determines the offset of the hardware address
for the field I/O that will provide a value for bit 10 of the A2 field.

• If the HW field is zero, refer to description under M0 field.

N1 Byte Offset: 106

Data Type: Integer
Description: Offset of Hardware Address - Bit 11
• Initialized by the user.

• If the HW field is zero, this field determines the offset of the hardware address
for the field I/O that will provide a value for bit 11 of the A2 field.

• If the HW field is zero, refer to description under M0 field.

N2 Byte Offset: 108

Data Type: Integer
Description: Offset of Hardware Address - Bit 12
• Initialized by the user.

• If the HW field is zero, this field determines the offset of the hardware address
for the field I/O that will provide a value for bit 12 of the A2 field.

• If the HW field is zero, refer to description under M0 field.

N3 Byte Offset: 110

Data Type: Integer
Description: Offset of Hardware Address - Bit 13
• Initialized by the user.

• If the HW field is zero, this field determines the offset of the hardware address
for the field I/O that will provide a value for bit 13 of the A2 field.

• If the HW field is zero, refer to description under M0 field.

U0-0131 (Rev 9) 6-46 3/01

Westinghouse Process Control, Inc. Proprietary Class 2C
 6-4. Packed Group Alarm

N4 Byte Offset: 112

Data Type: Integer
Description: Offset of Hardware Address - Bit 14
• Initialized by the user.

• If the HW field is zero, this field determines the offset of the hardware address
for the field I/O that will provide a value for bit 14 of the A2 field.

• If the HW field is zero, refer to description under M0 field.

N5 Byte Offset: 114

Data Type: Integer
Description: Offset of Hardware Address - Bit 15
• Initialized by the user.

• If the HW field is zero, this field determines the offset of the hardware address
for the field I/O that will provide a value for bit 15 of the A2 field.

• If the HW field is zero, refer to description under M0 field.

N6 Byte Offset: 116

Data Type: Integer
Description: Hardware Bit Position - Bits 0 - 3
• Initialized by the user.

• If the corresponding Hardware Address Field is non-zero, this field determines

the bit position on the field I/O card. The four N6 bits in each grouping specify
which bit (from bit 0 to bit 15) that will be transferred to the A2 field according
to the following:

Initial Position Transferred to Position

N6 bits 0 to 3 A2 bit 0
N6 bits 4 to 7 A2 bit 1
N6 bits 8 to 11 A2 bit 2
N6 bits 12 to 15 A2 bit 3

— For example, if N6 bits are 0, 0, 1, 0 then the decimal equivalent of this

pattern, 2, will be used as the position to be transferred.

3/01 6-47 U0-0131 (Rev 9)

Westinghouse Process Control, Inc. Proprietary Class 2C
6-4. Packed Group Alarm

N7 Byte Offset: 118

Data Type: Integer
Description: Hardware Bit Position - Bits 4 - 7
• Initialized by the user.
• If the corresponding Hardware Address Field is non-zero, this field determines
the bit position on the field I/O card. The four N7 bits in each grouping specify
which bit (from bit 0 to bit 15) that will be transferred to the A2 field according
to the following:

Initial Position Transferred to Position

N7 bits 0 to 3 A2 bit 4
N7 bits 4 to 7 A2 bit 5
N7 bits 8 to 11 A2 bit 6
N7 bits 12 to 15 A2 bit 7

— For example, if N7 bits are 0, 0, 1, 0 then the decimal equivalent of this

pattern, 2, will be used as the position to be transferred.

N8 Byte Offset: 120

Data Type: Integer
Description: Hardware Bit Position - Bits 8 - 11
• Initialized by the user.

• If the corresponding Hardware Address Field is non-zero, this field determines

the bit position on the field I/O card. The four N8 bits in each grouping specify
which bit (from bit 0 to bit 15) that will be transferred to the A2 field according
to the following:

Initial Position Transferred to Position

N8 bits 0 to 3 A2 bit 8
N8 bits 4 to 7 A2 bit 9
N8 bits 8 to 11 A2 bit 10
N8 bits 12 to 15 A2 bit 11

— For example, if N8 bits are 0, 0, 1, 0 then the decimal equivalent of this

pattern, 2, will be used as the position to be transferred.

U0-0131 (Rev 9) 6-48 3/01

Westinghouse Process Control, Inc. Proprietary Class 2C
 6-4. Packed Group Alarm

N9 Byte Offset: 122

Data Type: Integer
Description: Hardware Bit Position - Bits 12 - 15
• Initialized by the user.

• If the corresponding Hardware Address Field is non-zero, this field determines

the bit position on the field I/O card The four N9 bits in each grouping specify
which of the bits (from bit 0 to bit 15) that will be transferred to the A2 field
according to the following:

Initial Position Transferred to Position

N9 bits 0 to 3 A2 bit 12
N9 bits 4 to 7 A2 bit 13
N9 bits 8 to 11 A2 bit 14
N9 bits 12 to 15 A2 bit 15

— For example, if N9 bits are 0, 0, 1, 0 then the decimal equivalent of this

pattern, 2, will be used as the position to be transferred.

3/01 6-49 U0-0131 (Rev 9)

Westinghouse Process Control, Inc. Proprietary Class 2C
Section 7. System Record Types

7-1. Section Overview

This section contains the reference pages describing the following System Record
types and associated record fields:

• Conversion Coefficient Records

• Drop Status Records

System Record Types Definition

Drop Status records are of two types: DU and VU. DU record types are used to store
status information for a drop. Every drop must be configured with at least one point
of type DU.

VU record types (also known as Virtual Drop Status records), are used to link one
Data Highway to another for the WESbridge WEStation system. See the applicable
WESbridge documentation for more information on this record type.

System Record Types Reference Pages

For each of the record types listed above, the record type overview provides a table
showing the record fields included in each record type. These tables include the
following information:

• Record field identifiers.

• Type of data value (byte, integer, or character string).

• Byte offset of each record field (within record structure).

• Brief description of each record field.

• Size in bytes of each record type (to be used in estimating the amount of
memory required for the point database).

The record type overview tables also show which record fields can be assigned by
the user (an asterisk (*) is shown next to these fields).

3/01 7-1 U0-0131 (Rev 9)

Westinghouse Process Control, Inc. Proprietary Class 2C
7-2. Conversion Coefficient Records

System Record Fields Reference Pages

The record types overview is followed by reference pages which provide more
detail on the record fields. For each record field, the record field identifier, byte
offset, and type of data value are shown, followed by a detailed description of the
record field's use and possible values.

7-2. Conversion Coefficient Records

7-2.1. Record Types

Table 7-1. Record Types (Conversion Coefficient)

Record
Type
Record Data Byte
CC Field Type Offset Description
LE I 0 Number of Linear Conversion Coefficients
LA I 2 Number of Linear Conversion Coefficients Allocated
LO I 4 Index of First Linear Conversion Coefficients Array
PE I 6 Number of Polynomial Conversion Coefficients Entered
PA I 8 Number of Polynomial Conversion Coefficients Allocated
PO I 10 Index of First Polynomial Conversion Coefficients Array
QE I 12 Number of Square Root Conversion Coefficients Entered
QA I 14 Number of Square Root Conversion Coefficients Allocated
QQ I 16 Index of First Square Root Conversion Coefficients Array
EE I 18 Number of Exponential Conversion Coefficients Entered
EA I 20 Number of Exponential Conversion Coefficients Allocated
EO I 22 Index of First Exponential Conversion Coefficients Array
SE I 24 Number of Square Root Polynomial Conversion Coefficients
Entered
SA I 26 Number of Square Root Polynomial Conversion Coefficients
Allocated
SO I 28 Index of First Square Root Polynomial Conversion Coefficients
Array

U0-0131 (Rev 9) 7-2 3/01

Westinghouse Process Control, Inc. Proprietary Class 2C
 7-2. Conversion Coefficient Records

Table 7-1. Record Types (Conversion Coefficient) (Cont’d)

Record
Type
Record Data Byte
CC Field Type Offset Description
GE I 30 Number of 6-Segment Function Generator Conversion
Coefficients Entered
GA I 32 Number of 6-Segment Function Generator Conversion
Coefficients Allocated
GO I 34 Index of First 6-Segment Function Generator Conversion
Coefficients Entered
UE I 36 Not Assigned
UA I 38 Not Assigned
UO I 40 Not Assigned
VE I 42 Not Assigned
VA I 44 Not Assigned
VO I 46 Not Assigned
WE I 48 Not Assigned
WA I 50 Not Assigned
WO I 52 Not Assigned
XE I 54 Not Assigned
XA I 56 Not Assigned
XO I 58 Not Assigned
YE I 60 Not Assigned
YA I 62 Not Assigned
YO I 64 Not Assigned
ZE I 66 Not Assigned
ZA I 68 Not Assigned
ZO I 70 Not Assigned

3/01 7-3 U0-0131 (Rev 9)

Westinghouse Process Control, Inc. Proprietary Class 2C
7-2. Conversion Coefficient Records

Table 7-1. Record Types (Conversion Coefficient) (Cont’d)

Record
Type
Record Data Byte
CC Field Type Offset Description
CA Array of 6 Thermocouple Cold Junction
TH
Records
CO Array of Thermocouple Cold Junction Compensation Values
200 R
Number

Data Type Definitions

I = Integer (2 Bytes. Whole number between -32768 and +32767 or a

hexadecimal number between 0H and FFFFH. If hexadecimal, the H
must be included.)

R = Real number (4 Bytes. Floating point number, such as 10.4 or 0.34

E-2.)

TH = Record containing the thermocouple cold junction compensation

values for a particular cabinet segment. The TH record definition is
shown below:

Record
Type
Record Data
TH Field Type Description
BC R Cold Junction Compensation Value for Thermocouple Type B
EC R Cold Junction Compensation Value for Thermocouple Type E
JC R Cold Junction Compensation Value for Thermocouple Type J
KC R Cold Junction Compensation Value for Thermocouple Type K
RC R Cold Junction Compensation Value for Thermocouple Type R
SC R Cold Junction Compensation Value for Thermocouple Type S
TC R Cold Junction Compensation Value for Thermocouple Type T
QU I Quality of the Above Compensation Values

U0-0131 (Rev 9) 7-4 3/01

Westinghouse Process Control, Inc. Proprietary Class 2C
 7-3. Drop Status Records

Data Type Definitions

I = Integer (2 Bytes. Whole number between -32768 and +32767 or a

hexadecimal number between 0H and FFFFH. If hexadecimal, the H
must be included.)

R = Real number (4 Bytes. Floating point number, such as 10.4 or

0.34 E-2.)

7-3. Drop Status Records

7-3.1. Record Types

Table 7-2. Record Types (Drop Status)

Record Type Decimal Hex

Record Data Byte Byte
DU VU Field Type Offset Offset Description
ID I 0 0 System Identification (page 7-10)
FA I 2 2 Functional Processor (FP) Status
Word 1 (page 7-10)
FB B 4 4 Functional Processor Status Byte
(Drop Mode) (page 7-12)
FC B 5 5 Drop Fault Code (page 7-16)
HC I 6 6 Data Highway Controller (DHC)
Status Word (page 7-17)
RT B 8 8 Record Type Number (for DU
16 10 record type) (page 7-19)
Record Type Number (for VU
record type) (page 7-19)
JU B 9 9 Drop Command (page 7-19)
PS I 10 A Partner DPU's Drop System
Identification (page 7-20)
TG B 12 C Count of DHC Status Change
(page 7-20)
BS B 13 D Last DHC Bad Status (>4) Saved by
Drop (page 7-20)
DG* I 14 E Signal Diagram Index (page 7-21)

3/01 7-5 U0-0131 (Rev 9)

Westinghouse Process Control, Inc. Proprietary Class 2C
7-3. Drop Status Records

Table 7-2. Record Types (Drop Status) (Cont’d)

Record Type Decimal Hex

Record Data Byte Byte
DU VU Field Type Offset Offset Description
PN C8 16 10 Drop Point Name (page 7-21)
TY B 24 18 Drop Type Code (page 7-21)
FK B 25 19 Fault Identification Code (page 7-22)
TA I 26 1A Drop Attention Code (page 7-22)
ED* C30 28 1C English Description (page 7-23)
DT* I 58 3A Desired Loop Time (page 7-24)
CT I 60 3C Processing Time (page 7-24)
D1 I 62 3E Count of DHC Bad Status (>4)
(page 7-24)
DR* B 64 40 Westnet II DHC Drop Number
(page 7-24)
RD B 65 41 Two's Complement of Drop Number
(page 7-24)
D3 I 66 42 BAL Vote Quality / Percent TDM
(Westnet 2+ Only) (page 7-25)
TF B 68 44 Last Test Finished by the DHC
(page 7-25)
TM B 69 45 DHC Diagnostic Test Mode (page 7-25)
TS I 70 46 DHC Firmware Revision Level
(page 7-26)
OS I 72 48 Pointer to Status Change History
Buffer (page 7-26)
D7 I 74 4A Information Highway Status Word
(page 7-26)
LH I 76 4C Reserved (page 7-28)
NH I 78 4E Reserved (page 7-28)
BZ I 80 50 Number of Bad Message Interrupts
from Channel 0 (page 7-28)
BO I 82 52 Number of Bad Message Interrupts
from Channel 1 (page 7-28)

U0-0131 (Rev 9) 7-6 3/01

Westinghouse Process Control, Inc. Proprietary Class 2C
 7-3. Drop Status Records

Table 7-2. Record Types (Drop Status) (Cont’d)

Record Type Decimal Hex

Record Data Byte Byte
DU VU Field Type Offset Offset Description
BD I 84 54 DHC Error Parameter 1 (page 7-28)
BI I 86 56 DHC Error Parameter 2 (page 7-28)
IC I 88 58 DHC Error Parameter 3 (page 7-29)
E5 I 90 5A Drop-Specific Status Information
(page 7-29)
E6 I 92 5C Drop-Specific Status Information
(page 7-29)
FS I 94 5E Fault Parameter 1 (Left-Most Fault
Parameter) (page 7-29)
FO I 96 60 Fault Parameter 2 (Right-Most Fault
Parameter) (page 7-30)
E9 I 98 62 Drop-Specific Status Information
(page 7-30)
F0 I 100 64 Drop-Specific Status Information,
Alarm system, Printer status
(page 7-31)
F1 I 102 66 Drop-Specific Status Information,
Printer manager, Printer status
(page 7-31)
F2 I 104 68 Drop-Specific Status Information
(page 7-31)
F3 I 106 6A Drop-Specific Status Information
(page 7-31)
LP* B 108 6C Alarm Priority (page 7-31)
SY B 109 6D Time of Alarm — Seconds (page 7-32)
SM B 110 6E Time of Alarm — Month (page 7-32)
SV B 111 6F Time of Alarm — Date (Day)
(page 7-32)
SH B 112 70 Time of Alarm — Hours (page 7-32)
SU B 113 71 Time of Alarm — Minutes (page 7-32)

3/01 7-7 U0-0131 (Rev 9)

Westinghouse Process Control, Inc. Proprietary Class 2C
7-3. Drop Status Records

Table 7-2. Record Types (Drop Status) (Cont’d)

Record Type Decimal Hex

Record Data Byte Byte
DU VU Field Type Offset Offset Description
F7 I 114 72 Type of I/O Used (DPU Only)
(page 7-33)
F8 I 116 74 Memory Size and Application
Capabilities (DPU Only) (page 7-33)
F9 I 118 76 Drop-Specific Status Information
(page 7-33)
LY* I 120 78 Drop-Specific Status Information
(page 7-34)
LZ* I 122 7A Drop-Specific Status Information
(page 7-35)
MB* B 124 7C Number and Type of I/O Processors
(DPU Only) (page 7-35)
CU B 125 7D Data Highway Clock Update Flag
(page 7-36)
JS* I 126 7E Number of CJ Segments (page 7-36)
RZ I 128 80 Reserved (page 7-37)
Q0* I 130 82 QBO Offset for UIOB Test (page 7-37)
Q1* I 132 84 QBO Offset for UIOB Test (page 7-37)
Q2* I 134 86 QBO Offset for UIOB Test (page 7-37)
Q3* I 136 88 QBO Offset for UIOB Test (page 7-38)
Q4* I 138 8A QBO Offset for UIOB Test (page 7-38)
Q5* I 140 8C QBO Offset for UIOB Test (page 7-38)
Q6* I 142 8E QBO Offset for UIOB Test (page 7-38)
Q7* I 144 90 QBO Offset for UIOB Test (page 7-39)
FP B 146 92 First Pass Flag — Used for Control
(page 7-39)
OP B 147 93 Old Parallel Port Status (page 7-39)
XX I 148 94 Initialization Flag (DPU Only)
(page 7-40)
XF I 150 96 Not Assigned (page 7-40)

U0-0131 (Rev 9) 7-8 3/01

Westinghouse Process Control, Inc. Proprietary Class 2C
 7-3. Drop Status Records

Table 7-2. Record Types (Drop Status) (Cont’d)

Record Type Decimal Hex

Record Data Byte Byte
DU VU Field Type Offset Offset Description
XG I 152 98 Not Assigned (page 7-40)
OK B 154 9A Data Highway OK Flag (page 7-40)
RG B 155 9B Data Highway On-line Flag (page 7-40)
UK I 156 9C Not Assigned (page 7-40)
WZ B 158 9E Not Assigned (page 7-41)
WN B 159 9F Type of I/O Used (page 7-41)
WS I 160 A0 Segment for Westnet II Data Base
(page 7-41)
WF I 162 A2 Offset for Westnet II Data Base
(page 7-41)
QQ I 164 A4 Array [1...8]; Not Assigned (page 7-41)

Data Type Definitions

∗ = User-initialized field

B = Byte (whole number between 0 and 255 or a hexadecimal number

between 0H and 0FFH. If hexadecimal, the H must be included.)

I = Integer (2 Bytes. Whole number between -32768 and +32767 or a

hexadecimal number between 0H and FFFFH. If hexadecimal, the H
must be included.)

Cx = Character string; x = maximum number of characters. Certain

characters are restricted, depending on the field and/or drop database
utility. For example, in the MAC Editor, do not use percent (%),
ampersand (&), apostrophe ('), tilde (~), or asterisk (*). As a general
rule, avoid the use of non-alphanumeric characters.

3/01 7-9 U0-0131 (Rev 9)

Westinghouse Process Control, Inc. Proprietary Class 2C
7-3. Drop Status Records

Note

For all SHC-based (WEStation) drops, the maximum

size of any DU point is 128 bytes. While the table
indicates many fields beyond 128 bytes, this data
cannot be received by a WEStation drop, nor is it
defined for a WEStation drop. The fields beyond 128
bytes are used internally in the DPU.

7-3.2. Record Fields

ID Byte Offset: 0
Data Type: Integer
Definition: System Identification
• Initialized by drop configuration program.

• Valid range is 1 through 254; this number is the Data Highway drop number
used for handoffs (or token passing).

• Must correspond to the DR field (byte offset 64).

FA Byte Offset: 2
Data Type: Integer
Definition: Functional Processor (FP) Status Word 1
• Not initialized by the user.

• Initialized to zero in a DPU or 6- or 7-level MMI.

• For a DPU, the bits are defined as follows:

Bit Definition
0 Not assigned.
1 Not assigned.
2 Not assigned.
3 Not assigned.
4 Drop required operator attention.
5 Alarm acknowledge.
6 Fault condition has been detected in this drop.

U0-0131 (Rev 9) 7-10 3/01

Westinghouse Process Control, Inc. Proprietary Class 2C
 7-3. Drop Status Records

Bit Definition
7 Drop is in alarm.
8 Channel 0 was active and is now inactive.
9 Channel 1 was active and is now inactive.
10 Drop requires clock update.
11 Not assigned.
12 Backup “In Synch” with partner when set.
13 Not assigned.
14 Toggle Alarm Bit; indicates a change in alarm state.
15 Data Highway detected a timeout.

For a 6- or 7-level MMI, the bits are defined as follows:

Bit Definition
0 Not assigned.
1 Not assigned.
2 Not assigned.
3 FP4 is an MSP (printer)
4 Drop requires operator attention.
5 Alarm acknowledge.
6 Fault condition has been detected in this drop.
7 Drop is in alarm.
8 Channel 0 was active and is now inactive.
9 Channel 1 was active and is now inactive.
10 Drop requires clock update.
11 FP1 is an MSP (CRT 1).
12 FP2 is an MSP (Keyboard).
13 FP3 is an MSP (CRT 2).
14 Toggle Alarm Bit; indicates a change in alarm state.
15 Data Highway detected a timeout.

3/01 7-11 U0-0131 (Rev 9)

Westinghouse Process Control, Inc. Proprietary Class 2C
7-3. Drop Status Records

For a 6- or 7-level HSR or a WEStation, the bits are defined as follows:

Bit Definition
0 Bit 0 of retrieval activity (Historian only).
1 Bit1 of retrieval activity (Historian only).
2 Bit2 of retrieval activity (Historian only).
3 Not assigned
4 Drop requires operator attention.
5 Alarm acknowledge.
6 Fault condition has been detected in this drop.
7 Drop is in alarm.
8 Channel 0 was active and is now inactive.
9 Channel 1 was active and is now inactive.
10 Drop requires clock update.
11 Not assigned.
12 Not assigned.
13 Not assigned.
14 Toggle Alarm Bit; indicates a change in alarm state.
15 Data Highway detected a timeout.

FB Byte Offset: 4
Data Type: Byte
Definition: Functional Processor Status Byte (Drop Mode)
• For an 86/05 DPU, the bits are defined as follows.

— Bits 0 through 5 are not assigned.

— Bits 6 and 7 indicate the drop mode, as shown in the following table:

Bits
7 6 Description
0 0 Waiting for download
0 1 In Control mode

U0-0131 (Rev 9) 7-12 3/01

Westinghouse Process Control, Inc. Proprietary Class 2C
 7-3. Drop Status Records

Bits
7 6 Description
1 0 In Backup mode
1 1 Restart with database in bubble

• For a WEStation shared Drop Redundancy Record (DRR), this indicates the
current primary drop number.

• For a 6-, 7-, or 8- level MAC controller (DPU or MAC-DS), the bits are defined as:

— Bits 0 through 3 are not applicable or not assigned.

— Bits 4 through 7 indicate the MAC drop mode, as shown in the following table:

Bits
7 6 5 4 Drop Status Mode
0 0 0 0 Not Used
0 0 0 1 Off-line Configure Mode
0 0 1 0 Off-line Download mode
0 0 1 1 Off-line Fault Mode
0 1 0 0 On-line Control Mode
0 1 0 1 Not Used
0 1 1 0 Not Used
0 1 1 1 Not Used
1 0 0 0 On-line Backup Mode
1 0 0 1 Not Used
1 0 1 0 Not Used
1 0 1 1 Not Used
1 1 0 0 Off-line V_Config Download
1 1 0 1 Off-line V_MSP1 Download
1 1 1 0 Off-line V_MSP2 Download
1 1 1 1 Off-line V_Download

• For a 6- or 7-level MMI, the bits are defined as follows.

3/01 7-13 U0-0131 (Rev 9)

Westinghouse Process Control, Inc. Proprietary Class 2C
7-3. Drop Status Records

— Bits 0 and 1 indicate the number of memory boards, as shown below:

Bits
1 0 Description
0 1 1 Memory board
1 0 2 Memory boards
1 1 3 Memory boards

— Bit 2 is set to 1 if the MMI is configured to have a printer.

— Bits 3 is set to 1 to indicate that this drop is a Dual CRT Operator Station.

— Bits 4 and 5 are not assigned.

— Bits 6 and 7 indicate the Station type and mode, as shown below:

Bits
7 6 Description
0 0 Operator Station
0 1 Engineer Station in Operator (OPERATE, UNLOCK,
OR MONITOR) Mode
1 0 Engineer Station in Engineer (CONFIG) Mode

• For a 6- or 7-level HSR, the bits are defined as follows.

— Bits 0 through 5 are not assigned.

— Bits 6 and 7 indicate the drop mode, as shown below:

Bits
7 6 Description
0 0 In Download mode
0 1 Collecting
1 0 Not Used
1 1 Restart with database on disk

• For a WEStation shared Drop Redundancy Record (DRR), this indicates the
current primary drop number.

U0-0131 (Rev 9) 7-14 3/01

Westinghouse Process Control, Inc. Proprietary Class 2C
 7-3. Drop Status Records

• For a PCH, the bits are defined as follows.

— Bits 0 through 3 are not assigned.

— Bits 4 through 7 indicate the drop mode, as shown in the following table:

Bits
7 6 5 4 Drop Status Mode
0 0 0 0 Not Used
0 0 0 1 Not Used
0 0 1 0 Not Used
0 0 1 1 Off-line Fault Mode
0 1 0 0 On-line Control Mode
0 1 0 1 Not Used
0 1 1 0 Not Used
0 1 1 1 Not Used
1 0 0 0 On-line Backup Mode
1 0 0 1 Not Used
1 0 1 0 Not Used
1 0 1 1 Not Used
1 1 0 0 Not Used
1 1 0 1 Not Used
1 1 1 0 Not Used
1 1 1 1 Not Used

• For a WEStation, the bits are defined as follows:

Bit Description
0-2 Reserved for Log Server.
3-4 Computation Server and Software Server.
5 Reserved for application modes HSR.
6-7 Not assigned.

3/01 7-15 U0-0131 (Rev 9)

Westinghouse Process Control, Inc. Proprietary Class 2C
7-3. Drop Status Records

Bits 4 and 3 in the FB field have been allocated for the CS and SS drops, which
operate under the same concept of redundancy. The possible values are defined as:

Bits
4 3 Description
0 0 Backup - The drop’s application has indicated it is a healthy
Backup. This means it is prepared to become Primary.
0 1 Primary - the drop’s application has indicated it is operating as a
healthy Primary.
1 0 Off-line - The drop’s application is nonfunctional. This may
indicate the drop’s executive software (Checker, Server
Monitor, Watchdog, and so forth) has faulted. The application
software may have faulted.
1 1 Undetermined - The application has not yet specified what mode
it is in. If the drop’s SHC is in Primary mode, the application is
preparing to become Primary; if the SHC is in Backup mode, the
application is preparing to become Backup.

• For a Log Server, the bits are defined below. The bits for level 8.4.2 and later are
no longer used by the LS.

Bit Description
0 Alarm Handler subsystem in control / not in control.
1 Report Generator Subsystem in control / not in control.
2 Printer Manages Subsystem in control/ not in control.

FC Byte Offset: 5
Data Type: Byte
Definition: Drop Fault Code
• When equal to zero, indicates that no faults have been detected by the self-test
diagnostics of the drop.

• When not equal to zero, indicates an error code that identifies the fault condition
(for example, the particular piece of hardware that has failed).

• The value contained in the FC field is also written to the DPU's MSQ, MSX, or
MBU LED status display.

U0-0131 (Rev 9) 7-16 3/01

Westinghouse Process Control, Inc. Proprietary Class 2C
 7-3. Drop Status Records

• Additional information about the fault is stored in the fault ID (FK field, byte
offset 25) and fault parameters (FS field, byte offset 94, and FO field, byte
offset 96).

• For definitions of the drop fault codes, fault IDs, and parameters, refer to “Self-
Test Diagnostics” (M0-0003).

HC Byte Offset: 6
Data Type: Integer
Definition: Data Highway Controller (DHC) Status Word
• For an MHC, MHR, or MBC Highway interface, the bits are defined as follows:.

Bit Definition
0 Activity detected on Channel 0 (including this drop's own activity) in the last 100 msec period.
1 Activity detected on Channel 1 (including this drop's own activity) in the last 100 µsec period.
2 Channel 0 (Highway 0) relay has been commanded to close.
3 Channel 1 (Highway 1) relay has been commanded to close.
4 Error code posted in Shared Memory location 69AH as follows:
1 = Not assigned.
2 = Channel 0 “RCVA” pointer changed while being read.
3 = Channel 1 “RCVA” pointer changed while being read.
4 =“R5” was zero in URAM when a Fault Analysis dump was triggered.
5 = “R5” did not match URAM when a Fault Analysis dump was triggered.
5 DHC in Idle mode.
6 Drop is designated as a timekeeper.
7 Drop identification has been found in the voted BAL.
8 For Westnet II: Bus Allocation List transmit/receive disabled.
For Westnet 2+: ICIM fault suspected on Channel 0.
9 DHC supports Fast Block Transfer (FBT).
10 Functional processor “deadman” timeout occurred.
11 For Westnet II: MAC mode jumper is in place.
For Westnet 2+: ICIM fault suspected on Channel 1.
12 Timer discrepancy greater than 1.25 millisecond.
13 For Westnet 2+ (Release 1.2 and above): BAL revote may be required (detected significant mis-
match between number of handoffs received and number of TDM entries in BAL).

3/01 7-17 U0-0131 (Rev 9)

Westinghouse Process Control, Inc. Proprietary Class 2C
7-3. Drop Status Records

Bit Definition
14 DHC enabled.
15 DHC in “Failure Analysis” dump mode.

• For an SHC Highway interface, the bits are defined as follows:

Bit Definition
0 Activity detected on Channel 0 (including this drop's own activity) in the last 100 µsec
period.
1 Activity detected on Channel 1 (including this drop's own activity) in the last 100 µsec
period.
2 Channel 0 (Highway 0) relay has been commanded to close.
3 Channel 1 (Highway 1) relay has been commanded to close.
4 ICIM fault suspected on Channel 0.
5 ICIM fault suspected on Channel 1.
6 Drop is designated a timekeeper.
7 Timer discrepancy is greater than 1.25 milliseconds.
8-10 Operational mode of the SHC as follows:

0 = Off-line.
1 = Primary.
2 = Backup.
3 = Idle.
4 = Receive-only.

Note
The values indicated above are the decimal equivalent
of the data in bits 8-10.
11 TDM drop number found in the Bus Allocation List (BAL).
12 DEM drop number found in the voted BAL
13 For Westnet 2+ (Release 1.2 and above): BAL revote may be required (detected significant
mismatch between number of handoffs received and number of TDM entries in BAL).
14 “Deadman” timer has been disabled.
15 SHC in “Failure Analysis” dump mode.

U0-0131 (Rev 9) 7-18 3/01

Westinghouse Process Control, Inc. Proprietary Class 2C
 7-3. Drop Status Records

RT Byte Offset: 8
Data Type: Byte
Definition: Record Type Number
• Initialized by the applicable drop configuration function.

• May be use for type checking on displayed information.

• May be useful to an alarm logger as it collects alarms broadcast over the Data
Highway.

• Identifies the type of record by number. The record type number is commonly
used in the Point Directory listing and Point Details screen. The number
associated with the drop status record type is shown below:

• For Virtual Drop (VU) record types, the decimal byte offset is 16 (hex byte
offset is 10).

Record Type Record Type Number

DU 6

JU Byte Offset: 9
Data Type: Byte
Definition: Drop Command
• Not initialized by the user.

• Used by the DPU to receive drop-related commands from the host and other
drops on the network.

• Zero indicates that any received commands have been completed.

• Commands at the current software level (these are DPU specific commands):

JU Description
14 Alarm acknowledge.
15 Re-enable Data Highway.
16 Clear fault indication.
17 Go to Idle mode (fault mode) when DIOB failure occurs.
(This is the default DIOB test configuration.)
18 Report DIOB failures as drop faults. The DPU does not go
to fault mode; it stays in control.

3/01 7-19 U0-0131 (Rev 9)

Westinghouse Process Control, Inc. Proprietary Class 2C
7-3. Drop Status Records

JU Description
19 Ignore DIOB failures. Failures are not reported as drop
faults; the DPU stays in control.

PS Byte Offset: 10
Data Type: Integer
Definition: Partner DPU's Drop System Identification
• For a DPU, the PS field is used as follows:

— For a non-redundant DPU, PS should not be initialized by the user. (This will
result in PS being set to zero, informing the DPU that it is non-redundant.)

— For a redundant DPU, PS should be initialized by the user to equal the drop
number of the redundant (partner) DPU.

— Used by the DPU to determine the mode in which the DPU should be running.

— Used by the MAC Edit function (MEDIT) to maintain a single set of

algorithm records for a redundant DPU.
• Used by a redundant WEStation drop to store the Drop Redundancy Record in
the second byte (most significant), and the partner drop number in the first byte
(least significant).

TG Byte Offset: 12
Data Type: Byte
Definition: Count of DHC Status Changes
• This field is set by the Data Highway Controller (DHC).

• For additional information on the DHC status values, refer to the applicable
Highway installation manual and “Self-Test Diagnostics” (M0-0003).

BS Byte Offset: 13
Data Type: Byte
Definition: Last DHC Bad Status (>4) Saved by Drop
• For a list of error conditions, see “Self-Test Diagnostics” (M0-0003).

U0-0131 (Rev 9) 7-20 3/01

Westinghouse Process Control, Inc. Proprietary Class 2C
 7-3. Drop Status Records

DG Byte Offset: 14
Data Type: Integer
Definition: Signal Diagram Index
• Initialized by the user.

• Defines the number of the diagram.

• For 7-level (below) systems, the signal diagram can be displayed using the
Operator Station CRT 1 DISP DIAG or CRT 2 DISP DIAG key.

• For 8-level systems, the Signal Diagrams can be displayed using the Operator
WEStation point menu.

• For 6- and 7- level systems, valid entries are as follows:

— Main screen diagram numbers 1000 through 4999.

— Subscreen diagram numbers 0001 through 0999.

— Group numbers 5000 through 6999 (to display the diagram specified in the
group's diagram link).

• For 8-level systems, valid entries are 0-65535.

• Do not use diagram numbers that must be displayed with groups.

PN Byte Offset: 16
Data Type: String of 8 ASCII Characters
Definition: Point Name
• For DPUs, initialized by the drop configuration function based on user-entered
drop number or point name.

• For WEStations, initialized by the database compile. See “System Point

Directory User’s Guide” (U0-8205) for more information.

TY Byte Offset: 24
Data Type: Byte
Definition: Drop Type Code
• Defined as follows:

Value Meaning
1 Obsolete
2 6- or 7-level MMI (Engineer Station or Operator Station)

3/01 7-21 U0-0131 (Rev 9)

Westinghouse Process Control, Inc. Proprietary Class 2C
7-3. Drop Status Records

Value Meaning
3 BPU
4 6- or 7-level HSR
5 6- or 7-level Logger
6 CIU
7 Obsolete
8 MAC DPU
9 ABI
10 Obsolete
11 PCI
12 SIU
13 Cell Controller
14 HDR
15 UPCI
16 UXI/MXI
17 PCH
18 TCU
19 - 49 Not Assigned
50 WEStation Drop Status Record (DSR)
51 WEStation Drop Redundancy Record (DRR)

FK Byte Offset: 25
Data Type: Byte
Definition: Fault Identification Code
• Provides additional fault information for each fault code (FC field, byte
offset 5). For definitions of the fault ID values for each fault code, see “Self-
Test Diagnostics” (M0-0003).

TA Byte Offset: 26
Data Type: Integer
Definition: Drop Attention Code
• When not equal to zero, indicates that the drop requires attention.

U0-0131 (Rev 9) 7-22 3/01

Westinghouse Process Control, Inc. Proprietary Class 2C
 7-3. Drop Status Records

• For the HDR, the bits are defined as follows:

Bit Definition
0 Pollable messages available in the tape subsystem.
1 The number of days of Daily Summary data available to be written to
tape is equal to or greater than the number of days specified in the HDR
configuration for “period of daily file tape dump.”
2 - 15 Not assigned.

• For the 6- or 7-level HSR, the bits are defined as follows:

Bit Definition
0 Point file closed.
1 Tape subsystem requires attention.
2 Point file full.
3 HSR in RAM overflow condition.
4 Text file full.
5 Text file closed.
6 Invalid close file time for point file.
7 Invalid close file time for text file.
8 Download complete.
9, 10 Not assigned.
11 Start-up of HSR complete.
12 -15 Not assigned.

ED Byte Offset: 28
Data Type: String of 30 ASCII Characters
Definition: English Description
• Initialized by the user (default = 30 blanks).

• Provides a description (30 characters maximum) of the drop for use in displays
and listings.

3/01 7-23 U0-0131 (Rev 9)

Westinghouse Process Control, Inc. Proprietary Class 2C
7-3. Drop Status Records

DT Byte Offset: 58
Data Type: Integer
Definition: Desired Loop Time
• For single-speed MAC DPU only, initialized by the user through the MAC DPU
Configuration function.

• For multi-speed, MAC DPU indicates the desired loop execution time for the
task in progress (in msec).

CT Byte Offset: 60
Data Type: Integer
Definition: Processing Time
• Not initialized by the user.

• For single-speed DPU, indicates the actual time (in msec) required by the
functional processor to execute its control and scan algorithms in the previous loop.

• For multi-speed DPU, indicates the percentage of processor time spent to

execute its control and scan algorithms in the previous loop.

D1 Byte Offset: 62
Data Type: Integer
Definition: Count of DHC Bad Status (>4)

DR Byte Offset: 64
Data Type: Byte
Definition: Westnet II DHC Drop Number
• Initialized by the drop configuration function based on user-entered drop number.

• Valid range is 1 through 254.

• In systems with TDM savings:

— The control DPU will contain its TDM drop number in the DR byte.

— The backup DPU will name its normal drop number in the DR byte.

RD Byte Offset: 65
Data Type: Byte
Definition: Two's Complement of Drop Number
• Initialized to the two's complement of the drop number.

U0-0131 (Rev 9) 7-24 3/01

Westinghouse Process Control, Inc. Proprietary Class 2C
 7-3. Drop Status Records

D3 Byte Offset: 66
Data Type: Integer
Definition: BAL Vote Quality and Percent TDM (Westnet 2+ Only)
• Not initialized by the user.

• High byte (offset 67) contains BAL vote quality variable. This will be an integer
in the range 0 to 3, indicating the number of BALs which matched at the last
BAL vote. That is, a value of 3 indicates that all three timekeeper drops contain
an identical BAL.

• Low byte (offset 66) contains TDM percent variable. This will be an integer in
the range 0 to 255, representing the percentage of processing time required for
periodic (TDM mode) broadcast. If this value approaches or exceeds 100
percent, the system may not have adequate time for both periodic (TDM mode)
and on-demand (DEM mode) broadcasting.

• For Westnet II drops, D3 is not assigned. For additional information on the

Westnet 2+ features, refer to “Westnet II Data Highway Description”
(M0-0010).

TF Byte Offset: 68
Data Type: Byte
Definition: Last Test Finished by the DHC
• Not initialized by the user.

• Used by the DHC to inform the functional processor that the last self-test was
completed by the DHC while it was in the disabled (self-test) mode. (Refer to
“Self-Test Diagnostics” (M0-0003) for additional information.)

TM Byte Offset: 69
Data Type: Byte
Definition: On-Line Confidence Check Failure Data
• Not initialized by the user.

• If the on-line confidence check fails, this field will contain the last self-test
passed. This information can be used to determine the test which failed. Note
that the value in this field is valid only when the confidence check failure status
is posted. For additional information, refer to “Self-Test Diagnostics”
(M0-0003).

3/01 7-25 U0-0131 (Rev 9)

Westinghouse Process Control, Inc. Proprietary Class 2C
7-3. Drop Status Records

TS Byte Offset: 70
Data Type: Integer
Definition: DHC Firmware Revision Level
• Not initialized by the user.

• The Data Highway Controller revision level is interpreted as a hexadecimal

number in the form ExrsH, where:

E = Indicates that this is a firmware revision level

x = Interpreted bit by bit, as shown below:

b 0 b b
Reserved

0 = Westnet II, 1 = Westnet 2+

r = Major revision level

s = Sub-revision level

OS Byte Offset: 72
Data Type: Integer
Definition: Pointer to Status Change History Buffer
• Not initialized by the user.

• For Westnet 2+: This field contains the word address where the next DHC status
change will be entered into the circular status history buffer (shared memory
locations 6C0 - 6DF).

D7 Byte Offset: 74
Data Type: Integer
Definition: Information Highway Status Word
• Not initialized by the user.

• Applicable only to WEStation drops.

• Indicates the current media selection of the drop (Primary or Backup).

• Indicates the ‘weight’ given to the drop in the polling process. For details se
“Highway Installation Manual (WEStation Equipped)” (M0-8000).

U0-0131 (Rev 9) 7-26 3/01

Westinghouse Process Control, Inc. Proprietary Class 2C
 7-3. Drop Status Records

• Indicates the current mode of the polling evolutions (enabled versus

Suspended).

• Indicates if the drop is sending ‘alive’ messages on the Information Highway.

• Indicates if the drop is designated as a polling drop.

• The bit definitions are as follows:

Bit
Bit Value Definition
0 0 Primary connection selected (voting process).
1 Backup connection selected (voting process).
1 0 Polling evaluations enables (polling process).
1 Polling evaluations suspended (polling process).
2 0 Host is not a polling drop (polling process).
1 Host is a polling drop (polling process).
3 0 Information Highway initialized correctly.
1 Information Highway initialization failed.
4 0 Alive messages are not being sent (voting process).
1 Alive messages are being sent (voting process).
5 0 Host is seen as alive on Primary (voting process)
1 Host is seen as failed on Primary (voting process)
6 0 Host is seen as alive on Backup (voting process)
1 Host is seen as failed on Backup (voting process)
7 Reserved
8 - 15 Weighting factor (a byte value from 1 to 255).

3/01 7-27 U0-0131 (Rev 9)

Westinghouse Process Control, Inc. Proprietary Class 2C
7-3. Drop Status Records

LH Byte Offset: 76
Data Type: Integer
Definition: Reserved

NH Byte Offset: 78
Data Type: Integer
Definition: Reserved

BZ Byte Offset: 80
Data Type: Integer
Definition: Number of Bad Message Interrupts from Channel 0
• Not initialized by the user.

BO Byte Offset: 82
Data Type: Integer
Definition: Number of Bad Message Interrupts from Channel 1
• Not initialized by the user.

BD Byte Offset: 84
Data Type: Integer
Definition: DHC Error Parameter 1
• Not initialized by the user.

• Interpretation of this field depends on the error status posted by the DHC. For
additional information, refer to “Self-Test Diagnostics” (M0-0003).

BI Byte Offset: 86
Data Type: Integer
Definition: DHC Error Parameter 2
• Not initialized by the user.

• Interpretation of this field depends on the error status posted by the DHC. For
additional information, refer to “Self-Test Diagnostics” (M0-0003).

U0-0131 (Rev 9) 7-28 3/01

Westinghouse Process Control, Inc. Proprietary Class 2C
 7-3. Drop Status Records

IC Byte Offset: 88
Data Type: Integer
Definition: DHC Error Parameter 3
• Not initialized by the user.

• Interpretation of this field depends on the error status posted by the DHC. For
additional information, refer to “Self-Test Diagnostics” (M0-0003).

E5 Byte Offset: 90
Data Type: Integer
Definition: Drop-Specific Status Information
• For MAC-DS, defined as V-Channel DHC status. For additional information,
refer to “MAC-DS User's Guide” (U0-3001).

• For Chrono-Log CIU, defined as current millisecond delta. For additional

information, refer to “Clock Interface Unit User's Guide (Chronolog)” (U0-
2101).

• For a WEStation shared Drop Redundancy Record (DRR), specifies the Primary
Drop number.

E6 Byte Offset: 92
Data Type: Integer
Definition: Drop-Specific Status Information
• For MAC-DS, defined as V-Channel custom I/O status. For additional
information, refer to “MAC-DS User's Guide” (U0-3001).

• For Chrono-Log CIU, defined as number of loops during which the drop was in
millisecond alarm (since reset). For additional information, refer to “Clock
Interface Unit User's Guide (Chronolog)” (U0-2101).

• For a WEStation shared Drop Redundancy Record (DRR), specifies the Backup
Drop number.

FS Byte Offset: 94
Data Type: Integer
Definition: Fault Parameter 1 (Left-Most Fault Parameter)
• Provides additional information for certain fault IDs (FK field, byte offset 25).
For definitions of the fault parameters for each fault ID, see “Self-Test
Diagnostics” (M0-0003).

3/01 7-29 U0-0131 (Rev 9)

Westinghouse Process Control, Inc. Proprietary Class 2C
7-3. Drop Status Records

FO Byte Offset: 96
Data Type: Integer
Definition: Fault Parameter 2 (Right-Most Fault Parameter)
• Provides additional information for certain fault IDs (FK field, byte offset 25).
For definitions of the fault parameters for each fault ID, see “Self-Test
Diagnostics” (M0-0003).

E9 Byte Offset: 98
Data Type: Integer
Definition: Drop-Specific Status Information
• For a DPU with distributed 700 Series I/O, represents the number of SIMs
assigned to IOP 1.

• For a WEStation shared Drop Redundancy Record (DRR), stores the failover
frequency (every 0.1 or 1.0 second). For more information on the DRR see
“System Point Directory User’s Guide” (U0-8205).

• For a 6-or 7-level HSR, represents the tape subsystem status, as shown below:

Bit Status Bit Status

0 Tape subsystem idle 10 Requires user entry (continue)
1 Tape write begun 11 Requires user entry (confirm)
2 Writing tape header 12 Requires user entry (continue or
confirm)
3 Writing point file 13 Rewinding tape
4 Writing tape trailer 14 Read from tape begun
5 Writing to second tape 15 Searching tape (for read operation)
6 Scanning tape 16 Reading tape header
7 Searching tape (for write 17 Reading tape data
operation)
8 Aborting or stopping 18 Requires user entry (read new tape)
9 Not assigned 19 Writing text file

U0-0131 (Rev 9) 7-30 3/01

Westinghouse Process Control, Inc. Proprietary Class 2C
 7-3. Drop Status Records

F0 Byte Offset: 100

Data Type: Integer
Definition: Drop-Specific Status Information
• For a DPU with distributed 700 Series I/O, represents the number of SIMs
assigned to IOP 2.

• For a 6- or 7-level HSR, F0 and F1 are interpreted as a real number representing

the percent written or read during the tape write or read function.

F1 Byte Offset: 102

Data Type: Integer
Definition: Drop-Specific Status Information
• For a MAC-DS, represents the V-Channel bad message count for Channel 0.

• For a 6- or 7-level HSR, F0 and F1 are interpreted as a real number representing

the percent written or read during the tape write or read function.

F2 Byte Offset: 104

Data Type: Integer
Definition: Drop-Specific Status Information
• For a MAC-DS, represents the V-Channel bad message count for Channel 1.

F3 Byte Offset: 106

Data Type: Integer
Definition: Drop-Specific Status Information
• For a DPU with distributed 700 Series I/O, interpreted as follows:

Low byte = Average I/O scan time (µsec) for IOP 1

High byte = Average I/O scan time (µsec) for IOP 2

• For an HDR, represents the number of retries for the current or last tape
subsystem function.

LP Byte Offset: 108

Data Type: Byte
Definition: Alarm Priority
• Initialized by the user.

• Not used for standard alarm functions.

3/01 7-31 U0-0131 (Rev 9)

Westinghouse Process Control, Inc. Proprietary Class 2C
7-3. Drop Status Records

SY Byte Offset: 109

Data Type: Byte
Definition: Time of Alarm — Seconds
• Initialized to zero.

• Indicates the second when the drop last went into alarm.

• Valid range is 0 through 59.

SM Byte Offset: 110

Data Type: Byte
Definition: Time of Alarm — Month
• Initialized to zero.
• Indicates the month when the drop last went into alarm.
• Valid range is 1 through 12.

SV Byte Offset: 111

Data Type: Byte
Definition: Time of Alarm — Date (Day)
• Initialized to zero.

• Indicates the date when the drop last went into alarm.

• Valid range is 1 through 31.

SH Byte Offset: 112

Data Type: Byte
Definition: Time of Alarm — Hours
• Initialized to zero.

• Indicates the hour when the drop last went into alarm.

• Valid range is 0 through 23.

SU Byte Offset: 113

Data Type: Byte
Definition: Time of Alarm — Minutes
• Initialized to zero.

• Indicates the minute when the drop last went into alarm.

U0-0131 (Rev 9) 7-32 3/01

Westinghouse Process Control, Inc. Proprietary Class 2C
 7-3. Drop Status Records

• Valid range is 0 through 59.

F7 Byte Offset: 114

Data Type: Integer
Definition: Type of I/O Used (DPU Only)
• Low byte contains the following:

Bit Function
1 Q-Line I/O
2 Distributed 700 Series I/O
3 Local 700 Series I/O (Not applicable to DPU)
4 V-Channel (MAC-DS only)

F8 Byte Offset: 116

Data Type: Integer
Definition: Memory Size and Application Capabilities (DPU Only)
• Defined as follows:

Bit Function
0 22K bytes user memory and single scan.
1 22K or 146K bytes of user memory and single scan.
2 22K or 146K bytes of user memory, single scan, and control loops.
3 370K bytes of user memory, multi-scan, and control loops.
4 Not assigned.
5 410K bytes of user memory, multi-scan, control loops, and expanded
database.
6 410K bytes of user memory, multi-scan, control loops, expanded
database, and Extended System IDs.

F9 Byte Offset: 118

Data Type: Integer
Definition: Drop-Specific Status Information
• For DPU drops: Download completed flag. Initialized by the MAC Load
function (MLOAD) after downloading an application program.

3/01 7-33 U0-0131 (Rev 9)

Westinghouse Process Control, Inc. Proprietary Class 2C
7-3. Drop Status Records

• For WEStation drops: Indicates what subsystems are running on the WEStation.
The 16 bits used to indicate the subsystems have the following interpretation:

Bit Function
0 Operator WEStation
1 Historian WEStation (HSR)
2 Logger WEStation
3 Computation WEStation (Computation Server)
4 Software WEStation
5 Reserved.
6 Engineering WEStation (Software Development Station)
7 Datalink Server WEStation.
8 WesBridge
9 - 15 Not Assigned

LY Byte Offset: 120

Data Type: Integer
Definition: Drop-Specific Status Information
• For the DPU, the following definition applies:

— Initialized by the user.

— Represents the first target drop number for SOE messages.

• For the HDR, represents the tape subsystem status, as shown below:

Bit Function
0 Tape subsystem idle
1 Initialization failure - controller error
2 Initializing tape controller
3 Processing `Read Directory' command
4 Processing `Format' command
5 Processing `Write Hourly Files' command
6 Not assigned
7 Processing `Read' command

U0-0131 (Rev 9) 7-34 3/01

Westinghouse Process Control, Inc. Proprietary Class 2C
 7-3. Drop Status Records

Bit Function
8 Processing `Write Daily File' command
9 Initialization failure - drive is off-line
10 Not assigned
11 Initialization failure - timeout
12 Drive test in progress

LZ Byte Offset: 122

Data Type: Integer
Definition: Drop-Specific Status Information
• For the DPU, the following definition applies:

— Initialized by the user.

— Represents the second target drop number for SOE messages.

MB Byte Offset: 124

Data Type: Byte
Definition: Number and Type of I/O Processors (DPU Only)
• Initialized by the MAC Configuration function, based on type of I/O and on user
entry (number of MBUs or IOPs).

• Valid numbers are as follows:

MB Value Number/Type of I/O Processors Board Combinations

1 1 Q-Line I/O processor 1 MSL and 1 MBU
or
1 MSQ
or
1 MSX
or
1 MDX
2 2 Q-Line I/O processors 1 MSL and 2 MBUs
or
1 MSQ and 1 MBU
or
1 MSX and 1 MBU
or
1 MDX

3/01 7-35 U0-0131 (Rev 9)

Westinghouse Process Control, Inc. Proprietary Class 2C
7-3. Drop Status Records

MB Value Number/Type of I/O Processors Board Combinations

3 1 700 Series I/O processor 1 MSL and 1 IOP
or
1 MSQ and 1 IOP
or
MSX and 1 IOP
or
MDX and 1 IOP
4 2 700 Series I/O processors 1 MSL and 2 IOPs
or
1 MSQ and 2 IOPs
or
1 MSX and 2 IOPs

CU Byte Offset: 125

Data Type: Byte
Definition: Data Highway Clock Update Flag
• Used internally by the DPU.

• Not broadcast on the Data Highway.

JS Byte Offset: 126

Data Type: Integer
Definition: Number of CJ Segments
• Initialized by the user.

• Indicates the number of cabinet segments that have RTDs mounted to them for
cold junction compensating thermocouple inputs.

• Used by the CJSCAN routine to determine how many RTD inputs it should scan
and, consequently, use in providing thermocouple input compensation values.

• Valid entries are 0 through 4.

U0-0131 (Rev 9) 7-36 3/01

Westinghouse Process Control, Inc. Proprietary Class 2C
 7-3. Drop Status Records

RZ Byte Offset: 128

Data Type: Integer
Definition: Reserved

Q0 Byte Offset: 130

Data Type: Integer
Definition: QBO Offset for UIOB Test
• May be initialized by the user.

• Indicates the address of the QBO point card used for running a diagnostic on the
UIOB.

• Q0 is one of eight fields (Q0 through Q7) that can be initialized for this diagnostic.
Only one field should be initialized for each QBO card used for this test.

Q1 Byte Offset: 132

Data Type: Integer
Definition: QBO Offset for UIOB Test
• May be initialized by the user.

• Indicates the address of the QBO point card used for running a diagnostic on the
UIOB.

• Q1 is one of eight fields (Q0 through Q7) that can be initialized for this diagnostic.
Only one field should be initialized for each QBO card used for this test.

Q2 Byte Offset: 134

Data Type: Integer
Definition: QBO Offset for UIOB Test
• May be initialized by the user.

• Indicates the address of the QBO point card used for running a diagnostic on the
UIOB.

• Q2 is one of eight fields (Q0 through Q7) that can be initialized for this diagnostic.
Only one field should be initialized for each QBO card used for this test.

3/01 7-37 U0-0131 (Rev 9)

Westinghouse Process Control, Inc. Proprietary Class 2C
7-3. Drop Status Records

Q3 Byte Offset: 136

Data Type: Integer
Definition: QBO Offset for UIOB Test
• May be initialized by the user.

• Indicates the address of the QBO point card used for running a diagnostic on the
UIOB.

• Q3 is one of eight fields (Q0 through Q7) that can be initialized for this diagnostic.
Only one field should be initialized for each QBO card used for this test.

Q4 Byte Offset: 138

Data Type: Integer
Definition: QBO Offset for UIOB Test
• May be initialized by the user.

• Indicates the address of the QBO point card used for running a diagnostic on the
UIOB.

• Q4 is one of eight fields (Q0 through Q7) that can be initialized for this diagnostic.
Only one field should be initialized for each QBO card used for this test.

Q5 Byte Offset: 140

Data Type: Integer
Definition: QBO Offset for UIOB Test
• May be initialized by the user.

• Indicates the address of the QBO point card used for running a diagnostic on the
UIOB.

• Q5 is one of eight fields (Q0 through Q7) that can be initialized for this diagnostic.
Only one field should be initialized for each QBO card used for this test.

Q6 Byte Offset: 142

Data Type: Integer
Definition: QBO Offset for UIOB Test
• May be initialized by the user.

• Indicates the address of the QBO point card used for running a diagnostic on the
UIOB.

• Q6 is one of eight fields (Q0 through Q7) that can be initialized for this diagnostic.
Only one field should be initialized for each QBO card used for this test.

U0-0131 (Rev 9) 7-38 3/01

Westinghouse Process Control, Inc. Proprietary Class 2C
 7-3. Drop Status Records

Q7 Byte Offset: 144

Data Type: Integer
Definition: QBO Offset for UIOB Test
• May be initialized by the user.

• Indicates the address of the QBO point card used for running a diagnostic on the
UIOB.

• Q7 is one of eight fields (Q0 through Q7) that can be initialized for this diagnostic.
Only one field should be initialized for each QBO card used for this test.

FP Byte Offset: 146

Data Type: Byte
Definition: First Pass Flag — Used for Control
• Not initialized by the user.

• Set to 1 during the first execution loop following each time the DPU takes over
control of the UIOB (that is, the first following the transaction from BACKUP
to CONTROL mode).

• Set to 2 during the first execution loop following each time the DPU is reset or
powered-up (that is, the first loop after the functional processor has been restarted).

• Set to 3 during Overtime Error.

• Set to zero the remainder of the time.

• Used by control algorithms to perform initialization logic for first pass (or failover).

OP Byte Offset: 147

Data Type: Byte
Definition: Old Parallel Port Status
• Not initialized by the user.

• Informs the eavesdrop routine as to the status of the parallel port when the
routine was called. (The eavesdrop routine provides the DPU with the capability
to communicate with the standard WDPF diagnostic test device.)

3/01 7-39 U0-0131 (Rev 9)

Westinghouse Process Control, Inc. Proprietary Class 2C
7-3. Drop Status Records

XX Byte Offset: 148

Data Type: Integer
Definition: Initialization Flag (DPU Only)
• Not initialized by the user.

• Updated and used by the DPU restart routines.

XF Byte Offset: 150

Data Type: Integer
Definition: Not Assigned

XG Byte Offset: 152

Data Type: Integer
Definition: Not Assigned

OK Byte Offset: 154

Data Type: Byte
Definition: Data Highway OK Flag
• Not initialized by the user.

• Not broadcast on the Data Highway.

• Keeps track of whether the Data Highway is operable.

RG Byte Offset: 155

Data Type: Byte
Definition: Data Highway On-line Flag
• Not initialized by the user.

• Not broadcast on the Data Highway.

• Used whenever the Data Highway is not on-line to determine whether the cause
is an uninitialized Bus Allocation List, or a Data Highway fault.

UK Byte Offset: 156

Data Type: Integer
Definition: Not Assigned

U0-0131 (Rev 9) 7-40 3/01

Westinghouse Process Control, Inc. Proprietary Class 2C
 7-3. Drop Status Records

WZ Byte Offset: 158

Data Type: Byte
Definition: Not Assigned

WN Byte Offset: 159

Data Type: Byte
Definition: Type of I/O Used (DPU Only)
• Defined as follows:

WN Value Processor
1 Q-Line I/O
2 Distributed 700 Series I/O
3 Local 700 Series I/O (Not applicable to DPU)
4 V-Channel (MAC-DS only)

WS Byte Offset: 160

Data Type: Integer
Definition: Segment for Westnet II Database

WF Byte Offset: 162

Data Type: Integer
Definition: Offset for Westnet II Database

QQ Byte Offset: 164

Data Type: Integer
Definition: Array [1...8]; Not Assigned

3/01 7-41 U0-0131 (Rev 9)

Westinghouse Process Control, Inc. Proprietary Class 2C
Section 8. Algorithm Record Types

8-1. Section Overview

Algorithm records are structures stored in a drop’s memory. They allow the storage
of data related to a particular text or graphic algorithm. Typically, one unique
algorithm record is associated with a corresponding unique algorithm.

This section contains the reference pages describing the following Algorithm
Record types and associated record fields:

• K Algorithm Records

• L Algorithm Records

• M Algorithm Records

• P Algorithm Records

Algorithm Record Types Reference Pages

For each of the record types listed above, the record type overview provides a table
showing the record fields included in each record type. These tables include the
following information:

• Record field identifiers.

• Type of data value (byte, integer, or character string).

• Byte offset of each record field (within record structure).

• Brief description of each record field.

• Size in bytes of each record type (to be used in estimating the amount of
memory required for the point database).

The record type overview tables also show which record fields can be assigned by
the user (an asterisk (*) is shown next to these fields).

3/01 8-1 U0-0131 (Rev 9)

Westinghouse Process Control, Inc. Proprietary Class 2C
8-2. K Algorithm Records

Algorithm Record Fields Reference Pages

The record types overview is followed by reference pages which provide more
detail on the record fields. For each record field, the record field identifier, byte
offset, and type of data value are shown, followed by a detailed description of the
record field's use and possible values. Each record type is shown first in tabular
form. Following the table is a listing of the various record fields. For each field, the
byte offset, data type, and description are provided. For many of the fields,
examples of parameter setting are included.

8-2. K Algorithm Records

8-2.1. Record Types

Table 8-1. Record Types (K Algorithm)

Record Type
Record Data Byte
KV KF Field Type Offset Description
ID I 0 System Identification (page 8-5)
CS I 2 Record Status Word (page 8-5)
A2 I 4 Not Assigned (page 8-5)
A3 I 6 Not Assigned (page 8-6)
RT B 8 Record Type (page 8-6)
CG B 9 Change Flag (page 8-6)
SR B 10 Drop System Identification (page 8-6)
LU B 11 Tuning Diagram Number (page 8-6)
CN I 12 Interface to Keys/Buttons (page 8-7)
CP I 14 Copy of Last CN Control Word (page 8-8)
RR B 16 Byte Constant (page 8-8)
LR B 17 Byte Constant (page 8-8)
RK B 18 Byte Constant (page 8-8)
LK B 19 Byte Constant (page 8-8)
B0 I 20 Integer Constant (page 8-8)
B1 I 22 Integer Constant (page 8-8)

U0-0131 (Rev 9) 8-2 3/01

Westinghouse Process Control, Inc. Proprietary Class 2C
 8-2. K Algorithm Records

Table 8-1. Record Types (K Algorithm) (Cont’d)

Record Type
Record Data Byte
KV KF Field Type Offset Description
B2 I 24 Integer Constant (page 8-8)
B3 I 26 Integer Constant (page 8-8)
B4 I 28 Integer Constant (page 8-8)
B5 I 30 Integer Constant (page 8-8)
B6 I 32 Integer Constant (page 8-8)
B7 I 34 Integer Constant (page 8-8)
B8 I 36 Integer Constant (page 8-8)
B9 I 38 Integer Constant (page 8-8)
C0 I 40 Integer Constant (page 8-8)
C1 I 42 Integer Constant (page 8-8)
C2 I 44 Integer Constant (page 8-8)
C3 I 46 Integer Constant (page 8-8)
C4 I 48 Integer Constant (page 8-8)
C5 I 50 Integer Constant (page 8-8)
C6 I 52 Integer Constant (page 8-8)
C7 I 54 Integer Constant (page 8-8)
C8 I 56 Integer Constant (page 8-8)
C9 I 58 Integer Constant (page 8-8)
D0 I 60 Integer Constant (page 8-8)
D1 I 62 Integer Constant (page 8-8)
D2 I 64 Integer Constant (page 8-8)
D3 I 66 Integer Constant (page 8-8)
D4 I 68 Integer Constant (page 8-8)
D5 I 70 Integer Constant (page 8-8)
D6 I 72 Integer Constant (page 8-8)
D7 I 74 Integer Constant (page 8-8)
D8 I 76 Integer Constant (page 8-8)

3/01 8-3 U0-0131 (Rev 9)

Westinghouse Process Control, Inc. Proprietary Class 2C
8-2. K Algorithm Records

Table 8-1. Record Types (K Algorithm) (Cont’d)

Record Type
Record Data Byte
KV KF Field Type Offset Description
D9 I 78 Integer Constant (page 8-8)
E0 I 80 Integer Constant (page 8-8)
E1 I 82 Integer Constant (page 8-8)
E2 I 84 Integer Constant (page 8-8)
E3 I 86 Integer Constant (page 8-8)
E4 I 88 Integer Constant (page 8-8)
E5 I 90 Integer Constant (page 8-8)
E6 I 92 Integer Constant (page 8-8)
E7 I 94 Integer Constant (page 8-8)
E8 I 96 Integer Constant (page 8-8)
E9 I 98 Integer Constant (page 8-8)
F0 I 100 Integer Constant (page 8-8)
F1 I 102 Integer Constant (page 8-8)
F2 I 104 Integer Constant (page 8-8)
F3 I 106 Integer Constant (page 8-8)
F4 I 108 Integer Constant (page 8-8)
F5 I 110 Integer Constant (page 8-8)
F6 I 112 Integer Constant (page 8-8)
F7 I 114 Integer Constant (page 8-8)
F8 I 116 Integer Constant (page 8-8)
F9 I 118 Integer Constant (page 8-8)
G0 I 120 Integer Constant (page 8-8)
G1 I 122 Integer Constant (page 8-8)

U0-0131 (Rev 9) 8-4 3/01

Westinghouse Process Control, Inc. Proprietary Class 2C
 8-2. K Algorithm Records

Data Type Definitions

B = Byte (Whole number between 0 and 255 or a hexadecimal number

between 0H and 0FFH. If hexadecimal, the H must be included.)

I = Integer (2 Bytes. Whole number between -32768 and +32767 or a

hexadecimal number between 0H and FFFFH. If hexadecimal, the H
must be included.)

R = Real number (4 Bytes. Floating point number, such as, 10.4 or 0.34
E-2.).
Table 8-2. K AlgorithmRecord Types Size Requirements (Bytes)

Record Type KV KF
Record Size 124 54
Overhead 0 0
Total Size 124 54

ID Byte Offset: 0
Data Type: Integer
Definition: System Identification
• Initialized whenever the Point Directory is updated.

• A unique number that identifies the point in the WDPF System.

• For a detailed description of the System ID field, refer to Appendix B.

CS Byte Offset: 2
Data Type: Integer
Definition: Record Status Word
• Should not be used internally by the algorithm.

A2 Byte Offset: 4
Data Type: Integer
Definition: Not Assigned

3/01 8-5 U0-0131 (Rev 9)

Westinghouse Process Control, Inc. Proprietary Class 2C
8-2. K Algorithm Records

A3 Byte Offset: 6
Data Type: Integer
Definition: Not Assigned

RT Byte Offset: 8
Data Type: Byte
Definition: Record Type Number
• Initialized by the MAC Edit function (MEDIT), based on the algorithm name
entered by the user.

• May be used for type checking on displayed information. Identifies the type of
record by number. The record type number is commonly used in the Point
Directory listing and Point Details screen. The numbers corresponding to the K
algorithm record type names are shown below:

Record Type Record Type Number

KF 151

KV 153

CG Byte Offset: 9
Data Type: Byte
Definition: Change Flag
• Initialized to zero.

• Used by some algorithms as a first-time flag to calculate local (or internal)

coefficients.

SR Byte Offset: 10
Data Type: Byte
Definition: Drop System Identification
• Initialized by the MAC Edit function (MEDIT).

• Identifies the drop in which the algorithm record originates.

LU Byte Offset: 11
Data Type: Byte
Definition: Tuning Diagram Number
• May be user-initialized.

• Indicates the diagram number for a tuning diagram.

U0-0131 (Rev 9) 8-6 3/01

Westinghouse Process Control, Inc. Proprietary Class 2C
 8-2. K Algorithm Records

CN Byte Offset: 12
Data Type: Integer
Definition: Interface to Keys/Buttons
• Interfaces the control functions (keys or buttons) at the operator interface to the
algorithms specified in the graphics control statement. See the applicable
graphic language documentation for information on the control statements
available in a specific software level.

• The Control keys and Programmable keys activate bits as indicated below. The
P-key definitions shown below are defined in the Device Maintenance subscreen
(DEV MAINT key on the Operator Station).

Algorithm Point in
Bit Key Description Control Statement Control_10 Word
0 P1(STOP TRAVEL) or F1 First First
STOP TRAVEL Key First
1 P2(RELEASE CAPTURE) or F2 First Second
CAS Mode Key Second
2 P3(GO TO SUPV) or F3 First Third
SUPV Mode Key Second
3 P4(TRIP ACK) or F4 First Fourth
TRIP ACK Key Second
4 P5(ENABLE LOCKOUT) or F5 Second Fifth
DDC Mode Key Second
5 P6(DISABLE LOCKOUT) or F6 Second Sixth
6 P7(TAGOUT) or F7 Second Seventh
7 P8(REMOVE TAGOUT) or F8 Second Eighth
8 START/OPEN/TRIP First Ninth
ENTER Key or F9 First
9 STOP/CLOSE/RESET First Tenth
CANCL Key or F10 First
10 Raise (↑) Setpoint First
11 Lower (↓) Setpoint First
12 AUTO Second

3/01 8-7 U0-0131 (Rev 9)

Westinghouse Process Control, Inc. Proprietary Class 2C
8-2. K Algorithm Records

Algorithm Point in
Bit Key Description Control Statement Control_10 Word
13 MAN Second
14 Raise Demand Second
15 Lower Demand Second

• To use the CN field in a custom algorithm, the algorithm must be of type K or M.

The algorithm must read the CN field and compare it to the previous command
word (CP field, byte offset 14) to check for changes or continued commands (for
example, Raise or Lower Setpoint). The algorithm must then copy the CN field
value into the CP field, to acknowledge receipt of the command.

Note

For the DEVICE algorithm, the CN field is accessed

by specifying the device point name. For K and M
type algorithms, the algorithm name (AdddZxxx,
where ddd = the drop number and xxx = the
algorithm number) is used.

CP Byte Offset: 14
Data Type: Integer
Definition: Copy of Last CN Control Word

RR through G1
The definitions of these fields are specific to each algorithm. For byte offsets and
data types, refer to the Record Types reference page(s).

U0-0131 (Rev 9) 8-8 3/01

Westinghouse Process Control, Inc. Proprietary Class 2C
 8-3. L Algorithm Records

8-3. L Algorithm Records

8-3.1. Record Types

Table 8-3. Record Types (L Algorithm)

Record Type
Record Data Byte
LV LF L8 L4 L2 Field Type Offset Description
ID I 0 System Identification (page 8-11)
CS I 2 Record Status Word (page 8-11)
OB I 4 Not Assigned (page 8-11)
A3 I 6 Not Assigned (page 8-11)
RT B 8 Record Type (page 8-11)
NF B 9 Selected Number (page 8-12)
SR B 10 Drop System Identification
(page 8-12)
LU B 11 Tuning Diagram Number
(page 8-12)
R1 R 12 Real Constant (page 8-12)
R2 R 16 Real Constant (page 8-12)
R3 R 20 Real Constant (page 8-12)
R4 R 24 Real Constant (page 8-12)
R5 R 28 Real Constant (page 8-12)
R6 R 32 Real Constant (page 8-12)
R7 R 36 Real Constant (page 8-12)
R8 R 40 Real Constant (page 8-12)
R9 R 44 Real Constant (page 8-12)
S1 R 48 Real Constant (page 8-12)
S2 R 52 Real Constant (page 8-12)
S3 R 56 Real Constant (page 8-12)
S4 R 60 Real Constant (page 8-12)
S5 R 64 Real Constant (page 8-12)

3/01 8-9 U0-0131 (Rev 9)

Westinghouse Process Control, Inc. Proprietary Class 2C
8-3. L Algorithm Records

Table 8-3. Record Types (L Algorithm) (Cont’d)

Record Type
Record Data Byte
LV LF L8 L4 L2 Field Type Offset Description
S6 R 68 Real Constant (page 8-12)
S7 R 72 Real Constant (page 8-12)
S8 R 76 Real Constant (page 8-12)
S9 R 80 Real Constant (page 8-12)
T1 R 84 Real Constant (page 8-12)
T2 R 88 Real Constant (page 8-12)
T3 R 92 Real Constant (page 8-12)
T4 R 96 Real Constant (page 8-12)
T5 R 100 Real Constant (page 8-12)
T6 R 104 Real Constant (page 8-12)
T7 R 108 Real Constant (page 8-12)
T8 R 112 Real Constant (page 8-12)
T9 R 116 Real Constant (page 8-12)
G0 I 120 Integer Constant (page 8-12)
G1 I 122 Integer Constant (page 8-12)

Data Type Definitions

B = Byte (Whole number between 0 and 255 or a hexadecimal number

between 0H and 0FFH. If hexadecimal, the H must be included.)

I = Integer (2 Bytes. Whole number between -32768 and +32767 or a

hexadecimal number between 0H and FFFFH. If hexadecimal, the H
must be included.)

R = Real number (4 Bytes. Floating point number, such as, 10.4 or 0.34
E-2.)

U0-0131 (Rev 9) 8-10 3/01

Westinghouse Process Control, Inc. Proprietary Class 2C
 8-3. L Algorithm Records

Table 8-4. L Algorithm Record Types Size Requirments (Bytes)

Record Type LV LF L8 L4 L2
Record Size 124 84 44 28 20
Overhead 0 0 0 0 0
Total Size 124 84 44 28 20

ID Byte Offset: 0
Data Type: Integer
Definition: System Identification
• Initialized whenever the Point Directory is updated.

• A unique number that identifies the point in the WDPF System.

• For a detailed description of the System ID field, refer to Appendix B.

CS Byte Offset: 2
Data Type: Integer
Definition: Record Status Word
• Should not be used internally by the algorithm.

OB Byte Offset: 4
Data Type: Integer
Definition: Not Assigned

A3 Byte Offset: 6
Data Type: Integer
Definition: Not Assigned

RT Byte Offset: 8
Data Type: Byte
Definition: Record Type Number
• Initialized by the MAC Edit function (MEDIT), based on the algorithm name
entered by the user.
• May be use for type checking on displayed information.
• Identifies the type of record by number. The record type number is commonly
used in the Point Directory listing and Point Details screen. The numbers
corresponding to the L algorithm record type names are shown below:

3/01 8-11 U0-0131 (Rev 9)

Westinghouse Process Control, Inc. Proprietary Class 2C
8-3. L Algorithm Records

Record Type Record Type Number

L2 155
L4 160
L8 165
LF 170
LV 172

NF Byte Offset: 9
Data Type: Byte
Definition: Selected Number
• Initialized by the user for relevant algorithms.

SR Byte Offset: 10
Data Type: Byte
Definition: Drop System Identification
• Initialized by the MAC Edit function (MEDIT).
• Identifies the drop in which the algorithm record originates.

LU Byte Offset: 11
Data Type: Byte
Definition: Tuning Diagram Number
• May be user-initialized.
• Indicates the diagram number for a tuning diagram.

R1 through G1
The definitions of these fields are specific to each algorithm. For byte offsets and
data types, refer to the Record Types reference page(s).

U0-0131 (Rev 9) 8-12 3/01

Westinghouse Process Control, Inc. Proprietary Class 2C
 8-4. M Algorithm Records

8-4. M Algorithm Records

8-4.1. Record Types

Table 8-5. Record Types (M Algorithm)

Record Type
Record Data Byte
MV MA MP Field Type Offset Description
ID I 0 System Identification (page 8-15)
SW I 2 Record Status Word (page 8-15)
VB R 4 Value Buffer (page 8-15)
RT B 8 Record Type (page 8-15)
CG B 9 Change Flag (page 8-16)
SR B 10 Drop System Identification (page 8-16)
LU B 11 Tuning Diagram Number (page 8-16)
CN I 12 Interface to Operator Station Keys (page 8-16)
CP I 14 Copy of Last CN Control Word (page 8-18)
RR B 16 Byte Constant (page 8-18)
LR B 17 Byte Constant (page 8-18)
RK B 18 Byte Constant (page 8-18)
LK B 19 Byte Constant (page 8-18)
TP R 20 Real Constant (page 8-18)
BT R 24 Real Constant (page 8-18)
HM R 28 Real Constant (page 8-18)
HN I 32 Integer Constant (page 8-18)
QC I 34 Integer Constant (page 8-18)
BM B 36 Byte Constant (page 8-18)
BA B 37 Byte Constant (page 8-18)
BR B 38 Byte Constant (page 8-18)
RQ B 39 Byte Constant (page 8-18)
MJ I 40 Integer Constant (page 8-18)

3/01 8-13 U0-0131 (Rev 9)

Westinghouse Process Control, Inc. Proprietary Class 2C
8-4. M Algorithm Records

Table 8-5. Record Types (M Algorithm) (Cont’d)

Record Type
Record Data Byte
MV MA MP Field Type Offset Description
AJ I 42 Integer Constant (page 8-18)
RJ I 44 Integer Constant (page 8-18)
C3 I 46 Integer Constant (page 8-18)
S1 R 48 Real Constant (page 8-18)
S2 R 52 Real Constant (page 8-18)
S3 R 56 Real Constant (page 8-18)
S4 R 60 Real Constant (page 8-18)
S5 R 64 Real Constant (page 8-18)
S6 R 68 Real Constant (page 8-18)
S7 R 72 Real Constant (page 8-18)
S8 R 76 Real Constant (page 8-18)
S9 R 80 Real Constant (page 8-18)
T1 R 84 Real Constant (page 8-18)
T2 R 88 Real Constant (page 8-18)
T3 R 92 Real Constant (page 8-18)
T4 R 96 Real Constant (page 8-18)
T5 R 100 Real Constant (page 8-18)
T6 R 104 Real Constant (page 8-18)
T7 R 108 Real Constant (page 8-18)
T8 R 112 Real Constant (page 8-18)
T9 R 116 Real Constant (page 8-18)
U1 R 120 Real Constant (page 8-18)

Data Type Definitions

B = Byte (Whole number between 0 and 255 or a hexadecimal number

between 0H and 0FFH. If hexadecimal, the H must be included.)

U0-0131 (Rev 9) 8-14 3/01

Westinghouse Process Control, Inc. Proprietary Class 2C
 8-4. M Algorithm Records

I = Integer (2 Bytes. Whole number between -32768 and +32767 or a

hexadecimal number between 0H and FFFFH. If hexadecimal, the H
must be included.)

R = Real number (4 Bytes. Floating point number, such as, 10.4 or 0.34
E-2.)
Table 8-6. M Algorithm Record Types Size Requirements (Bytes)

Record Type MV MA MP
Record Size 124 46 36
Overhead 0 0 0
Total Size 124 46 36

ID Byte Offset: 0
Data Type: Integer
Definition: System Identification
• Initialized whenever the Point Directory is updated.

• A unique number that identifies the point in the WDPF System.

• For a detailed description of the System ID field, refer to Appendix B.

SW Byte Offset: 2
Data Type: Integer
Definition: Record Status Word
• Should not be used internally by the algorithm.

VB Byte Offset: 4
Data Type: Real
Definition: Value Buffer

RT Byte Offset: 8
Data Type: Byte
Definition: Record Type Number
• Initialized by the MAC Edit function (MEDIT), based on the algorithm name
entered by the user.

• May be used for type checking on displayed information.

3/01 8-15 U0-0131 (Rev 9)

Westinghouse Process Control, Inc. Proprietary Class 2C
8-4. M Algorithm Records

• Identifies the type of record by number. The record type number is commonly
used in the Point Directory listing and Point Details screen. The numbers
corresponding to the M algorithm record type names are shown below:

Record Type Record Type Number

MP 190

MA 195

MV 200

CG Byte Offset: 9
Data Type: Byte
Definition: Change Flag
• Initialized to zero.

• Used by some algorithms as a first-time flag to calculate local (or internal)

coefficients.

SR Byte Offset: 10
Data Type: Byte
Definition: Drop System Identification
• Initialized by the MAC Edit function (MEDIT).

• Identifies the DPU in which the algorithm record originates.

LU Byte Offset: 11
Data Type: Byte
Definition: Tuning Diagram Number
• May be user-initialized.

• Indicates the diagram number for a tuning diagram.

CN Byte Offset: 12
Data Type: Integer
Definition: Interface to Keys/Buttons
• Interfaces the control functions (keys or buttons) at the operator interface to the
algorithms specified in the graphics control statement. See the applicable
graphic language documentation for information on the control statements
available in a specific software level.

U0-0131 (Rev 9) 8-16 3/01

Westinghouse Process Control, Inc. Proprietary Class 2C
 8-4. M Algorithm Records

• The Control keys and Programmable keys activate bits as indicated below. The
P-key definitions shown below are defined in the Device Maintenance subscreen
(DEV MAINT key on the Operator Station)

Algorithm Point in
Bit Key Description Control Statement Control_10 Word
0 P1(STOP TRAVEL) or F1 First First
STOP TRAVEL Key First
1 P2(RELEASE CAPTURE) or F2 First Second
CAS Mode Key Second
2 P3(GO TO SUPV) or F3 First Third
SUPV Mode Key Second
3 P4(TRIP ACK) or F4 First Fourth
TRIP ACK Key Second
4 P5(ENABLE LOCKOUT) or F5 Second Fifth
DDC Mode Key Second
5 P6(DISABLE LOCKOUT) or F6 Second Sixth
6 P7(TAGOUT) or F7 Second Seventh
7 P8(REMOVE TAGOUT) or F8 Second Eighth
8 START/OPEN/TRIP First Ninth
ENTER Key or F9 First
9 STOP/CLOSE/RESET First Tenth
CANCL Key or F10 First
10 Raise (↑) Setpoint First
11 Lower (↓) Setpoint First
12 AUTO Second
13 MAN Second
14 Raise Demand Second
15 Lower Demand Second

• To use the CN field in a custom algorithm, the algorithm must be of type K or M.

The algorithm must read the CN field and compare it to the previous command
word (CP field, byte offset 14) to check for changes or continued commands (for
example, Raise or Lower Setpoint). The algorithm must then copy the CN field
value into the CP field, to acknowledge receipt of the command.

3/01 8-17 U0-0131 (Rev 9)

Westinghouse Process Control, Inc. Proprietary Class 2C
8-4. M Algorithm Records

Note

For the DEVICE algorithm, the CN field is accessed

by specifying the device point name. For K and M
type algorithms, the algorithm name (AdddZxxx,
where ddd = the drop number and xxx = the
algorithm number) is used.

CP Byte Offset: 14
Data Type: Integer
Definition: Copy of Last CN Control Word

RR through U1
The definitions of these fields are specific to each algorithm. For byte offset and data
types, refer to the Record Types reference page(s).

U0-0131 (Rev 9) 8-18 3/01

Westinghouse Process Control, Inc. Proprietary Class 2C
 8-5. P Algorithm Records

8-5. P Algorithm Records

8-5.1. Record Types

Table 8-7. Record Types (P Algorithm)

Record type
Record Data Byte
P3 P2 P1 Field Type Offset Description
ID I 0 System Identification (page 8-20)
CS I 2 Record Status Word (page 8-20)
A2 I 4 Not Assigned (page 8-20)
A3 I 6 Not Assigned (page 8-20)
RT B 8 Record Type (page 8-21)
CG B 9 Change Flag (page 8-21)
SR B 10 Drop System Identification (page 8-21)
LU B 11 Tuning Diagram Number (page 8-21)
HI R 12 Real Constant (page 8-22)
LW R 16 Real Constant (page 8-22)
GN R 20 Real Constant (page 8-22)
RE R 24 Real Constant (page 8-22)
OI R 28 Real Constant (page 8-22)
OO R 32 Real Constant (page 8-22)
K1 R 36 Real Constant (page 8-22)
K2 R 40 Real Constant (page 8-22)
K3 R 44 Real Constant (page 8-22)
K4 R 48 Real Constant (page 8-22)
LG R 52 Real Constant (page 8-22)
LD R 56 Real Constant (page 8-22)
RA R 60 Real Constant (page 8-22)
OD R 64 Real Constant (page 8-22)

3/01 8-19 U0-0131 (Rev 9)

Westinghouse Process Control, Inc. Proprietary Class 2C
8-5. P Algorithm Records

Data Type Definitions

B = Byte (Whole number between 0 and 255 or a hexadecimal number

between 0H and 0FFH. If hexadecimal, the H must be included.)

I = Integer (2 Bytes. Whole number between -32768 and +32767 or a

hexadecimal number between 0H and FFFFH. If hexadecimal, the H
must be included.)

R = Real number (4 Bytes. Floating point number, such as, 10.4 or 0.34
E-2.)
Table 8-8. P Algorithm Record Types Size Requirements (Bytes)

Record Type P3 P2 P1
Record Size 68 44 24
Overhead 0 0 0
Total Size 68 44 24

ID Byte Offset: 0
Data Type: Integer
Definition: System Identification
• Initialized whenever the Point Directory is updated.

• A unique number that identifies the point in the WDPF System.

• For a detailed description of the System ID field, refer to Appendix B.

CS Byte Offset: 2
Data Type: Integer
Definition: Record Status Word
• Should not be used internally by the algorithm.

A2 Byte Offset: 4
Data Type: Integer
Definition: Not Assigned

A3 Byte Offset: 6
Data Type: Integer
Definition: Not Assigned

U0-0131 (Rev 9) 8-20 3/01

Westinghouse Process Control, Inc. Proprietary Class 2C
 8-5. P Algorithm Records

RT Byte Offset: 8
Data Type: Byte
Definition: Record Type Number
• Initialized by the MAC Edit function (MEDIT), based on the algorithm name
entered by the user.

• May be for type checking on displayed information.

• Identifies the type of record by number. The record type number is commonly
used in the Point Directory listing and Point Details screen. The numbers
corresponding to the P algorithm record type names are shown below:

Record Type Record Type Number

P1 175

P2 180

P3 185

CG Byte Offset: 9
Data Type: Byte
Definition: Change Flag
• Initialized to zero.

• Used by some algorithms as a first-time flag to calculate local (or internal)

coefficients.

SR Byte Offset: 10
Data Type: Byte
Definition: Drop System Identification
• Initialized by the MAC Edit function (MEDIT).

• Identifies the drop in which the algorithm record originates.

LU Byte Offset: 11
Data Type: Byte
Definition: Tuning Diagram Number
• May be user-initialized.

• Indicates the diagram number for a tuning diagram.

3/01 8-21 U0-0131 (Rev 9)

Westinghouse Process Control, Inc. Proprietary Class 2C
8-5. P Algorithm Records

HI through OD
The definitions of these fields are specific to each algorithm. For byte offsets and
data types, refer to the Record Types reference page(s).

U0-0131 (Rev 9) 8-22 3/01

Westinghouse Process Control, Inc. Proprietary Class 2C
Appendix A. MAC Controller Memory and
Database Limitations

A-1. Memory Space Estimation

The following information can be used to estimate the amount of MAC controller
(that is, DPU or MAC-DS) memory space required by an application, as well as
other limitations affecting the controller database.

• 1 AB record, 16 bits in, converted to floating point (using QAX, QAV, QAW,
QAI, or QLI cards):

— 128 bytes database memory

— 0 bytes control memory
• 1 AI record, 16 bits in, converted to floating point (using QAX, QAV, QAW,
QAI, or QLI cards):

— 122 bytes database memory

— 0 bytes control memory
• 1 AL record, 16 bits out, floating point converted to integer (using QAO card):

— 114 bytes database memory

— 32 bytes control memory
• 1 BG record, used as an input, 16 bits in and stored as a single BG record:

— 128 bytes database memory

— 0 bytes control memory
• 1 BN record, used as an output, 16 bits out from a packed group alarm record
to output card:

— 86 bytes database memory

— 0 bytes control memory
• 16 DI records, 16 bits in, each stored in an individual DI record, require:

— 1440 bytes database memory

— 0 bytes control memory
• 16 DL records, 16 bits out, received from 16 different DL records, require:

— 1344 bytes database memory

— 0 bytes control memory

3/01 A-1 U0-0131 (Rev 9)

Westinghouse Process Control, Inc. Proprietary Class 2C
A-1. Memory Space Estimation

• 1 GP record used as an input, 16 bits in and stored in a packed group:

— 38 bytes database memory

— 0 bytes control memory
• 1 GP record used as an output, 16 bits out from a packed group record to output
card:

— 38 bytes database memory

— 0 bytes control memory
Note that the amount of memory allocated for database and control varies
depending on the model of controller, as shown below:
Table A-1. User Memory Allocation by Controller Type

Memory Memory
Total User Allocated to Allocated to
Controller Type Memory Database Control
Single-speed 146 Kbytes 82 Kbytes 64 Kbytes
Multi-speed (5- or 6-level) 370 Kbytes 82 Kbytes 288 Kbytes
Multi-speed (7-level) or higher 410 Kbytes 122 Kbytes 288 Kbytes

Limit on Number of Points of Each Type

The point database in a MAC controller (DPU or MAC-DS) is limited by the

following factors:

• Available database memory

• Total number of points allowed (2,046)

• Number of points of each type allowed, as shown below

If the database reaches any of these limits, the MAC software will not allow new
points (or new points of the specific type) to be added.

U0-0131 (Rev 9) A-2 3/01

Westinghouse Process Control, Inc. Proprietary Class 2C
 A-1. Memory Space Estimation

Note

Available database memory depends on the

type of controller, as shown below:

Table A-2. MAC Controller Database Point Limitations

Point Type Maximum Number Point Type Maximum Number

AI 768 DI 1,024
AL 768 DL 1,024
AB 768 GP 5121
BG & BN (total 768 VC 768
of both)
1In DPU versions 7.5.3, 8.6 - 002, 8.7B and greater, the maximum number of GPs is 1280.

3/01 A-3 U0-0131 (Rev 9)

Westinghouse Process Control, Inc. Proprietary Class 2C
Appendix B. System ID Definition

In all point records which can be broadcast on the Data Highway (including process
points, algorithm records, and drop status records), the first 2 bytes of the point
record contain the System ID. This unique identification number is used for all Data
Highway communication, as well as within the individual drop's databases.

The System ID number is assigned when the Point Directory is updated, and is
stored in the Point Directory file. It is essential to maintain a single Point Directory
file for the entire system, to ensure that no duplicate System IDs are assigned.

For standard points, the 14 least significant bits are interpreted as an integer System
ID in the range 1 to 16383. For Extended System ID points, the 15 least significant
bits are interpreted as an integer System ID in the range 16384 to 32768 (bit 14 is
always set).

Note

Extended System ID points are available only

in systems with software at level 7.0 or
higher.

Within the originating drop, the 2 most significant bits (14 and 15) of a standard
point's System ID field may be used to represent additional information (such as
whether the point is digital). This usage depends on the type of drop and the
software level of the system. In all cases, however, when the point information is
received by another drop (such as an Operator Station), these bits are not used. For
this reason, any usage of bits 14 and 15 is normally transparent to the user.

Note that the System ID field is not used to distinguish between standard and
EXSID points. The Data Highway uses a unique message format for EXSID points,
and drops which can use EXSID points maintain a separate internal table for EXSID
point data (refer to “Westnet II Data Highway Description” (M0-0010) for
additional information).

3/01 B-1 U0-0131 (Rev 9)

Westinghouse Process Control, Inc. Proprietary Class 2C
Index

Numerics Analog Points 3-10

16 Digital Point Values Digital Points 4-8
Packed Group Alarm 6-28 Expanded Analog Points 3-47
Packed Group Points 6-8 Alert alarm
16 Force Indication Bits Analog Points 3-5
Packed Group Alarm 6-32 Device Points 5-6, 5-10
Packed Group Points 6-9 Digital Points 4-8
Expanded Analog Points 3-42
A Packed Group Alarm 6-27
A2 record field Algorithm Invalidity Bits
Device Points 5-8 Packed Group Alarm 6-33
Packed Group Alarm 6-28 Algorithm Point Values
Packed Group Points 6-8 Packed Group Alarm 6-33
A3 record field Algorithm Record Types 8-1
Device Points 5-10 AM Record Type 2-3
Packed Group Alarm 6-28 see Analog Point Record Types, table
Packed Group Points 6-9 Analog alarm options 2-7
AB Record Type 2-2 Analog Points 3-28
see Expanded Analog Point Record Types, Expanded Analog Points 3-67
table Analog Current Value
AC Record Type 2-3 Analog Points 3-6
see Analog Point Record Types, table Expanded Analog Points 3-43
AH record field Analog field output 2-2
Analog Points 3-23 Analog I/O algorithms 3-8, 3-45
Device Points 5-16 Analog Point Record Type Features and Sizes,
Digital Points 4-13 table 2-4
Expanded Analog Points 3-61 Analog Point Record Types, table
Packed Group Alarm 6-38 AC record type 3-2
AI Record Type 2-2 AI record type 3-2
see Analog Point Record Types, table AL record type 3-2
AL Record Type 2-2 AM record type 3-2
see Analog Point Record Types, table AX record type 3-2
Alarm checking Analog Point Records 2-2
Analog Points 3-24 Analog Points 3-1
Expanded Analog Points 3-62 Analog Status Word
Alarm Delay Counter Analog Points 3-5
Packed Group Alarm 6-33 Expanded Analog Points 3-42
Alarm Priority AP record field
Analog Points 3-22 Analog Points 3-22
Device Points 5-14 Device Points 5-14
Digital Points 4-12 Digital Points 4-12
Drop Status Records 7-31 Expanded Analog Points 3-60
Expanded Analog Points 3-60 Packed Group Alarm 6-37
Packed Group Alarm 6-37 AR record field
Alarm status Digital Points 4-16
Analog Points 3-5 Status Checking 2-18
Expanded Analog Points 3-42 Array (1...8) Not Assigned
ALARMDLY Drop Status Records 7-41

3/01 Index-1 U0-0131 (Rev 9)

Westinghouse Process Control, Inc. Proprietary Class 2C
Index

AS record field Expanded Analog Points 3-48

Analog Points 3-5 BC record field 7-4
Expanded Analog Points 3-42 BD record field
Packed Digital Points 6-3 Drop Status Records 7-28
Auto Mode Request BG Record Type
Device Points 5-21 see Packed Group Alarm Record Types,
AV record field table
Analog Points 3-6 BI record field
Expanded Analog Points 3-43 Drop Status Records 7-28
Packed Digital Points 6-4 Bit Inversion Mask
AW record field Packed Group Points 6-16
Analog Points 3-8 Bit Position on Hardware
Expanded Analog Points 3-45 Digital Points 4-17
AX Record Type 2-3 Bit Sense for Alarm Grouping
see Analog Point Record Types, table Packed Group Alarm 6-41
see Expanded Analog Point Record Types, BN Record Type
table see Packed Group Alarm Record Types,
AY record field table
Analog Points 3-23 BO record field
Device Points 5-15 Drop Status Records 7-28
Digital Points 4-13 BP record field
Expanded Analog Points 3-61 Digital Points 4-17
Packed Group Alarm 6-37 Breakpoint 3-29
BS record field
B Drop Status Records 7-20
B2 record field BX Record Type
Device Points 5-13 see Packed Group Alarm Record Types,
Digital Points 4-10 table
B3 record field BZ record field
Device Points 5-13 Drop Status Records 7-28
Digital Points 4-10
Packed Group Alarm 6-32 C
Packed Group Points 6-13 C9 record field
B4 record field Packed Group Alarm 6-33
Packed Group Points 6-15 CA record field 7-4
B5 record field Card Type Index
Packed Group Points 6-16 Analog Points 3-12
B6 record field Expanded Analog Points 3-49
Packed Group Points 6-16 Card Type Index (CD Field) Values, table
Bad hardware status Analog Points 3-13, 3-50
Analog Points 3-9 CC Record Type
Digital Points 4-8 see Conversion Coefficient Record Types,
Expanded Analog Points 3-46 table
BAL Vote Quality and Percent TDM (Westnet CD field values
2+Only) Analog Points 3-13, 3-50
Drop Status Records 7-25 CD record field
BB record field Analog Points 3-12
Analog Points 3-11 Expanded Analog Points 3-49

U0-0131 (Rev 9) Index-2 3/01

Westinghouse Process Control, Inc. Proprietary Class 2C
Index

CG record field Expanded Analog Points 3-63

K Algorithm Records 8-6 Configure for Information Alarms
M Algorithm Records 8-16 Analog Points 3-25
P Algorithm Records 8-21 Expanded Analog Points 3-63
Change Flag Configuring Limit Checking 2-7
K Algorithm Records 8-6 Control Input
M Algorithm Records 8-16 Analog Points 3-15, 3-17
P Algorithm Records 8-21 Expanded Analog Points 3-52, 3-55
Chromel/Alumel, thermocouple Conversion Coefficient Index
Analog Points 3-38 Analog Points 3-37
Expanded Analog Points 3-76 Expanded Analog Points 3-75
Chromel/Constantan, thermocouple Conversion Coefficient Record Fields
Analog Points 3-38 BC record field 7-4
Expanded Analog Points 3-76 CA record field 7-4
CI record field CO record field 7-4
Analog Points 3-37 EA record field 7-2
Expanded Analog Points 3-75 EC record field 7-4
CJ record field EE record field 7-2
Analog Points 3-36 EO record field 7-2
Expanded Analog Points 3-74 GA record field 7-3
CM record field GE record field 7-3
Analog Points 3-24 GO record field 7-3
Device Points 5-16 JC record field 7-4
Digital Points 4-14 KC record field 7-4
Expanded Analog Points 3-62 LA record field 7-2
CN record field LE record field 7-2
Device Points 5-11 LO record field 7-2
K Algorithm Records 8-7 PA record field 7-2
M Algorithm Records 8-16 PE record field 7-2
CO record field 7-4 PO record field 7-2
Cold junction compensation QA record field 7-2
Analog Points 3-18 QE record field 7-2
Expanded Analog Points 3-55 QQ record field 7-2
Cold-Junction Compensation Segment Index QU record field 7-4
Analog Points 3-36 RC record field 7-4
Expanded Analog Points 3-74 SA record field 7-2
Command Word SC record field 7-4
Analog Points 3-24 SE record field 7-2
Device Points 5-16 SO record field 7-2
Digital Points 4-14 TC record field 7-4
Expanded Analog Points 3-62 Conversion Coefficient Record Types, table
Packed Group Alarm 6-31 CC record type 7-2
Packed Group Points 6-11 TH record type 7-4
Compensation values Conversion Coefficients 7-2
Analog Points 3-37 Conversion Type Index
Expanded Analog Points 3-74 Analog Points 3-33
Configure for Alert Alarms Expanded Analog Points 3-71
Analog Points 3-25

3/01 Index-3 U0-0131 (Rev 9)

Westinghouse Process Control, Inc. Proprietary Class 2C
Index

Conversion Type Index (CV Field) Values, D

table D0 record field
Analog Points 3-34 Packed Group Alarm 6-33
Expanded Analog Points 3-72 D1 record field
Convert to Hertz Drop Status Records 7-24
Analog Points 3-18 Packed Group Alarm 6-33
Expanded Analog Points 3-56 D2 record field
Copper/Constantan, thermocouple Packed Group Alarm 6-33
Analog Points 3-38 D3 record field
Expanded Analog Points 3-76 Drop Status Records 7-25
Copy of Last CN Control Word Packed Group Alarm 6-33
Device Points 5-13 D7 record field
K Algorithm Records 8-8 Drop Status Records 7-26
M Algorithm Records 8-18 Data Highway Clock Update Flag
Count of DHC Bad Status (>4) Drop Status Records 7-36
Drop Status Records 7-24 Data Highway Controller (DHC) Status Word
Count of DHC Status Changes Drop Status Records 7-17
Drop Status Records 7-20 Data Highway OK Flag
CP record field Drop Status Records 7-40
Device Points 5-13 Data Highway On-Line Flag
K Algorithm Records 8-8 Drop Status Records 7-40
M Algorithm Records 8-18 DB record field
CPRM 5-23 Analog Points 3-30
CQ record field Expanded Analog Points 3-69
Expanded Analog Points 3-77 DC Record Type
CS record field see Digital Point Record Types, table
K Algorithm Records 8-5 Default naming feature 2-20
L Algorithm Records 8-11 Desired Loop Time
P Algorithm Records 8-20 Drop Status Records 7-24
CT record field Destination
Drop Status Records 7-24 Analog Points 3-23
CU record field Device Points 5-15
Drop Status Records 7-36 Digital Points 4-13
Custom interface checking 2-11 Expanded Analog Points 3-61
Cut-out disabled Packed Group Alarm 6-37
Device Points 5-10 DEVICE algorithm
Digital Points 4-8 K Algorithm 8-8
Cut-out enabled Device feedback
Device Points 5-10 Device Points 5-28
Digital Points 4-8 Device Point Record Types, table
CV record field VC record type 5-2
Analog Points 3-33 VX record type 5-2
Expanded Analog Points 3-71 Device Point Records 2-16
CW record field VC and VX record types 2-16
Device Points 5-27 Device Points 5-1
CZ record field Device Status Word
Device Points 5-28 Device Points 5-5
DG record field

U0-0131 (Rev 9) Index-4 3/01

Westinghouse Process Control, Inc. Proprietary Class 2C
Index

Analog Points 3-10 DPU Command Word

Digital Points 4-9 Device Points 5-18
Drop Status Records 7-21 DR record field
Expanded Analog Points 3-47 Drop Status Records 7-24
Packed Digital Points 6-6 Drop Attention Code
Packed Group Alarm 6-30 Drop Status Records 7-22
Packed Group Points 6-11 Drop Command
DHC Error Parameter 1 Drop Status Records 7-19
Drop Status Records 7-28 Drop Fault Code
DHC Error Parameter 2 Drop Status Records 7-16
Drop Status Records 7-28 Drop Satus Records 7-5
DHC Error Parameter 3 Drop Status Record Types, table
Drop Status Records 7-29 DU record type 7-5
DHC Firmware Revision Level VU record type 7-5
Drop Status Records 7-26 Drop System Identification
DI point 2-17 Analog Points 3-8
DI Record Type 2-17 Device Points 5-11
see Digital Point Record Types, table Digital Points 4-7
Digital Configuration Expanded Analog Points 3-45
Digital Points 4-18 K Algorithm Records 8-6
Digital Point Record Types, table L Algorithm Records 8-12
DC record type 4-2 M Algorithm Records 8-16
DI record type 4-2 P Algorithm Records 8-21
DL record type 4-2 Packed Digital Points 6-5
DM record type 4-2 Packed Group Alarm 6-29
DX record type 4-2 Packed Group Points 6-10
Digital Point Records 2-16 Drop Type Code
Digital Points 4-1 Drop Status Records 7-21
Digital Record Types 2-16 Drop-Specific Status Information
Digital Status Word 700 Series I/O scan time 7-31
Digital Points 4-4 CIU, current millisecond delta 7-29
Packed Group Alarm 6-26 CIU, number of loops in alarm 7-29
DIOB point card Download completed from MAC load 7-33
Analog Points 3-19 DPU, first target drop number for SOE msg.
Disable Cut-Out 7-34
Analog Points 3-25 Drop Status Records 7-29, 7-30, 7-31, 7-33,
Display Format, Decimal Point 7-34, 7-35
Analog Points 3-7 HDR retries 7-31
Expanded Analog Points 3-44 HDR, tape status 7-34
Packed Digital Points 6-4 HSR, percentage of tape read/written 7-31
DK record field HSR, tape status 7-30
Device Points 5-14 Second target drop number for SOE
DL Record Type messages 7-35
see Digital Point Record Types, table Shared DRR, Backup Drop number 7-29
DL record type, features 2-18 Shared DRR, failover frequency 7-30
DM Record Type Shared DRR, Primary Drop number 7-29
see Digital Point Record Types, table SIMs assigned 7-30, 7-31
DM record type, features 2-18 Subsystems running on WEStation 7-33

3/01 Index-5 U0-0131 (Rev 9)

Westinghouse Process Control, Inc. Proprietary Class 2C
Index

V-Channel bad message count, channel 0 7- Eight-character systems 2-25

31 EM record field
V-Channel bad message count, channel 1 7- Device Points 5-26
31 EMCL/EMOP Configuration
V-Channel custom I/O status 7-29 Device Points 5-23
V-Channel DHC status 7-29 Enable Cut-Out
DS record field Analog Points 3-25
Device Points 5-5 Enable/disable limit checking 2-7
Digital Points 4-4 Expanded Analog Points 3-64
Packed Group Alarm 6-26 Engineering Units of Current Value
Packed Group Points 6-8 Analog Points 3-11
DT record field Expanded Analog Points 3-48
Drop Status Records 7-24 English Description
DU Record Type Analog Points 3-11
see Drop Status Record Types, table Device Points 5-13
DW record field Digital Points 4-10
Digital Points 4-7 Drop Status Records 7-23
Packed Group Alarm 6-30 Expanded Analog Points 3-48
Packed Group Points 6-10 Packed Group Alarm 6-32
DX point, features 2-18 EO record field 7-2
DX Record Type 2-17 EQ record field
see Digital Point Record Types, table Digital Points 4-18
EU record field
E Analog Points 3-11
E0 record field Expanded Analog Points 3-48
Packed Group Alarm 6-41 EV record field
E1 record field Analog Points 3-12
Packed Group Alarm 6-41 Expanded Analog Points 3-49
E5 record field Expanded Analog Point Record Types, table
Drop Status Records 7-29 AB record type 3-39
E6 record field AX record type 3-39
Drop Status Records 7-29 Expanded Analog Point Records 2-12
E9 record field Expanded Analog Points 3-39
Drop Status Records 7-30 Exponential CV conversion
EA record field 7-2 Analog Points 3-34
EC record field 7-4 Expanded Analog Points 3-72
ED record field Extended System ID B-1
Analog Points 3-11 Extended-Tag Systems
Device Points 5-13 Valid Local Point Types 2-27
Digital Points 4-10 Valid Originated Point Types 2-25
Drop Status Records 7-23 Valid Received Point Types 2-26
Expanded Analog Points 3-48
Packed Group Alarm 6-32 F
EE record field 7-2 F0 record field
Eight-Character Systems Drop Status Records 7-31
Valid Local Point Types 2-27 F1 record field
Valid Originated Point Types 2-25 Drop Status Records 7-31
Valid Received Point Types 2-26 F2 record field

U0-0131 (Rev 9) Index-6 3/01

Westinghouse Process Control, Inc. Proprietary Class 2C
Index

Drop Status Records 7-31 Drop Status Records 7-39

F3 record field FS record field
Drop Status Records 7-31 Drop Status Records 7-29
F4 record field Full Scale Value of Point
Device Points 5-27 Analog Points 3-11
F6 record field Expanded Analog Points 3-48
Device Points 5-28 Functional Processor (FP) Status Word 1
F7 record field Drop Status Records 7-10
Device Points 5-28 HSR 7-12
Drop Status Records 7-33 MMI 7-11
F8 record field Functional Processor Status Byte (Drop Mode)
Device Points 5-28 Drop Status Records 7-12
Drop Status Records 7-33
F9 record field G
Device Points 5-28 G1 record field
Drop Status Records 7-33 Device Points 5-28
FA record field GA record field 7-3
Drop Status Records 7-10 GE record field 7-3
Failed to respond GO record field 7-3
Device Points 5-28 GP Record Type
Fault Identification Code see Packed Group Point Record Types, table
Drop Status Records 7-22 GX Record Type
Fault indication see Packed Group Point Record Types, table
Analog Points 2-6
Fault Parameter 1 (Left-Most Fault Parameter) H
Drop Status Records 7-29 Hardware Bit Position, Bits 0-3
Fault Parameter 2 (Right-Most Fault Packed Group Alarm 6-47
Parameter) Hardware Bit Position, Bits 12-15
Drop Status Records 7-30 Packed Group Alarm 6-49
FB record field Hardware Bit Position, Bits 4-7
Drop Status Records 7-12 Packed Group Alarm 6-48
FC record field Hardware Bit Position, Bits 8-11
Drop Status Records 7-16 Packed Group Alarm 6-48
Fifth Order Polynomial CV conversion Hardware fault detection
Analog Points 3-34 Analog Points 2-6
Expanded Analog Points 3-72 Hardware Type
First Pass Flag, Used for Control Packed Group Points 6-15
Drop Status Records 7-39 HC record field
Fixed limits 2-10 Drop Status Records 7-17
FK record field HI through OD record fields
Drop Status Records 7-22 P Algorithm Records 8-22
FM record field High Alarm Checking 2-7
Analog Points 3-7 Analog Points 3-28
Expanded Analog Points 3-44 Expanded Analog Points 3-63, 3-67
Packed Digital Points 6-4 High Alarm Incremental Limit
FO record field Expanded Analog Points 3-68
Drop Status Records 7-30 High Alarm Limit
FP record field Analog Points 3-29

3/01 Index-7 U0-0131 (Rev 9)

Westinghouse Process Control, Inc. Proprietary Class 2C
Index

Expanded Analog Points 3-67 Digital Points 4-15

High Incremental Alarm Checking 2-7 Packed Group Alarm 6-39
Analog Points 3-25, 3-28 Incremental alarm 2-7, 2-15
Expanded Analog Points 3-63, 3-67 Incremental Alarm Delay, Seconds
High worse 2-7, 2-15 Packed Group Alarm 6-34
High/Low/Incremental Limit Deadband Incremental Alarm Limit
Analog Points 3-30 Analog Points 3-29
Expanded Analog Points 3-69 Incrementally Worse alarm
High-High Alarm Limit Analog Points 3-5
Expanded Analog Points 3-70 Information alarm
HL record field Analog Points 3-5, 3-9
Analog Points 3-29 Device Points 5-6, 5-10
Expanded Analog Points 3-67 Digital Points 4-8
HS record field Expanded Analog Points 3-42, 3-46
Analog Points 3-31 Packed Group Alarm 6-27
HW record field Information Highway Status Word
Analog Points 3-19 Drop Status Records 7-26
Digital Points 4-11 Inhibit limit alarm after cut-out 2-10
Expanded Analog Points 3-57 Initial Alarm Delay Time, Seconds
Packed Group Alarm 6-35 Packed Group Alarm 6-34
Initial Value Selection
I Packed Digital Points 6-5
I/O Configuration and Internal Information Packed Group Alarm 6-29
Device Points 5-28 Packed Group Points 6-10
I/O hardware 3-67 Initialization Flag (DPU Only)
IC record field Drop Status Records 7-40
Drop Status Records 7-29 Input 1 (OPEN/START/TRIP) Bit Position
ID record field Device Points 5-22
Analog Points 3-5 Input 1 (OPEN/START/TRIP) Hardware
Device Points 5-5 Address
Digital Points 4-4 Device Points 5-21
Drop Status Records 7-10 Input 2 (CLOSE/STOP/RESET) Bit Position
Expanded Analog Points 3-42 Device Points 5-23
K Algorithm Records 8-5 Input 2 (OPEN/START/RESET) Hardware
L Algorithm Records 8-11 Address
M Algorithm Records 8-15 Device Points 5-21
P Algorithm Records 8-20 Input Bit Pattern
Packed Digital Points 6-3 Analog Points 3-28
Packed Group Alarm 6-26 Expanded Analog Points 3-67
Packed Group Points 6-8 Interface to Keys/Buttons
IL record field Device Points 5-11
Analog Points 3-29 K Algorithm Records 8-7
In Alarm Bits M Algorithm Records 8-16
Packed Group Alarm 6-33 Internal Information
Include Limit Checking Digital Points 4-10
Analog Points 3-26 Internal Status Word
Expanded Analog Points 3-64 Packed Group Alarm 6-33
Include Status Checking Invalid bit pattern

U0-0131 (Rev 9) Index-8 3/01

Westinghouse Process Control, Inc. Proprietary Class 2C
Index

Analog Points 3-8 L4 Record Type

Expanded Analog Points 3-45 see L Algorithm Record Types, table
Invalid hardware address LA record field 7-2
Digital Points 4-7 Last DHC Bad Status (>4) Saved by Drop
Invalidity Bits Drop Status Records 7-20
Packed Group Alarm 6-28 Last Test Finished by the DHC
IOP 7-36 Drop Status Records 7-25
IP record field Latch Quality
Analog Points 3-28 Analog Points 3-25
Expanded Analog Points 3-67 Device Points 5-10
Iron/Constantan, thermocouple Digital Points 4-14
Analog Points 3-38 Expanded Analog Points 3-63
Expanded Analog Points 3-76 LC field value 2-19
LC record field
J Analog Points 3-26
J4 record field Device Points 5-17
Digital Points 4-6 Digital Points 4-15
J5 record field Expanded Analog Points 3-64
Packed Group Alarm 6-29 Packed Group Alarm 6-39
JC record field 7-4 LE record field 7-2
JS record field LF Record Type
Drop Status Records 7-36 see L Algorithm Record Types, table
JU record field LH record field
Drop Status Records 7-19 Expanded Analog Points 3-70
LI record field
K Expanded Analog Points 3-68
K Algorithm Record Types, table Limit Checking 2-7, 2-15
KF record type 8-2 Analog Points 3-24
KV record type 8-2 Expanded Analog Points 3-62
K Algorithm Records 8-2 Limit Checking (LC Field) Values, table
KC record field 7-4 Analog Points 3-26
KF Record Type Expanded Analog Points 3-65
see K Algorithm Record Types, table Limit checking inhibited by cut-out 2-10
KV Record Type Limit Checking Options 2-5
see K Algorithm Record Types, table Limit Checking Restriction Terms, table 2-9
Analog Points 3-27
L Expanded Analog Points 3-66
L Algorithm Record Types, table Linear CV conversion
L2 record type 8-9 Analog Points 3-34
L3 record type 8-9 Expanded Analog Points 3-72
L4 record type 8-9 LL record field
LF record type 8-9 Analog Points 3-29
LV record type 8-9 Expanded Analog Points 3-68
L Algorithm Records 8-9 LO record field 7-2
L2 Record Type Packed Digital Points 6-5
see L Algorithm Record Types, table Packed Group Points 6-10
L3 Record Type Local Input Bit Position
see L Algorithm Record Types, table Device Points 5-24

3/01 Index-9 U0-0131 (Rev 9)

Westinghouse Process Control, Inc. Proprietary Class 2C
Index

Local Input Hardware Address M2 record field

Device Points 5-21 Packed Group Alarm 6-44
LOCAL output digital (LOC) 5-24 M3 record field
Low Alarm Checking 2-7 Packed Group Alarm 6-44
Analog Points 3-25, 3-28 M4 record field
Expanded Analog Points 3-63, 3-67 Packed Group Alarm 6-44
Low Alarm Incremental Limit M5 record field
Expanded Analog Points 3-76 Packed Group Alarm 6-44
Low Alarm Limit M6 record field
Analog Points 3-29 Packed Group Alarm 6-45
Expanded Analog Points 3-68 M7 record field
Low Incremental Alarm Checking 2-7 Packed Group Alarm 6-45
Analog Points 3-25, 3-28 M8 record field
Expanded Analog Points 3-63, 3-67 Packed Group Alarm 6-45
Low-Low Alarm Limit M9 record field
Expanded Analog Points 3-70 Packed Group Alarm 6-45
LP record field MA Record Type
Drop Status Records 7-31 see M Algorithm Record Types, table
LS record field MAC Controller Database Point Limitations,
Analog Points 3-32 table A-3
LU record field MAC Monitor function, (M_MON) 3-12
Analog Points 3-8 Mask for Alarm Grouping
Device Points 5-11 Packed Group Alarm 6-41
Digital Points 4-7 Mask for Power-On Checking
Expanded Analog Points 3-45 Digital Points 4-17
K Algorithm Records 8-6 MB record field
L Algorithm Records 8-12 Drop Status Records 7-35
M Algorithm Records 8-16 MBC status 7-17
P Algorithm Records 8-21 MBU 7-35
Packed Group Alarm 6-29 MEDIT
LV Record Type Analog Points 3-6
see L Algorithm Record Types, table Memory Size and Application Capabilities
LY record field (DPU Only)
Drop Status Records 7-34 Drop Status Records 7-33
LZ record field Memory Space Estimation
Drop Status Records 7-35 AB record A-1
AI record A-1
M AL record A-1
M Algorithm Record Types, table BG record A-1
MA record type 8-13 BN record A-1
MP record type 8-13 DI record A-1
MV record type 8-13 DL record A-1
M Algorithm Records 8-13 GP record used as an input A-2
M_MON, MAC Monitor function 3-12 GP record used as an output A-2
M0 record field MHC status 7-17
Packed Group Alarm 6-42 MHR status 7-17
M1 record field Minimum Scale Value of Point
Packed Group Alarm 6-43 Analog Points 3-11

U0-0131 (Rev 9) Index-10 3/01

Westinghouse Process Control, Inc. Proprietary Class 2C
Index

Expanded Analog Points 3-48 Expanded Analog Points 3-52

MM record field NL-742-H
Analog Points 3-23 Analog Points 3-16
Device Points 5-15 Expanded Analog Points 3-53
Digital Points 4-13 NL-750-H
Expanded Analog Points 3-61 Analog Points 3-15
Packed Group Alarm 6-38 Expanded Analog Points 3-52
MN record field NL-751
Analog Points 3-24 Analog Points 3-16
Device Points 5-16 Expanded Analog Points 3-54
Digital Points 4-14 NL-751-H
Expanded Analog Points 3-62 Analog Points 3-16
Packed Group Alarm 6-39 Expanded Analog Points 3-53
Mode Information NL-752-H
Device Points 5-26 Analog Points 3-16
MP Record Type Expanded Analog Points 3-54
see M Algorithm Record Types, table NN record field
MSL 7-35 Analog Points 3-23
MSQ 7-35 Device Points 5-15
MSX 7-35 Digital Points 4-13
MV Record Type Expanded Analog Points 3-61
see M Algorithm Record Types, table Packed Group Alarm 6-38
No limit checking 2-7
N Analog Points 3-26
N0 record field Expanded Analog Points 3-64
Packed Group Alarm 6-46 No RTDs for a CJC point
N1 record field Analog Points 3-9
Packed Group Alarm 6-46 Expanded Analog Points 3-46
N2 record field Normalization error
Packed Group Alarm 6-46 Analog Points 3-9
N3 record field Expanded Analog Points 3-46
Packed Group Alarm 6-46 Nuisance sensor alarms
N4 record field Analog Points 3-31
Packed Group Alarm 6-47 Number and Type of I/O Processors (DPU
N5 record field Only)
Packed Group Alarm 6-47 Drop Status Records 7-35
N6 record field Number of Bad Message Interrupts from
Packed Group Alarm 6-47 Channel 0
N7 record field Drop Status Records 7-28
Packed Group Alarm 6-48 Number of Bad Message Interrupts from
N8 record field Channel 1
Packed Group Alarm 6-48 Drop Status Records 7-28
N9 record field Number of Capturing Drop
Packed Group Alarm 6-49 Device Points 5-27
NF record field Number of Capturing Unit
L Algorithm Records 8-12 Device Points 5-27
NL-740-H Number of CJ Segments
Analog Points 3-15 Drop Status Records 7-36

3/01 Index-11 U0-0131 (Rev 9)

Westinghouse Process Control, Inc. Proprietary Class 2C
Index

Number of Loops to Pulse I/O Old Parallel Port Status

Device Points 5-27 Drop Status Records 7-39
Number of Loops to Respond On-Line Confidence Check Failure Data
Device Points 5-27 Drop Status Records 7-25
OP record field
O Drop Status Records 7-39
Offset for Westnet II Database Operator-Entered Value
Drop Status Records 7-41 Analog Points 3-12
Offset of Hardware Address (Bytes) Expanded Analog Points 3-49
Analog Points 3-19 Packed Group Points 6-16
Digital Points 4-11 OPRM 5-23
Expanded Analog Points 3-57 OS record field
Packed Group Alarm 6-35 Drop Status Records 7-26
Packed Group Points 6-13 Output 1 (OPEN/START/TRIP) Bit Position
Offset of Hardware Address, Bit 0 Device Points 5-22
Packed Group Alarm 6-42 Output 1 (OPEN/START/TRIP)Hardware
Offset of Hardware Address, Bit 1 Address
Packed Group Alarm 6-43 Device Points 5-19
Offset of Hardware Address, Bit 10 Output 2 (CLOSE/STOP/RESET) Bit Position
Packed Group Alarm 6-46 Device Points 5-22
Offset of Hardware Address, Bit 11 Output 2 (CLOSE/STOP/RESET) Hardware
Packed Group Alarm 6-46 Address
Offset of Hardware Address, Bit 12 Device Points 5-20
Packed Group Alarm 6-46 Output 3 (STOP OPERATION/STOP
Offset of Hardware Address, Bit 13 TRAVEL) Bit Position
Packed Group Alarm 6-46 Device Points 5-22
Offset of Hardware Address, Bit 14 Output 3 (STOP OPERATION/STOP
Packed Group Alarm 6-47 TRAVEL) Hardware Address
Offset of Hardware Address, Bit 15 Device Points 5-20
Packed Group Alarm 6-47 Output Point Processing
Offset of Hardware Address, Bit 2 Packed Group Alarm 6-20
Packed Group Alarm 6-44 Output readback
Offset of Hardware Address, Bit 3 Analog Points 3-16
Packed Group Alarm 6-44 Expanded Analog Points 3-53
Offset of Hardware Address, Bit 4 Over-range signal, 700 Series I/O card 3-31
Packed Group Alarm 6-44
Offset of Hardware Address, Bit 5 P
Packed Group Alarm 6-44 P Algorithm Record Types, table
Offset of Hardware Address, Bit 6 P1 record type 8-19
Packed Group Alarm 6-45 P2 record type 8-19
Offset of Hardware Address, Bit 7 P3 record type 8-19
Packed Group Alarm 6-45 P Algorithm Records 8-19
Offset of Hardware Address, Bit 8 P1 Record Type
Packed Group Alarm 6-45 see P Algorithm Record Types, table
Offset of Hardware Address, Bit 9 P2 Record Type
Packed Group Alarm 6-45 see P Algorithm Record Types, table
OK record field P3 Record Type
Drop Status Records 7-40 see P Algorithm Record Types, table

U0-0131 (Rev 9) Index-12 3/01

Westinghouse Process Control, Inc. Proprietary Class 2C
Index

PA record field 7-2 Point database 1-1

Packed Digital Point Record Types, table Point Database, Example 2-27
PB record type 6-2 Point Name
PX record type 6-2 Analog Points 3-10
Packed Digital Point Records 2-19 Device Points 5-13
Packed Digital Points 6-2 Digital Points 4-9
Packed Digital Status Word Drop Status Records 7-21
Packed Digital Points 6-3 Expanded Analog Points 3-47
Packed Digital Value Packed Digital Points 6-6
Packed Digital Points 6-4 Packed Group Alarm 6-31
Packed Group Alarm 6-17 Packed Group Points 6-11
Output Point Processing 6-20 Point record 1-1
Packed Group Alarm Point Records 2-20 Pointer (Offset) to Capturing Drop’s DU
Packed Group Alarm Record Types, table Record
BG record type 6-23 Device Points 5-28
BN record type 6-23 Pointer (Segment) to Capturing Drop’s DU
BX record type 6-23 Record
Packed Group Point Record Types, table Device Points 5-28
GP record type 6-7 Pointer to Status Change History Buffer
GX record type 6-7 Drop Status Records 7-26
Packed Group Point Records 2-20 Power check failure
Packed Group Points 6-7 Digital Points 4-7
Packed Group Status Word Power checking 2-18
Packed Group Points 6-8 Previous Input Value
Partner DPU’s Drop System Identification Analog Points 3-30
Drop Status Records 7-20 Expanded Analog Points 3-69
PB Record Type Previous Loop Information
see Packed Digital Point Record Types, table Device Points 5-28
PC Interface Processing Time
Analog Points 3-15 Drop Status Records 7-24
Expanded Analog Points 3-52 Processor Originating Point
PC record field Digital Points 4-6
Digital Points 4-17 PS record field
PE record field 7-2 Drop Status Records 7-20
Platinum, Rhodium thermocouple PT record field
Analog Points 3-38 Device Points 5-27
Expanded Analog Points 3-76 Pulse Input
PN record field Analog Points 3-15, 3-17
Analog Points 3-10 Expanded Analog Points 3-52, 3-55
Device Points 5-13 PV record field
Digital Points 4-9 Analog Points 3-30
Drop Status Records 7-21 Expanded Analog Points 3-69
Expanded Analog Points 3-47 PX Record Type
Packed Digital Points 6-6 see Packed Digital Point Record Types, table
Packed Group Alarm 6-31
Packed Group Points 6-11 Q
PO record field 7-2 Q0 record field
Point 1-1 Drop Status Records 7-37

3/01 Index-13 U0-0131 (Rev 9)

Westinghouse Process Control, Inc. Proprietary Class 2C
Index

Q1 record field Expanded Analog Points 3-53

Drop Status Records 7-37 Q-Line I/O processor 7-35
Q2 record field Q-Line I/O, nuisance sensor alarms 3-31
Drop Status Records 7-37 QLJ, readback signal
Q3 record field Analog Points 3-18
Drop Status Records 7-38 Expanded Analog Points 3-55
Q4 record field QPA
Drop Status Records 7-38 Analog Points 3-15, 3-17
Q5 record field Expanded Analog Points 3-52, 3-55
Drop Status Records 7-38 QQ record field 7-2
Q6 record field Drop Status Records 7-41
Drop Status Records 7-38 QRT
Q7 record field Analog Points 3-13
Drop Status Records 7-39 Expanded Analog Points 3-51
QA record field 7-2 QSC
QAH Analog Points 3-17
Analog Points 3-14 Expanded Analog Points 3-54
Expanded Analog Points 3-51 QSR
QAI Analog Points 3-17
Analog Points 3-13 Expanded Analog Points 3-55
Expanded Analog Points 3-50 QU record field 7-4
QAO Quality
Analog Points 3-14 Analog Points 3-5
Expanded Analog Points 3-51 Digital Points 4-5
QAV Quality latch bit
Analog Points 3-13, 3-16 Analog Points 3-9
Expanded Analog Points 3-50, 3-53 Expanded Analog Points 3-46
QAW Quality, overview 2-22
Analog Points 3-13, 3-14 Questionable Status Bit
Expanded Analog Points 3-51, 3-52 Analog Points 3-9, 3-25
QAX Expanded Analog Points 3-46, 3-63
Analog Points 3-17
Expanded Analog Points 3-54 R
QBO Offset for UIOB Test R1 through G1 record fields
Drop Status Records 7-37, 7-38, 7-39 L Algorithm Records 8-12
QE record field 7-2 RC record field 7-4
QFD RD record field
Analog Points 3-18 Drop Status Records 7-24
Expanded Analog Points 3-55 Readback signal, QLJ
QLC Analog Points 3-18
Analog Points 3-17 Expanded Analog Points 3-55
Expanded Analog Points 3-54 Record fields 1-1
QLI configuration error Record Status Word
Analog Points 3-9 K Algorithm Records 8-5
Digital Points 4-8 L Algorithm Records 8-11
Expanded Analog Points 3-46 M Algorithm Records 8-15
QLI/QLJ P Algorithm Records 8-20
Analog Points 3-16 Record Type Identifiers and Numbers 2-23

U0-0131 (Rev 9) Index-14 3/01

Westinghouse Process Control, Inc. Proprietary Class 2C
Index

Record Type Number Digital Points 4-17

Analog Points 3-6 RO record field
Device Points 5-10 Device Points 5-25
Digital Points 4-6 RR through G1 record fields
Drop Status Records 7-19 K Algorithm Records 8-8
Expanded Analog Points 3-44 RR through U1 record fields
K Algorithm Records 8-6 M Algorithm Records 8-18
L Algorithm Records 8-11 RS record field
M Algorithm Records 8-15 Device Points 5-14
P Algorithm Records 8-21 Digital Points 4-11
Packed Digital Points 6-4 RT record field
Packed Group Alarm 6-28 Analog Points 3-6
Packed Group Points 6-9 Device Points 5-10
Record Type Size Requirments (Bytes), table Digital Points 4-6
Analog Points 3-4 Drop Status Records 7-19
Device Points 5-5 Expanded Analog Points 3-44
Digital Points 4-4 K Algorithm Records 8-6
Expanded Analog Points 3-41 L Algorithm Records 8-11
L Algorithm 8-11 M Algorithm Records 8-15
M Algorithm 8-15 P Algorithm Records 8-21
P Algorithm 8-20 Packed Digital Points 6-4
Packed Digital Points 6-3 Packed Group Alarm 6-28
Packed Group Points 6-8 Packed Group Points 6-9
Record Types RTD
Valid for Local Points, table 2-27 Analog Points 3-37
Valid for Originated Points, table 2-25
Valid for Received Points, table 2-26 S
Reference documents 1-3 SA record field 7-2
Relay Close Delay Time (milliseconds) SC record field 7-4
Digital Points 4-17 SE record field 7-2
Release point from alarm Second Status Word
Analog Points 3-25 Analog Points 3-8
Remote Q-Line I/O read/write error Device Points 5-8
Analog Points 3-8 Digital Points 4-7
Expanded Analog Points 3-45 Expanded Analog Points 3-45
Remote Q-Line I/O write verification error Packed Group Alarm 6-30
Digital Points 4-7 Packed Group Points 6-10
Reset Description Segment for Westnet II Database
Device Points 5-14 Drop Status Records 7-41
Digital Points 4-11 Selected Number
Reset Time-Out (in No. of Transition Time L Algorithm Records 8-12
Units) Sensor alarm 2-6
Device Points 5-25 Digital Points 4-5
Resistance Temperature Detector (RTD) Sensor and limit checking inhibited by cut-out
Analog Points 3-37 2-10
RG record field Sensor Calibration Value
Drop Status Records 7-40 Analog Points 3-24
RL record field Expanded Analog Points 3-62

3/01 Index-15 U0-0131 (Rev 9)

Westinghouse Process Control, Inc. Proprietary Class 2C
Index

Sensor Calibration Value (V or A) See Extended-tag systems

Analog Points 3-33 SM record field
Expanded Analog Points 3-71 Drop Status Records 7-32
Sensor calibration value field SN record field
Analog Points 3-9 Analog Points 3-33
Expanded Analog Points 3-46 Expanded Analog Points 3-71
Sensor checking 2-6, 2-7, 2-18 SO record field 7-2
Analog Points 3-28 Device Points 5-25
Expanded Analog Points 3-64 Software level 7.0 B-1
Sensor High Limit (V/A)/Top Scale Out SQRT of Fifth Order Polynomial CV
Analog Points 3-31 conversion
Sensor Limit Tolerances Analog Points 3-34
Expanded Analog Points 3-77 Expanded Analog Points 3-72
Sensor Low Limit (V/A)Bottom Scale Out Square Root CV conversion
Analog Points 3-32 Analog Points 3-34
Sequence of events (SOE), bad hardware Expanded Analog Points 3-72
status SR record field
Digital Points 4-8 Analog Points 3-8
Set Description Device Points 5-11
Device Points 5-13 Digital Points 4-7
Digital Points 4-11 Expanded Analog Points 3-45
Set high incremental alarm breakpoints K Algorithm Records 8-6
Expanded Analog Points 3-69 L Algorithm Records 8-12
Set Time-Out (in No. of Transition Time M Algorithm Records 8-16
Units) P Algorithm Records 8-21
Device Points 5-25 Packed Digital Points 6-5
Set/Reset Time-Out in Number of Loops Packed Group Alarm 6-29
(OPEN/STARTor CLOSE/STOP) Packed Group Points 6-10
Device Points 5-28 ST record field
SH record field Device Points 5-13
Drop Status Records 7-32 Digital Points 4-11
SHC status 7-18 Standard point, System ID B-1
Signal Diagram Index Status Checking
Analog Points 3-10 AR record field 2-18
Device Points 5-14 Status checking 2-18
Digital Points 4-9 SU record field
Drop Status Records 7-21 Drop Status Records 7-32
Expanded Analog Points 3-47 Supervisory Command and Drop Number
Packed Digital Points 6-6 Device Points 5-13
Packed Group Alarm 6-30 Supervisory Unit and Recipe Number
Packed Group Points 6-11 Device Points 5-13
SIU interface drop, custom interface checking SV record field
2-11 Drop Status Records 7-32
Six-Segment Function Generator CV SW record field
conversion M Algorithm Records 8-15
Analog Points 3-34 SY record field
Expanded Analog Points 3-72 Drop Status Records 7-32
Sixteen-character systems System ID Definition B-1

U0-0131 (Rev 9) Index-16 3/01

Westinghouse Process Control, Inc. Proprietary Class 2C
Index

System Identification Time of Alarm, Minutes

Analog Points 3-5 Analog Points 3-24
Device Points 5-5 Device Points 5-16
Digital Points 4-4 Digital Points 4-14
Drop Status Records 7-10 Drop Status Records 7-32
Expanded Analog Points 3-42 Expanded Analog Points 3-62
K Algorithm Records 8-5 Time of Alarm, Month
L Algorithm Records 8-11 Analog Points 3-23
M Algorithm Records 8-15 Device Points 5-15
P Algorithm Records 8-20 Digital Points 4-13
Packed Digital Points 6-3 Drop Status Records 7-32
Packed Group Alarm 6-26 Expanded Analog Points 3-61
Packed Group Points 6-8 Packed Group Alarm 6-38
System Record Types 7-1 Time of Alarm, Seconds
Analog Points 3-8
T Device Points 5-11
TA record field Digital Points 4-7
Drop Status Records 7-22 Drop Status Records 7-32
TB record field Expanded Analog Points 3-45
Analog Points 3-11 Packed Group Alarm 6-29
Expanded Analog Points 3-48 Time-Out Counter
TC record field 7-4 Device Points 5-28
TF record field TM record field
Drop Status Records 7-25 Drop Status Records 7-25
TG record field Toggle
Drop Status Records 7-20 Analog Points 3-6
TH Record Type TR record field
see Conversion Coefficient Record Types, Device Points 5-27
table Transition Time Units
Thermocouple Types Device Points 5-25
Analog Points 3-38 TS record field
Expanded Analog Points 3-76 Drop Status Records 7-26
Third Status Word TU record field
Device Points 5-10 Device Points 5-25
Time of Alarm, Date (Day) Tuning Diagram Number
Analog Points 3-23 K Algorithm Records 8-6
Drop Status Records 7-32 L Algorithm Records 8-12
Expanded Analog Points 3-61 M Algorithm Records 8-16
Packed Group Alarm 6-38 P Algorithm Records 8-21
Time of Alarm, Day (Date) Two’s Compliment of Drop Number
Device Points 5-15 Drop Status Records 7-24
Digital Points 4-13 TY record field
Time of Alarm, Hours Drop Status Records 7-21
Device Points 5-16 Type of Alarming
Digital Points 4-13 Device Points 5-17
Drop Status Records 7-32 Type of I/O Used (DPU Only)
Expanded Analog Points 3-61 Drop Status Records 7-33, 7-41
Packed Group Alarm 6-38, 6-39 Type of Status Checking

3/01 Index-17 U0-0131 (Rev 9)

Westinghouse Process Control, Inc. Proprietary Class 2C
Index

Digital Points 4-16 Expanded Analog Points 3-45

WS record field
U Drop Status Records 7-41
Unrelease point from alarm
Analog Points 3-25 X
User Memory Allocation by Controller Type, XX record field
table A-2 Drop Status Records 7-40

V Z
Value Buffer Z1 record field
M Algorithm Records 8-15 Device Points 5-22
VB record field Z2 record field
M Algorithm Records 8-15 Device Points 5-22
VC Record Type Z3 record field
see Device Point Record Types, table Device Points 5-22
VU Record Type Z4 record field
see Drop Status Record Types, table Device Points 5-22
VU record types (Virtual Drop Status) 7-1, 7- Z5 record field
19 Device Points 5-23
VX Record Type Z6 record field
see Device Point Record Types, table Device Points 5-23
Z7 record field
W Device Points 5-24
W0 record field Z8 record field
Device Points 5-18 Packed Group Alarm 6-34
W1 record field Z9 record field
Device Points 5-19 Packed Group Alarm 6-34
W2 record field ZL record field
Device Points 5-20 Expanded Analog Points 3-70
W3 record field ZM record field
Device Points 5-20 Expanded Analog Points 3-76
W4 record field ZY record field
Device Points 5-21 Packed Group Alarm 6-31
W5 record field Packed Group Points 6-11
Device Points 5-21
W6 record field
Device Points 5-21
W7 record field
Device Points 5-21
Westnet II DHC Drop Number
Drop Status Records 7-24
WF record field
Drop Status Records 7-41
WN record field
Drop Status Records 7-41
Write verification error
Analog Points 3-8
Digital Points 4-8

U0-0131 (Rev 9) Index-18 3/01

Westinghouse Process Control, Inc. Proprietary Class 2C